BREEAM : Education : 2008

BREEAM Higher Education
DRAFT v0.2 November 2008

D
Page 1 of 337
©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

ra ft
DRAFT v0.2

BREEAM : Education : 2008

Management Section

D
Page 2 of 337
©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

ra ft
DRAFT v0.2

BREEAM : Education : 2008

Management Credits Credit Credit common to all schemes Specific HE criteria or altered requirements to a common credit HE specific credit Requires specific feedback (please see comments in credit below)

Man 1 – Commissioning Man 2 – Considerate Constructors Man 3 – Construction Site Impacts Man 4 – Building User Guide Man 5 – Site Investigation Man 6 – Consultation Man 7 – Shared Facilities Man 8 – Security Man 9 – Publication of Building Information Man 10 – Development as a Learning Resource Man 11 – Ease of Maintenance Man 12 – Life Cycle Costing

P P P P P P P

P

P P

ra ft
P P P

D
P P P

P

Page 3 of 337
©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

DRAFT v0.2

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 1 - Commissioning

Minimum BREEAM Standards
Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P 1 G 1 VG 1 E 1 O 2

Credit aim
To recognise and encourage an appropriate level of building services commissioning that is carried out in a co-ordinated and comprehensive manner, thus ensuring optimum performance under actual occupancy conditions.

Credit criteria
Two credits available as follows: Credits Where evidence provided demonstrates that an appropriate project team member has been appointed to monitor commissioning on behalf of the client to ensure commissioning will be carried out in line with current best practice. Where, in addition to the above, evidence provided demonstrates that seasonal commissioning will be carried out during the first year of occupation, post construction (or post fit out).

1

2

Compliance requirements
The following demonstrates compliance: First credit

1. An appropriate project team member(s) is appointed to monitor and programme pre-commissioning, commissioning and, where necessary, re-commissioning on behalf of the client. 2. Commissioning to be carried out in line with current Building Regulations and BSRIA/CIBSE guidelines, where applicable. 3. The main contractor accounts for the commissioning programme, responsibilities and requirements within the main programme of works. 4. A specialist commissioning manager is appointed (by either client or contractor) for complex systems such as: Air conditioning Mechanical ventilation, displacement ventilation, complex passive ventilation Building management systems (BMS) Renewable energy sources Microbiological safety cabinets, fume cupboards and high containment laboratories Cold storage enclosures and refrigeration plant

• • • • • •

D

ra ft

Comment [VC1]: Are these the same as high containment? Comment [VC2]: Specific standards?

Page 4 of 337
©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

DRAFT v0.2

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 1 - Commissioning

Minimum BREEAM Standards
Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P 1 G 1 VG 1 E 1 O 2

The specialist commissioning manager must have been appointed during the design stage and the scope of their responsibility includes: • Design input: commissionability design reviews • Commissioning management input to construction programming • Commissioning management input during installation stages • Management of commissioning, performance testing and handover/post handover stages. Where BMS specified, the following commissioning procedures must be carried out: a. Commissioning of air and water systems is carried out when all control devices are installed, wired and functional b. In addition to air and water flow results, commissioning results include physical measurements of room temperatures, off coil temperatures and other key parameters as appropriate c. The BMS/controls installation should be running in auto with satisfactory internal conditions prior to handover d. All BMS schematics and graphics (if BMS is present) are fully installed and functional to user interface before handover e. The occupier will be fully trained in the operation of the system. 6. Where specified, all built-in cold storage and chilled rooms are commissioned in accordance with the requirements for refrigeration equipment as set out in the Carbon Trust publication GPG347 Installation and commissioning of refrigeration systems. 7. All cold storage and chilled rooms over 20m 2 meet the requirements of Section 9.1 of the Cold Store Code of Practice, Part 1. 8. Where specified, fume cupboards and microbiological safety cabinets are installed and commissioned in accordance with the following standards: a. Fume cupboards in accordance with BS EN 14175-2 and DD CEN/TS 14175-5. b. Microbiological safety cabinets in accordance with BS EN 12469. c. HEEPI Labs21 programme. Second credit

ra ft

1. The first credit has been achieved.

2. The above appointment(s) include the following seasonal commissioning responsibilities over a minimum 12 month period, once the building becomes occupied: Complex Systems – Specialist commissioning manager a. Testing of all building services under full load conditions, i.e. heating equipment in mid-winter, cooling/ventilation equipment in mid-summer, and under part load conditions (spring/autumn) b. Where applicable, testing should also be carried out during periods of extreme (high or low) occupancy

Comment [VC3]: Are there any more references we would need to base this credit on? I’m aware of a number of publications on labs commissioning by ASHRAE, but are they applicable/relevant/updated for the UK?

D
Page 5 of 337 DRAFT v0.2

©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 1 - Commissioning

Minimum BREEAM Standards
Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P 1 G 1 VG 1 E 1 O 2

c. Interviews with building occupants (where they are affected by the complex services) to identify problems or concerns regarding the effectiveness of the systems d. Re-commissioning of systems (following any work needed to serve revised loads), and incorporating any revisions in operating procedures into the O&M manuals. Where specialist building services systems such as fume cupboards, microbiological safety cabinets and a cold storage system are present then the assessor must ensure that these systems are included in the specialist commissioning agent’s responsibilities. Simple Systems (naturally ventilated) – External Consultant/Facilities Manager Review thermal comfort, ventilation, and lighting, at three, six and nine month intervals after initial occupation, either by measurement or occupant feedback. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. Refurbishment Extensions to existing buildings Commissioning agent (simple systems) Specialist commissioning manager Naturally ventilated buildings There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. The commissioning agent (being monitored by the commissioning monitor) can be a person from within the contractor or sub-contractor organisation, provided they are not involved in the general installation works. The commissioning manager for complex systems must be a specialist contractor rather than a general sub-contractor. Where the building is largely naturally ventilated, using simple crossflow ventilation relying solely on openable windows and/or trickle vents (except in areas where mechanical ventilation is legally required), the appointment of a specialist commissioning agent is not required to award this credit. If a BMS system is employed, however, to control the natural ventilation and/or if renewable energy sources are utilised in the development, the requirement for a specialist commissioning agent remains.

D

ra ft

Page 6 of 337
©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

DRAFT v0.2

• BMS/controls commissioning activities were carried out in compliance with the commissioning schedule/specification clause. Design Stage Post Construction Stage 2 3 Commissioning records/reports confirming: • Commissioning procedures executed in compliance with relevant standards. performance testing and handover period. A copy of the specification clause Commissioning records/reports confirming: requiring: • The standards and codes of practice • Commissioning procedures executed in compliance with to which commissioning procedures are to comply with. A copy of the specification clause confirming: • The managing contractor’s responsibilities with respect to this requirement. • Commissioning. OR Commissioning records/reports confirming: • Monitoring actions carried out by the nominated design team member.2 . 6&7 D 5 A copy of a commissioning schedule highlighting: • Managing contractor’s commissioning responsibilities. Commissioning records/reports confirming that. First Credit 1&4 A copy of a letter or commissioning responsibilities schedule confirming the appointment of [or commitment to appoint]: • Design team member(s) as commissioning monitor and scope of their commissioning role. A copy of the specification clause stating: The standards and codes of practice to which commissioning procedures are to comply with. relevant standards. ra ft Page 7 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. • Specialist commissioning manager and scope of their commissioning role. A copy of the main contract programme highlighting. • Specialist commissioning manager’s actions/role. credits to achieve rating P 1 G 1 VG 1 E 1 O 2 Schedule of evidence required Req.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 1 . A copy of the specification clause/commissioning schedule confirming: • The stages of the BMS/Controls commissioning procedures.Commissioning Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.

1 . Technical Memoranda 1/88.Commissioning HVAC Systems d.Commissioning of Pipework Systems c.3 . CIBSE Commissioning Code L: Lighting e. Application Guide 5/2002 . Additional information Relevant definitions None. are to comply with. This evidence must confirm the scope of seasonal commissioning responsibilities/tasks (as required). 2 As evidence requirements for 1 & 3 of the first credit.1 . credits to achieve rating P 1 G 1 VG 1 E 1 O 2 8 Commissioning records/reports A copy of the specification clause confirming: stating: • The standards and codes of practice • Commissioning procedures executed in compliance with to which commissioning procedures relevant standards.Variable flow water systems: design. Application Guide 20/95 . Application Guide 1/91 . CIBSE Commissioning Code C: Automatic Controls d.Commissioning Management i.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 1 . CIBSE Commissioning Code B: Boilers c. CIBSE Commissioning Codes: Set of Seven Codes (2003) a.Commissioning Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. CIBSE Commissioning Code R: Refrigeration g. Application Guide 2/89. Application Guide 1/2001.Pre-commission Cleaning of Pipework Systems f.3 – Commissioning water systems application principles h. CIBSE Commissioning Code W: Water Distribution Systems 2. A copy of the seasonal commissioning schedule/programme.2 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd . AG16/2002 . Application Guide 2/89. BSRIA Commissioning Guides: a. Application Guide 3/89.Commissioning of VAV systems in Buildings b. OR A copy of the letter of appointment of commissioning specialist and scope of their responsibilities. compliance with the first credit.Commissioning of Air Systems in Buildings e. References 1. installation and commissioning guidance D ra ft Page 8 of 337 DRAFT v0. CIBSE Commissioning Code A: Air Distribution Systems b. Second Credit 1 Evidence (as outlined above) confirming Evidence (as outlined above) confirming compliance with the first credit. CIBSE Commissioning Code M: Management f.3 .Commissioning of Water Systems in Buildings g.

BS EN 12469 – “Biotechnology – Performance criteria for microbiological safety cabinets”. BSI. 1996. 2006. The Institute of Refrigeration. www. Cold Store Code of Practice Part 1 “Enclosure Construction”.Commissioning Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. S/P2/00290/REP. BS EN 14175-2:2003 “Fume cupboards . 2003. Carbon Trust. 8. 4. D Page 9 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. credits to achieve rating P 1 G 1 VG 1 E 1 O 2 j. 3.2 .Part 2: Safety and performance requirements”. 7. DD CEN/TS 14175-5:2006 “ Fume cupboards – Part 5: Recommendations for installation and maintenance”. HEEPI Labs21 programme.org. Photovoltaics in buildings . commissioning and monitoring guide. 2000. 5.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 1 . 6. Good Practice Guide 347: “ Installation and commissioning of refrigeration systems”.heepi. BSI. 2003.uk.Testing. BSI.

2 Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. AND the alternative scheme addresses all the mandatory items plus 50% of the optional items in Checklist A2. Where evidence provided demonstrates that there is a commitment to go beyond best practice site management principles.2 . credits awarded as follows: (see Checklist A2) a. independently assessed scheme (equivalent to CCS). OR 2.Considerate Constructors Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. D ra ft Page 10 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. The main contractor has complied with and achieved formal certification under the Considerate Constructors Scheme(CCS).BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 2 .5. credits to achieve rating P G VG E 1 O 2 Credit aim To recognise and encourage construction sites which are managed in an environmentally and socially considerate and accountable manner. Credit criteria Two credits available as follows: Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that there is a commitment to comply with best practice site management principles.5. Two credits where the site is to be independently assessed using the alternative scheme AND the alternative scheme addresses all the mandatory items plus 80% of the optional items in Checklist A2. The main contractor has complied with an alternative. One credit where the contractor achieved a CCS Code of Considerate Practice score between 24 and 31. credits awarded as follows: (see Checklist A1) a. b. Two credits where the contractor achieved a CCS Code of Considerate Practice score between 32 and 35. b. One credit where the site has been independently assessed using the alternative scheme.

Refurbishment Extensions to existing buildings Considerate Constructors score Contractor not yet appointed There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. it is the alternative scheme and its assessment criteria that are assessed against Checklist A2. 1. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. NOT the project or its contractor.Considerate Constructors Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Where post construction. and the alternative scheme addresses all the mandatory and optional items in Checklist A2. The assessor must use this information to complete the appropriate checklist. or commit to including. the client must either include within the specification.2 . as this represents non compliance with the CCS Code of Considerate Practice.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 2 . There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. the site has complied in full with the alternative. independently assessed scheme. credits to achieve rating P G VG E 1 O 2 Exemplary level requirements The following outlines the exemplary level requirements to achieve an innovation credit for this BREEAM issue. OR 2. The scope of this credit applies to the main contractor and their scope of works. a Considerate Constructors Scheme certificate can be provided demonstrating that the site achieved CCS Code of Considerate Practice with a score of at least 36. a requirement for the appointed contractor to comply with one of the above requirements. Alternative scheme Site clearance Where the project is using an alternative scheme to the CCS. Page 11 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. D At the interim design stage of assessment. If the scope of the main contractor’s works includes demolition and site clearance then this stage of work falls within the scope of the credit requirements. ra ft No credits can be awarded for the Considerate Constructors Scheme where any of the section scores within the scheme are less than 3. Where post construction. where the contractor is not yet appointed.

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 2 . credits to achieve rating P G VG E 1 O 2 Schedule of evidence required Req. OR A formal letter from the client/developer confirming: • The main contract will include a clause requiring CCS certification • The scope of the main contractor’s works • A completed copy of checklist A1. and individual/ organisation responsible for third party assessment of site compliance.1. Post Construction Stage A copy of the Considerate Constructors Scheme certificate of compliance. • The scope of the main contractor’s works Exemplary Credit 1-2 A formal letter from the main contractor confirming their commitment to: • Gaining CCS or equivalent certification • A minimum score of 36 or equivalent.2 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft . Page 12 of 337 DRAFT v0. 2 A copy of the compliance report (and any certification) for the alternative scheme. A copy of the assessment criteria for the alternative scheme that allows the assessor to complete checklist A2. AND A formal letter from the client/developer confirming: • The main contract will include a clause requiring compliance with the alternative scheme • The procedure. D Evidence as outlined above for req. The Considerate Constructors Monitors report highlighting the total score and the sub scores in each section. 1 Design Stage A copy of the relevant section of the main contract specification confirming: • A requirement to comply with the CCS • The minimum score to be achieved in each CCS section.Considerate Constructors Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.

http://www.Considerate Constructors Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 2 .5 over the following eight sections: • Considerate • Environmentally Aware • Site Cleanliness • Good Neighbour • Respectful • Safe • Responsible • Accountable To achieve certification under this scheme a score of at least 24 is required. the credits can still be achieved.considerateconstructorsscheme.org.uk/ D Page 13 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. Alternative local or national schemes: Where the client/contractor has not used the Considerate Constructors Scheme (CCS) but has made a firm commitment to adopt an alternative independently assessed scheme covering the key issues in Checklist A2. The purpose of Checklist A2 is to enable the assessor to check whether an alternative. credits to achieve rating P G VG E 1 O 2 Additional information Relevant definitions Considerate Constructors Scheme is a UK certification scheme that encourages the considerate management of construction sites.2 References . 1. It is not in itself an equivalent construction site management scheme. independently assessed scheme complies with the BREEAM credit criteria. The scheme is operated by the Construction Confederation and points are awarded in increments of 0.

credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To recognise and encourage construction sites managed in an environmentally sound manner in terms of resource use. Monitor. The requirements in the relevant section of Checklist A3 have been met. report and set targets for water consumption arising from site activities d. D Where evidence provided demonstrates that at least 80% of site timber is responsibly sourced and 100% is legally sourced. Implement best practice policies in respect of water (ground and surface) pollution occurring on the site f. energy consumption and pollution. 1 2 3 Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. Credit criteria 4 credits available as follows: Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that 2 or more of items a-g (listed below) are achieved. Implement best practice policies in respect of air (dust) pollution arising from the site e. report and set targets for CO2 or energy arising from transport to and from site c. ra ft Page 14 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 3 . Monitor.2 . Where evidence provided demonstrates that 6 or more of items a-g are achieved: a.Construction site impacts Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Where evidence provided demonstrates that 4 or more of items a-g (listed below) are achieved. Monitor. Main contractor operates an Environmental Management System. Main contractor has an environmental materials policy. report and set targets for CO2 or energy arising from site activities b. used for sourcing of construction materials to be utilised on site g.

ra ft Post Construction Stage Site records demonstrating monitoring and recording of the following (where relevant): • Site energy/CO2 consumption • Site deliveries • Site water consumption Project targets set for water and energy consumption. a formal letter from the client/developer including: • Completed checklist A3 identifying which items will form part of the main contractor’s obligations. site hoardings and other temporary site timber used for the purpose of facilitating construction.2 . Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 3 . Site clearance Schedule of evidence required Req. It does not cover structural timber and timber used for fitout items (this is addressed in BREEAM credit Mat 5). site timber is considered to be timber used to facilitate construction. D OR Where the main contract specification is not yet available. A letter from the main contractor confirming: • Procedures for pollution management and mitigation were implemented • Name/job title of individual Page 15 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. 1 Design Stage A copy of the relevant section from the main contract specification confirming: • Contractor’s obligations in respect to each item on the checklist • Site timber will be sourced from suppliers capable of providing certification to the level required for the particular tier claimed (see table 1 of BREEAM credit MAT 5) • All timber will come from a ‘legal source’ and is not on the CITES list*. The scope of this credit applies to the main contractor and their scope of works. Copies of the documented procedures used on site for working to best practice pollution management guidelines. including formwork. For the purposes of this credit. buildings Site timber The fourth credit (for responsibly sourced site timber) is not dependent on any of the first three credits being achieved. If the scope of the main contractor’s works includes demolition and site clearance then this stage of work falls within the scope of the credit requirements. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects.Construction site impacts Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.

The Environment Agency and local Environmental Health Officers police these. it has not been sourced from the country seeking to protect this species as listed in Appendix III. II. Wood must be tracked from the certified forest to the finished product. Additional information Relevant definitions CITES (Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species) Appendices I and II of the CITES list illustrate species of timber that are protected outright. responsible for monitoring and managing construction site impacts throughout the project. Pollution BRE publishes guidance on construction site dust management. All the steps. and they have published specific guidance (referenced below) to help achieve this. Monitoring and D ra ft Page 16 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. • All timber species and sources used in the development are not listed on any of the CITES appendices for endangered or threatened species (Appendix I.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 3 . written confirmation from the supplier(s) confirming that: • All timber comes from a legal source.Construction site impacts Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.2 . Chain-of-custody certification ensures that a facility has procedures in place to track wood from certified forests and avoid confusing it with non certified wood. Chain of Custody: This is a process used to maintain and document the chronological history of the evidence/path for products from forests to consumers. or III*). If a timber species used in the development is on Appendix III it can be included as part of the assessment as long as the timber is not obtained from the country(s) seeking to protect this species (see additional information for further details). from transporting wood from the forest to a sawmill. Appendix III of the CITES list illustrates species that are protected in at least one country. A copy of the certification document or Chain of Custody (CoC) certificate(s) for the site timber. and the Environment Agency publishes guidance on water pollution control measures. * Or in the case of Appendix III of the CITES list. until it reaches the customer. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - • • The policy for sourcing site timber for the project. There are significant statutory requirements in this area under environmental health legislation and the Environmental Protection Act. Chain-of-custody is established and audited according to relevant forest certification systems rules. Where any non-certified timber is used. must maintain adequate inventory control systems that allow for separation and identification of the certified product. Confirmation that the above will be implemented in compliance with BREEAM’s requirements. Energy Energy Management on site has been a key focus for the Construction Confederation.

this series of documents guides the reader through setting targets for their own projects.eea. PPG 1 – General guide to the prevention of pollution. Sustainability Action Plan (or Achieving Sustainability in Construction Procurement).co.eu. http://reports.2 . “Construction Site Transport”. “Control of Dust from Construction and Demolition Activities”. Page 17 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. 6.int/TEC06/en 9. C Grimwood. Measures for traffic movements and distances. this information is predominantly used to feedback into the tendering process and is seldom used to seek improvements on the site in question. BRE and DTI.uk/pdf/constructiontraffic. refer to DTI’s Construction Industry KPI Pack.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 3 . Government Construction Client’s Panel (GCCP). BSI 2003. Good Practice Guide (GPG) 273. Handbook.uk). For guidance on setting targets. April 2003. Whilst total energy is frequently monitored.gov. BS8555 2003 “ Environmental Management Systems – Guide to the phased implementation of an environmental management system including the use of environmental performance evaluation”. DTI Construction Industry KPI Pack includes Methods of Measurement. “COPERT II Computer programme to Calculate Emissions from Road Transport Methodology and Emissions Factors”. vapour and noise pollution from construction sites” . 10. References 1. KPI Wall Chart. Technical report No 6. 2000.bre.org. monitoring and achieving targets. D Hall BRE Press. V Kukadia. Environment Agency PPG 6 – Working at demolition and construction sites. 2.uk/netregs/resources/278006/277807/?version=1&lang=_e 5. BRE Press.set of five Pollution Control Guides.netregs. “Guidelines for Company Reporting on Greenhouse Gas Emissions”. 2003. Annex 6 Transport conversion tables. Freight Transport Association. S Upton. DEFRA 2002. 3. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - reporting at site level are the key factors in raising awareness of the impacts of energy consumption. Environment Agency PPG 5 – Works in. S Upton. (www. “ Computerised Routing and Scheduling for Efficient Logistics”. 2003. as these are very project specific. Targets Targets are requested in the BREEAM credit to promote the process of setting. near or liable to affect watercourses. Available from: www. “Controlling particles.Construction site impacts Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. D ra ft 4. Environment Agency http://www.constructingexcellence. 2005. 8. V Kukadia.pdf 7. BREEAM does not set targets. Office of Government Commerce (OGC).

http://www.uk D Page 18 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 11.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 3 .co.2 .smartwaste.Construction site impacts Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.

A Building User Guide that contains the information described under the ‘User Guide Contents’ heading (see additional guidance) has been developed. The guide is relevant to the non-technical building user and appropriate to the stakeholder(s) that will occupy the building. buildings Operation and Maintenance manual The presence of a building O&M manual does not meet this requirement.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 4 . Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates the provision of a simple guide that covers information relevant to the tenant/occupants and non-technical building manager on the operation and environmental performance of the building. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. Schedule of evidence required Req. 2. credits to achieve rating P G VG E 1 O 1 Credit aim To recognise and encourage the provision of guidance for the non technical building user so they can understand and operate the building efficiently. The latter provides the detailed specialist information required by technical Facilities Managers (FMs) and maintenance staff/contractors. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. but must be an extractable or ‘stand alone’ section. The guide can be contained in the Operation & Maintenance (O&M) manual. Design Stage Post Construction Stage D ra ft Page 19 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1.Building User Guide Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.2 . Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects.

Building User Guide Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 2. General User . • The contents of the Guide will be developed in compliance with the BREEAM requirements. Information could include: a. alarm systems and fire fighting systems. General User – Information on the operation of innovative features such as automatic blinds. cooling and ventilation in the building and how these can be adjusted. Information on the energy efficient operation of fume cupboards and microbiological safety cabinets (where present). e.g.. FM . bags etc. economic and environmental savings. A copy of the Building User Guide. location of first aid equipment.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 4 . General User . b. nearest emergency services. Written confirmation from the design team that the guide has been distributed to the building’s owner. plus details of location and nature of emergency and firefighting systems. implications of covering heating outlets with files. including considerations on the impact of overloading fume cupboards and leaving fume cupboards’ sashes open when not needed. b. lighting systems etc. thermostat location and use. muster points. Building Services Information a. lighting and heating controls. and also provide an overview of the reasons for their use. 1. D ra ft Page 20 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. FM – As above. e. and guidance on the impacts of strategies covering window opening and the use of blinds. OR A formal letter from the client/developer confirming: • That the design team will be required to develop a Building User Guide. as appropriate. plus a non-technical summary of the operation and maintenance of the building systems (including BMS if installed) and an overview of controls. Emergency Information a..Information on heating.As above. 3.g. Energy & Environmental Strategy This should give owners and occupiers information on energy-efficient features and strategies relating to the building.Include information on the location of fire exits.2 . and use of lifts and security systems. credits to achieve rating P G VG E 1 O 1 1&2 A copy of the specification clause confirming: • Requirement to develop a Building User Guide • Scope of the Guide’s contents. tenant(s) or fit out contractor (for completion). Additional information User Guide Contents The list below indicates the type of information that should be included to meet the needs of the Facilities Management (FM) Team/Building Manager and the general users (staff).

As above.g. examples of Waste Management Strategies and any cleaning/maintenance requirements for particular materials and finishes.g. FM – As above. leak detection. use of Green Guide ‘A’ rated materials. energy targets and benchmarks for the building type. General User – details of water saving features and their use and benefits. General User – Contact details of FM/manager. Transport Facilities a. and how to read. implications of layout change. information on alternative methods of transport to the workplace.g. 6. Re-fit/Re-arrangement Considerations a. Water Use a.As above.2 . b. maintenance and appropriate use of car parking and cycling facilities. and in compliance with BREEAM Credit Tra 7. e. and details of any building user group if relevant. aerating taps. plus information on conditions of access. reuse of other materials etc. installation of screens. risk of legionella. maps and timetables.g. FM – As above.g. Recommendations for system maintenance and its importance. car sharing schemes. Relevant issues covered in BREEAM should be highlighted. waste storage and disposal requirements. e. low flush toilets. e. plus details of main components (including controls) and operation. General User – an explanation of the impact of re-positioning of furniture. including recyclable building/office/fit out components. General User – Information on the location of recyclable materials storage areas and how to use them appropriately. the potential impact of increasing occupancy and any provision made in the original design to accommodate future changes. Reporting Provision a.e. b. the use of natural ventilation. the impact of leaving windows/doors open in an air conditioned office. and/or help desk facility. General User – details of car-parking and cycling provision. plus contact details of suppliers/installers of equipment and services and their areas of responsibility for reporting any subsequent problems. maintenance team. 4. plus environmental recommendations for consideration in any refit. number of spaces provided. or use of blinds in winter with respect to solar gain).g. credits to achieve rating P G VG E 1 O 1 b.g. may cover grilles/outlets. FM – As above. e. local ‘green’ transport facilities..As above. metering etc. plus information on recycling.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 4 . D ra ft Page 21 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. higher density occupation etc. e. Materials & Waste Policy a. the guide must reference the travel information space. local public transport information. FM . 8. However. plus information on airtightness and solar gain (e. FM . 5. information on monitoring such as the metering and sub-metering strategy. b.Building User Guide Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. accessible to the staff. b. e. 7. FM . Further and Higher Education Buildings only The above information in point 5 does not need to be included in the user’s guide if there is a separate dedicated travel information space. record and present meter readings. b. the information provided and its location. i.

and fine tuning. Construction (Design and Management) Regulations 1994. Building Log Book The Building Regulations Part L requires the provision of a ‘Building Log-Book’ to the owner and/or occupier of the building. General Where further technical detail may be required by the FM Team or manager there should be references to the appropriate sections in the Operation and Maintenance Manual.Building User Guide Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Links & References This should include links to other information including websites. the Construction Design and Management Regulations require the Health and Safety file to be passed onto the building user. publications and organisations. This could include: a. BREEAM requires an additional ‘Building User Guide’ that contains the necessary details about the everyday operation of the development in a form that is easy for the intended users to understand. office furniture etc. General User . are likely to have considered the need for meeting or cellular space. For example. The design of the building may require additional or expanded systems to be installed if occupant levels rise above those designed for.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 4 . For example: Some ventilation and/or lighting systems can be impaired by inappropriate positioning of partitions. 10. Training Details of the proposed content and suggested suppliers of any training and/or demonstrations in the use of the building’s services. the ‘Carbon Trust’ programme should be referenced and links provided to its website and good practice guidance. FM – As above. plus training in emergency procedures and setting up. b. features and facilities that will be needed. In addition on completion. the systems in the building. This information should be passed on to the personnel making management decisions. a lack of comfort and poor performance. Without the provision of adequate information and guidance it is likely that the building will be used inappropriately leading to the dissatisfaction of occupants and wasted resources. D ra ft Page 22 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. credits to achieve rating P G VG E 1 O 1 9. adjusting. The aim of the credit is to ensure that design features are used efficiently and that changes to office space are managed in the most appropriate manner. so causing inefficiencies. References 1. so that they are aware of the implications of such decisions on the management of the building. open plan office.2 . the design team of a speculative. In particular. 11. and may have provided additional riser or duct space to assist future use.Training in the use of any innovative/energy saving features.

Building User Guide Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 4. www.uk 7. Part L.uk/carbontrust/ 6. credits to achieve rating P G VG E 1 O 1 2.2 .BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 4 . Carbon Trust : www.co.uk D Page 23 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. Building Regulations 2006 .Approved document.gov. 3.teachernet.thecarbontrust. BRE Digest 474 “ HOBO protocol . www.Handover of Office Building Operations” 2003. CIBSE Building Log Book Toolkit (CD-ROM) 2003.gov.dfes. 5.

Scheduled ancient monuments buildings in historic parks and gardens d. Where the building/site is identified as one of the above types appropriate measures have been taken to protect any areas/features of value and all relevant bodies have been consulted and have agreed the design adopted.Site Investigation Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. The site has been investigated to determine local conditions that will affect the design and specification of the proposed development. Buildings or sites with distinguishing local architectural characteristics f. 3. Establishing the engineering properties of the soil and aggressiveness of the ground water in accordance with BS1377:1990 .BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 5 . Buildings of local architectural or historical interest referred to in a local authority development plan b. Ground and ground water conditions assessed in accordance with BS5930 Code of Practice for Site Investigations b. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To recognise and encourage detailed site investigation to ensure the building accounts for site conditions and any remedial action required is taken. 2. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1.Parts 1-9 Methods of test for soils for civil engineering purposes c. The following areas are covered in the investigation: a. The relevant bodies (see compliance notes) have been consulted and confirm the absence of the following: a. D ra ft Page 24 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Sites of archaeological interest 4. If the site investigation indicates the site may be contaminated.2 . further investigations are carried out in accordance with BS 10175:2001 Investigation of potentially contaminated sites. Buildings within areas of outstanding natural beauty and national parks c. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that the design team has carried out a detailed site investigation of the selected site. Buildings within the curtilage of scheduled ancient monuments e.

The site investigation has been carried out at.2 . or equivalent. Design Stage 1. Scottish Natural Heritage. Historic Scotland. advice should be sought from BRE on whether requirement 2 is applicable.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 5 . Page 25 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. English Nature. References BS 5930 – “Code of practice for site investigations”. depending on the UK region. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 5. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. buildings Relevant Bodies The relevant bodies. For refurbishment projects that do include ground works or additional structural load. AND Additional information Relevant definitions None. or prior to. the ground investigation detailed in requirement 2 is not required. D A marked-up site plan identifying: • Proposed development • Sensitive buildings/sites in proximity • Location and scope of protection measures. 3 4 A copy of correspondence with/from the Relevant Body. Schedule of evidence required Req. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects.2&5 A copy of the site investigation report. Refurbishment For refurbishment projects that do not include ground works or additional structural load. will typically include: the Local Authority. Environment and Heritage Service (NI) or appropriate agency department of the Assembly Government (Wales). ra ft Formal written confirmation from the design team that measures identified at the design stage to protect features/buildings were implemented. RIBA Stage C outlines design stage. All other credit requirements remain applicable.Site Investigation Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Post Construction Stage The evidence required at this stage of assessment is the same as that identified at the design stage. BSI. 1999. English Heritage.

2001. BS 10175:2001 – “Investigation of potentially contaminated sites”. “Methods of test for soils for civil engineering purposes”. Code of practice. BSI. D Page 26 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - BS 1377:1990 . BSI.Site Investigation Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.Parts 1-9.2 .BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 5 . 1990.

in addition to the above. D ra ft Page 27 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. or has been. residents and local government) in the design process in order to provide buildings fit for purpose and to increase local “ownership”. building quality and local impact (including aesthetics) b. Maintenance resources/burdens e. a representative consultation group should be identified from similar buildings of the same type in the same authority/area c. Members of the local community and appropriate stakeholders identified with whom the design team consulted b.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 6 . If the building is a new development in an existing community or for a community still under construction. evidence provided demonstrates that the consultation process is being. 2. Management and operational implications d. During the preparation of the brief (equivalent to RIBA stage B) the following was undertaken: a.2 . Building user satisfaction/productivity c. Credit criteria Two credits available as follows: Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that consultation has been. undertaken and feedback given to the local community and building users. or is being. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To involve the relevant stakeholders (including building users. Knowledge and experience collated from the existing buildings of the same type (if relevant) to identify existing partnerships and networks. Where. undertaken using an independent method of consultation facilitated by a third party.Consultation Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 2 Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: First credit 1. business. A consultation plan was prepared and included a timescale and methods of consultation. Functionality. Good and bad examples of buildings of the same type. clearly identifying at which points consultees can usefully contribute and how they will be kept informed about progress on the project. The consultation included at least the following issues: a.

What was proposed during the consultation exercise b. The outcome. will typically include: Bodies the Local Authority. Historic Scotland. buildings Relevant The relevant bodies. How each of these proposals were considered c. Feedback has been given to the consultation group regarding suggestions made. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. English Heritage. Consultation on the opportunities available to design the building so it can be used as a learning resource to demonstrate environmental awareness to students and visitors.g. g. and this feedback covered: a. Appropriate Includes the following (as appropriate): stakeholders • Local residents and volunteer groups • Students and staff groups and unions (NUS???) • Alumni associations • AUDE representatives • Researchers • Teachers/lecturers (representative groups) • Local businesses • Design team members and main contractor • Community groups (for example based on religion. D ra ft Comment [VC4]: Any other regulatory body we want to involve in the consultation exercise? Page 28 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. 2. The consultation process used an independent method carried out by a third party (see Additional Information section). Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. Local traffic/transport impact. depending on the UK region. Second credit 1. e.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 6 . Opportunities for shared use of facilities and infrastructure with the community h. The first credit is achieved. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - f.2 .Consultation Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 3. leisure or culture) • Local Authority and/or local education service providers. implementation of suggestions or description of why options have not been deemed feasible. Environment and Heritage Service (NI) or appropriate agency department of the Assembly Government (Wales).

credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Schedule of evidence required Req. A consultation plan setting out the process and the scope of the consultation. internal environment and urban and social integration. access and space.2 Copies of the assessment results from the independent facilitation method for each stage of the project where it was used. Build quality: The engineering and construction performance of a building. including (where relevant): • Newsletters. This includes character and innovation. circulars etc. posters. Impact: The building’s ability to create a sense of place. First Credit 1 2 A list of the stakeholders consulted.Consultation Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. form and materials. ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft Second Credit 1 Evidence (as outlined above) confirming Copies of the assessment results from compliance with the first credit. Copies of documentation demonstrating consultation feedback. Copies of agendas and minutes of meetings with the stakeholders demonstrating: • The consultation plan in action • The stage in plan of works that consultation occurred. D Page 29 of 337 DRAFT v0.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 6 . Evidence as outlined at the design stage of assessment. Design Stage Post Construction Stage 3 Additional information Relevant definitions Functionality: The way in which the building is designed to be useful and is split into use. 2 Details of the independent consultation agency/facilitator. the facilitation / consultation method before occupation. • Agenda and minutes from meetings. . and have a positive effect on the local community and environment.

1976.uk • • • • • References 1.bcse.net The Design Quality Indicator is a method to assess the design quality of buildings. www. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Consultation guidance and methodologies There is a great deal of guidance available on community consultation. and many specialist organisations offer such services.uk/Products/NATIONAL-REPORT/D7701D4F-C1304BA6-B10D-6D0644BDAA98/PFITechnicalqualityreportBRE. Much of it is focussed on community planning.uk Learning through Landscapes can help with the design of spaces around schools.audit-commission.org.uk 3.org.org Planning for Real is a participative planning initiative.ltl.uk For a guide to neighbourhood renewal and various resources see: www.nifonline.ltl.cabe.org. www.2 .uk. “Design Quality of PFI Schools”. but is adaptable.org.uk D 6.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 6 . www. 2002.Consultation Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.org.dqi.renewal.org. and a section on education on design for young people. DES. www. Examples of guidance and methodologies in the public domain are: • The National Charrette Institute is a non-profit educational institution that help communities achieve healthy transformation through collaborative planning processes that harnesses the talents and energies of all interested parties to create and support a buildable plan.uk 2. www.dqi.cabe. www.pdf) ra ft Page 30 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.uk The Commission for Architecture and the Built Environment has various publications to provide guidance on design. BRE. www. www.gov.charretteinstitute. 4. Design Note 14 “School & Community – 2”.net 5.org. (http://www. www.

3. At least one credit has been achieved under M6 Consultation.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 7 – Shared facilities Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 2 Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: First credit 1. They met formally to consider feedback according to the consultation plan c. This document has been communicated to all consultees. Shared facilities are provided in a separate and secured zone that can be accessed by members of the public/community without gaining uncontrolled access to other parts of the building. The first credit is achieved. 2. Potential users of the shared facilities (such as operators of clubs and community groups) have been consulted and their requirements have informed the brief. Credit aim To recognise and encourage flexible buildings designed to cater for shared use with the local community.2 . ra ft Page 31 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. The design team confirms that: a. D 2. Instructions and guidance on access and use of shared facilities has been developed and handed over to the building occupants (this can be included in the building user guide where such a guide is provided). b. Credit criteria Two credits available as follows: Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that shared facilities have been provided as a consequence of consultation feedback. Second credit 1. A document was produced describing the facilities to be shared and how access to them will be arranged d. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O Comment [VC5]: Filtered credit when the building poses a risk to public safety or where there is a risk of divulgation of confidential information. Where evidence provided demonstrates that these facilities can be accessed without compromising the safety and security of the building and its occupants.

and its distribution list. Typical facilities may however include: • Sports facilities • Meeting and conference rooms • Drama and theatre space Post Construction Stage As outlined under credit Man 6 Consultation. and use and consultation feedback. security or confidentiality reasons cannot be applicable opened to the public/community Buildings where there are specific access restrictions imposed by licensing arrangements. Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: • Existence of shared facilities. Page 32 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 7 – Shared facilities Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects.2 . Type of shared No requirements have been set in this respect as the types of space facilities will vary according to the building size. the credits can be awarded.g. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Schedule of evidence required Req. A copy of the document. outlining the strategy for shared facilities. Second Credit 2 A marked-up design plan highlighting: • The facilities that will be shared • Access and security zones for and ra ft Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. buildings Existing shared Where existing shared facilities are present on site that comply with the facilities above compliance requirements (including the involvement of users and community in the consultation stage). e. type. There is no additional evidence required at the post construction stage of assessment. Buildings for The following buildings may be exempted from compliance with this which this credit: credit is not Buildings that for safety. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. First Credit 1 2 Design Stage As outlined under credit Man 6 Consultation. D Agenda & minutes from design team meeting. Home Office licensing of biological facilities.

credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - around the shared facilities. 3 A copy of the document containing the instructions and guidance on access and use of shared facilities. D Page 33 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. OR A formal letter from the design team confirming that such a document will be written and handed over to the building occupants.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 7 – Shared facilities Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Access and security arrangements for the facilities. • Additional information Relevant Definitions: None. A copy of the document containing the instructions and guidance on access and use of shared facilities.2 . References No references.

D ra ft Page 34 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. An actual Secured by Design Award/certificate is not required. Refurbishment Extensions to existing buildings SBD Award There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. Credit criteria Credits Where evidence provided demonstrates that an Architectural Liaison Officer (ALO) or Crime Prevention Design Advisor (CPDA) from the local police force has been consulted at the design stage and their recommendations incorporated into the design of the building and its parking facilities (if relevant). The design team has consulted with and sought the advice of the local police Architectural Liaison Officer (ALO) or Crime Prevention Design Advisor (CPDA) on designing out the opportunity for crime.2 . though this does provide a means of demonstrating compliance at the post construction stage of assessment. There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To recognise and encourage the implementation of effective design measures that will reduce the opportunity for and fear of crime on the new development. 1 Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. The final design embodies the recommendations of the ALO/CPDA and is built to conform to the principles and guidance of Secured by Design. in accordance with the principles and guidance of Secured by Design.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 8 – Security Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. 2. 3. Consultation with the ALO/CPDA occurred during or prior to the Outline Proposals stage (RIBA stage C) or equivalent.

OR If the timing of assessment does not permit the above. to assist in reducing the opportunity for and fear of crime. 1&2 Design Stage Correspondence from or a copy of the report/feedback from the ALO/CPDA confirming: • Scope of their advice/involvement • The stage of design in which their advice was sought • Summary of their recommendations A marked-up copy of the site/design plan(s) highlighting examples of: • The development conforming to ALO/CPDA recommendations and SBD principles and guidance."Improving Security in Schools" offers guidance on how to improve the security of school premises. OR Correspondence from the ALO/CPDA confirming: • The as-built development or design complies with their recommendations. OR Additional information Relevant definitions: Secured by Design (SBD): A police initiative that seeks to encourage the construction industry to adopt crime prevention measures in the design of developments. D ra ft A copy of the development’s ‘Secured by Design’ certificate. 3 Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence providing examples of: • The site/development conforming to key ALO/CPDA recommendations. Secured by Design is owned by the Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO) and has the support of the Home Office Crime Reduction & Community Safety Group and the Planning Section of the Department for Communities and Local Government. a copy of the specification clause confirming: The development will conform to ALO/CPDA recommendations and SBD principles and guidance. Schedule of evidence required Req. Guide 4 . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Schools In addition to the SBD Schools guidance. Managing School Facilities. Post Construction Stage No additional evidence required to that outlined for the design stage of assessment.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 8 – Security Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.2 . Page 35 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.

“Secured By Design”. D Page 36 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. http://www. DFEE.securedbydesign. Building Bulletin 100. 2006.com/guides/index. The Safer Parking Scheme: An initiative of the Association of Chief Police Officers aimed at reducing crime and the fear of crime in parking facilities. References 1. “Design for Fire Safety in Schools”. Development Managers: DMs are independent persons appointed by the SPS scheme managers (the British Parking Association) and will assist designated police staff in carrying out site assessments of individual parking facilities.securedbydesign. Design Guides and Publications: http://www. Safer parking status. 2007.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 8 – Security Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - The Association of Chief Police Officers for England Wales and Northern Ireland (ACPO) and the Association of Chief Police Officers for Scotland (ACPOS) represent the police forces of the United Kingdom and both organisations endorse and support the Secured by Design programme. 2004.pdf 2.2 4. The scheme is managed by the British Parking Association (BPA) and supported by the Home Office and Scottish Executive.com/pdfs/schools. “Secured By Design – Schools”. Managing School Facilities. is awarded to parking facilities that have met the requirements of a risk assessment conducted by the Police. ACPO Crime Prevention Initiatives Limited. Park Mark®."Improving Security in Schools". 3.aspx . Guide 4 .

presentations etc. site visits.£/m2 • Services Costs .£/m 2 • Gross floor area . publicly available literature or press release b. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that the design team are committed to publicising information about the environmental performance of the new development via the internet.m 3/person/year 2. c. Industry/sector or Government/Local Authority sponsored website or information portals. university own website/literature or student union website. newsletters. The following project related information is publicised in the case study: • A basic description of the project and building • BREEAM Rating and score • The key innovative and low-impact design features of the building • Basic Building Cost .2 .kWh/m2 • Predicted water use . The information listed below is publicised as a case study through one of the following means: a. EAUC/HEEPI/AUDE/ULSF website. Developer’s own website.kWh/m2 • Predicted fossil fuel consumption . D ra ft Comment [VC6]: Any other specific website? Page 37 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 9 – Publication of building information Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1.m 2 • Total area of site – hectares • Function areas and their size (m 2) • Area of circulation (m2) • Area of storage (m 2) • % area of grounds to be used by community (where relevant) • % area of buildings to be used by community (where relevant) • Predicted electricity consumption .£/m 2 • External Works . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O 1 Credit aim To recognise and encourage the publication of information related to the aspects of the design and procurement process’ which reduce the overall environmental impact of the building.kWh/m2 • Predicted renewable energy generation .

As appropriate: • Evidence as required for credit M6. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O 1 % predicted water use to be provided by rainwater or greywater The steps taken during the construction process to reduce environmental impacts. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 9 – Publication of building information • • • 3. D ra ft Confidentiality of information Some of the information required in the compliance requirements may be confidential in certain instances (e. The medium for case study publication. innovative construction management techniques A list of any social or economically sustainable measures achieved/piloted.g. • A marked-up programme showing dates of site visits. the credit can be still awarded provided all relevant confidential issues are identified in the assessment report. As appropriate: • Evidence as required for credit M6. Post Construction Stage A copy of the published case study. Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. buildings Schedule of evidence required Req. In those cases.2 . 1&2 3 Design Stage A formal letter from the developer or design team confirming: A case study for the development will be prepared. some University research buildings may have confidentiality issues linked to their activities).e. At least two of the following must be met: • The first credit of M6 Consultation has been achieved • Site visits have been arranged for future building users • Building users and/or other stakeholders have been given the opportunity to attend design team meetings • Building users and/or other stakeholders are given regular presentations on progress of design/construction • Online and updated information on the progress of the design and construction of the project. i. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. • A formal letter from the design team or main contractor confirming date(s) Page 38 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. The information to be included in the case study.

http://www. A copy of the presentation.constructingexcellence.uk/lascn/login. Additional information Relevant definitions None References 1. The web address for publicly accessing information on the design and construction process. A brief description of the subject of each presentation or copy of the presentation. Assessor check of website to ensure project information is valid and up to date.org.wellbuilt.org.uk/ 2.2 . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O 1 • • • A marked-up programme showing dates of design team meetings attended by building users/stakeholders.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 9 – Publication of building information • Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. http://www. • • of site visits and design team meetings attended by building users/stakeholders.jsp D Page 39 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. The programme for presentations that have been or will be given.

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 10 – Development as a learning resource Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. solar thermal. and how the building and/or landscape mitigates such impacts. At least one credit has been achieved under Man 6 Consultation. Use of demonstration projects such as: • A working renewable energy source such as PV’s or wind turbines with a description of the technology and live data on energy generated and subsequent CO2 emissions prevented. features or installations that demonstrate to future building users a local and/or global environmental impact of building development or operation. 2.2 . Based on the consultation process. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. Due to the subjective nature of the issue and circumstances of the individual project strict compliance requirements have not been set. live data on energy generated and subsequent CO2 emissions prevented. 3. 4. The resource should be appropriate to the range of expertise likely to be found among the building’s users (typically students and visitors). Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that the proposed building AND/OR landscape design provides a learning resource that can be used to facilitate development of environmental issues for building users and visitors. the building and/or landscape (as appropriate to building type) is designed. D ra ft Page 40 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. • Alternative heating sources such as wood fuel. The items outlined below are suggestions that can be used to determine whether the building and/or landscape meet the credit requirements. Building 1. geothermal with a description of the technology. or includes. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O 1 Credit aim To recognise and encourage the use of the building and site as a learning resource for demonstrating environmental awareness.

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 10 – Development as a learning resource • Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. A permanent display section with: • Information on the building’s design. 5. 2. Landscaping 6. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O 1 Rainwater collection systems with live readings. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. with internal and external temperature readings to demonstrate its function. Alternatively. innovative use of a low-impact building material(s) or technology. roof tiles made from recycled tyres. buildings D ra ft Page 41 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. the data can be displayed with a description of the system being monitored. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. a basic description of how the technology works and its environmental benefit. The landscaping/site space(s) are clearly marked and designated on a site plan and provide an adequately sized area for achievement of the aim. to allow creation and management of a natural habitat or wetland OR • Space within or adjacent to the site boundary or in the local area/region has been set aside to allow creation and management of an area for organic planting and/or animal husbandry. e. 4. construction and strategies to reduce its environmental impact • General information on the environmental impact of the building as whole • Low-impact building solutions and materials that can be specified in modern design and construction to mitigate such impacts. 3. The demonstration/information for the building is presented in a part of the building that has regular user access: for example assembly halls. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects.2 . Utilisation of the building fabric or structure: for example a cutaway wall section that shows building insulation use within the fabric. group or resource spaces. The landscaping/site demonstrates either of the following: • Space within or adjacent to the site boundary or in the local area/region has been set aside. such as building products made from recycled materials. Where energy or water meters with a pulsed output have been provided.g.

Marked-up design plan demonstrating: • The proposed/specified demonstration feature/installation. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O 1 Schedule of evidence required Req. 1 2 Design Stage Evidence as outlined under credit Man 6 Consultation.2 . References None. Post Construction Stage As outlined under credit Man 6 Consultation. D Page 42 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: • Installation and existence of the demonstration feature Additional information Relevant definitions None.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 10 – Development as a learning resource Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.

4. The maintenance strategy must cover the extent to which maintenance can be designed out and how support systems can be built into the specification to facilitate efficient and cost-effective operation and maintenance. 2. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To recognise and encourage the specification of a building and building services that can be easily maintained during their lifecycle. D ra ft Page 43 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.Service life planning Part 1 3. A maintenance strategy has been developed from the critical appraisal and formulated at the design stage. The items identified for each of the key procurement stages in the checklist ‘design guide to maintainable buildings’. including the access openings. The strategy must include an indication on how all major plant and equipment is to be removed and replaced within the design life of the building. Service life planning in accordance with ISO 15686 Buildings and constructed assets . have been addressed. This appraisal must comply with the following: a. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that specifications for the building and the building services/systems and landscaping have considered ease and efficiency of maintenance in line with best practice. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. outlined in Appendix 2 A1 of CIBSE guide to ownership.2 . Where there is a management plan for the landscaping (for example.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 11 – Ease of maintenance Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. as defined in credit LUE 6 Long term impact on biodiversity). A critical appraisal has been completed at the feasibility stage of building procurement. operation and maintenance of building services. this has been included in the maintenance strategy. lifting arrangement and route to and from the plant room at a delivery point. covering the maintenance implications for different design options.

• A signed.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 11 – Ease of maintenance Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 1 Design Stage A formal letter from the design team with: • Confirmation of use and compliance with the CIBSE checklist at the feasibility. preconstruction. D 2 A copy of the feasibility stage appraisal for the design options. construction and commissioning stages. Storage space has been provided for cleaning and general maintenance equipment in line with Building Bulletin 98/99 as appropriate. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. A formal letter from the design team confirming: • Compliance of the appraisal with the relevant standard(s). dated and completed copy of the checklist for the relevant stages. This must be evenly distributed throughout the site/building and as a minimum. outline proposal. tender. No additional evidence required to that outlined for the design stage of assessment. Post Construction Stage A formal letter from the design team or main contractor with: • Confirmation of use and compliance with the CIBSE checklist at the Production information. ra ft Page 44 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. buildings Schedule of evidence required Req. dated and completed copy of the checklist for the relevant stages. system design and detailed design stages • A signed. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. storage space is provided on each floor of the building. • Indicative examples of how items on the checklist were addressed at each stage for the building. • Indicative examples of how items on the checklist were addressed at each stage of design for the building. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 5.2 .

Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: • The location and sizes of the cleaners’ storage space. b. ISO a. if relevant. maintenance of mechanical services”. “Briefing Framework for Primary School Projects”. c. DfES 5. “Briefing Framework for Secondary School Projects”. 2001 Part 3 . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 3&4 A copy of the maintenance strategy (including the landscaping plan if appropriate).Service life planning. References 1. Additional information Relevant definitions None. OR A formal letter from the design team confirming that: • A compliant maintenance strategy will be developed. 4.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 11 – Ease of maintenance Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Building Bulletin 70. • This will include the landscape maintenance plan.2 . Building Bulletin 99. 2000 Part 2 . A copy of the maintenance strategy (including the landscaping plan if appropriate). 5 Marked-up drawings showing locations and sizes of the storage space.Procedures for considering environmental impacts. Part 1 . operation and maintenance of building services”. 15686 Buildings and constructed assets .General principles. CIBSE 2000. Building Bulletin 98. DfES. 2004 3. d.Performance audits and reviews. “Guide to ownership.Service life prediction procedures. 2002 Part 6 . “Maintenance and renewal in educational buildings. DfES D ra ft Page 45 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. 2.

The LCC analysis uses a study period of 25 or 30 (as applicable) AND 60 years. Credit criteria Two credits available as follows: Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that a Life Cycle Cost (LCC) analysis based on the feasibility study proposals has been undertaken on the building design at a strategic and system level. 6. shown in real. Maintenance . The Life Cycle Costs analysis based on the feasibility study proposals covers the following stages: a. replacements and repairs. utilities c. 2 Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: First credit 5.includes. 7. planned maintenance.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 12 – Life cycle costing Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. End of life.includes. or equivalent’. as a minimum. Operation . ISO 15686-1). Structure f. comparing alternative options: e. A Life Cycle Cost (LCC) analysis has been carried out based on the proposals developed during RIBA Work Stages B/C (feasibility study/outline proposals). management costs d. Where evidence provided demonstrates that the results of the feasibility study and consideration of LCC have been implemented. Envelope g. Different levels of analysis at different stages of the life cycle. specification and through-life maintenance and operation. discounted and non-discounted cash flow terms. The feasibility study demonstrates that at least two of the following issues have been analysed at a strategic and system level (as per figure 6. Construction b. as a minimum. cleaning. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To recognise and encourage the development of a Life Cycle Cost (LCC) analysis model for the project to improve design. 8.2 . Services D ra ft Page 46 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.

2 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft . Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. The results of the feasibility study have been implemented in the specification. The first credit is achieved. Prolonged replacement intervals of services infrastructure/systems or building fabric l. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - h. The details of the cost consultant who has completed the analysis. 9. Page 47 of 337 DRAFT v0. design and final construction of the assessed building. The lowest building energy consumption over the operational life span of the building (compared to other options/alternatives analysed) j.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 12 – Life cycle costing Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. buildings Schedule of evidence required Req. The option(s) with the lowest discounted LCC over the period is preferred. Dismantling and recycling or reuse of building components. D Post Construction Stage No additional evidence required to that outlined for the design stage of assessment. The model was updated during RIBA Work Stages D/E (detailed/final proposals) or equivalent. 2. Finishes The chosen solution is the one that best meets the performance requirements for the built asset. Second credit 1. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. assuming that their selection results in at least one of the following: i. 10. A reduction in maintenance requirement/frequency k. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. First Credit 1-4 Design Stage A copy of the feasibility stage LCC analysis.

The strategic level analysis (looking at issues such as location and external environment. D ra ft Page 48 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. communications etc. • Any proposed change(s) made to the specification will be on the basis that they will minimise life cycle costs and impacts. types of energy. 6 Second Credit 2 A formal letter from the design team Assessor’s building/site inspection confirming: confirming: • The option(s) with the lowest • The completed building reflects the discounted life cycle costs have preferred option identified in the LCC been. An updated copy of the LCC analysis for the final design. No additional evidence required to that outlined for the design stage of assessment. design and specification.) and system level analysis (looking at issues such as foundations. maintenance and disposal of the building. OR A formal letter from the design team confirming: • The LCC analysis will be updated to reflect the detailed and final design proposals. operation. Additional information Relevant definitions Life Cycle Cost analysis: A procurement evaluation technique which determines the total cost of acquisition. solid or framed wall and floors. implemented in the analysis. It is however important that this is revisited as the design develops to ensure that an optimal solution is retained throughout the procurement process. etc.2 .) should be carried out early in the design process to influence the fundamental decisions taken regarding the building without having an adverse affect on either cost or design programme. An updated copy of the LCC analysis for the detailed and final design. maintainability and internal environment. water capacity.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 12 – Life cycle costing Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. ventilation. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 5 A formal letter from the design team or cost consultant confirming: • The preferred option. or will be. The assessor should note that BREEAM places fixed requirements on the time at which the Life Cycle Cost feasibility study should be carried out in order that maximum benefit from undertaking this is achieved.

credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - References 1. CCF “Whole Life Costing . OGC guidance Achieving Excellence in Construction 11 – “Sustainability”.gov.hmtreasury.pdf Page 49 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Green Book – Treasury guidance “Appraisal and Evaluation in central government”.uk. Clients Construction Forum London: 1999.ogc. London 1999. 2. downloadable from: http://www. Treasury’s Value for Money (VfM) Initiative for PFI projects. BSI. 6.2 . D 11. Crown Copyright 1997 and 2000.cfm ra ft 10. BS/ISO 15686-5 “Service Life Planning – Life Cycle Costing”. Treasury website: http://www. 8. 3. 7. 4. Warriner D.A Clients' Guide.Part 1 . HM Treasury “ How to construct a public sector comparator . BRE Digest 452 “Whole life costing and life cycle assessment for sustainable building design”. 5.uk/documents/Common_Minimum_Standards_PDF.gov. BS/ISO 15686 Buildings – “ Service Life Planning . Bartlett E. Edwards S.2001 9. Treasury Taskforce.Technical Note No. Jaunzens D. Garner U and Waterman A London: CRC Ltd.General Principles”. 5”. BSI 2000. OGC guidance Achieving Excellence in Construction 7 – “ Whole Life Costing and Cost Management”./documents/public_private_partnerships/additional_guidance/ppp_vfm_ind ex.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Management Man 12 – Life cycle costing Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. “Applying facilities expertise in building design”. OGC Common Minimum Standards for the procurement of built environments in the public sector. BRE report funded by DETR”. Garston CRC 2000.

2 .BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Section D Page 50 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health and Wellbeing credits Credit Credit common to all schemes Specific HE criteria or altered requirements to a common credit HE specific credit Requires specific feedback (please see comments in credit below) Hea 1 – Daylighting Hea 2 – View Out Hea 3 – Glare Control Hea 4 – High Frequency Lighting Hea 5 – Internal and External Lighting Levels Hea 6 – Lighting Zones and Controls Hea 7 – Potential for Natural Ventilation Hea 8 – Indoor Air Quality Hea 9 – Volatile Organic Compounds Hea 10 – Thermal Comfort Hea 11 – Thermal Zoning Hea 12 – Microbial Contamination Hea 13 – Acoustic Performance Hea 16 – Drinking Water Hea 17 – Specification of Laboratory Fume Cupboards Hea 18 – Containment level 2 & 3 laboratory areas P P P P P P P P P P P P D P P P P P P Page 51 of 337 DRAFT v0.2 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft P .

4 or a minimum point daylight factor of at least 0.2 . must achieve a uniformity ratio of at least 0. such as atria. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To give building users sufficient access to daylight. An average daylight factor of 2% or more. OR c. At least 60% by floor area of occupied spaces is adequately daylit as follows: PLUS either (b) OR (c AND d) below b. A uniformity ratio of at least 0. Where evidence provided demonstrates that at least 80% by floor area of occupied spaces is adequately daylit.4%). Credit criteria Credits 1 2 Where evidence provided demonstrates that at least 60% by floor area of occupied spaces is adequately daylit. AND d.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 1 . D ra ft a. Where: d = room depth w = room width HW = window head height from floor level RB = average reflectance of surfaces in the rear half of the room. A view of sky from desk height (0.Daylighting Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.8% (spaces with glazed roofs. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: First credit 1. The room depth criterion d/w +d/HW < 2/(1-RB) is satisfied. Page 52 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.7 or a minimum point daylight factor of at least 1.7m) is achieved.

then the areas in the existing building do not need to be assessed. (spaces with glazed roofs. At least 80% of the floor area (for the building spaces/room identified above in the standard requirements) has an average daylight factor of 3% in multi-storey buildings and 4% in single-storey buildings. (spaces with glazed roofs. Multi-storey: A uniformity ratio of at least 0.Daylighting Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.6%.8%). The first credit is achieved.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 1 .4 or a minimum point daylight factor of at least 1.0 (see additional information) gives maximum room depths in metres for different room widths and window head heights of sidelit rooms Second credit 1. The requirements outlined above concerning uniformity ratio. Where demonstrating compliance via uniformity ratio or point daylight factor the following minimum requirements apply: a. The requirements of this credit apply only to the scope of the assessed building.7 or a minimum point daylight factor of at least 2. b. 2.1%). must achieve a uniformity ratio of at least 0. Exemplary level requirements The following outlines the exemplary level requirements to achieve an innovation credit for this BREEAM issue. view of sky or room depth criterion are met. such as atria. At least 80% by floor area of occupied spaces is adequately daylit as described in the first credit’s compliance requirements. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. If this scope includes the existing building as well as the new building then the relevant areas within the existing building must be assessed against the requirements of this BREEAM credit. If the assessment covers only the new building. Refurbishment Extensions to existing buildings There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Note: Table 1. D ra ft Page 53 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. 2. 1.7 or a minimum point daylight factor of at least 2.2 . must achieve a uniformity ratio of at least 0.2%. such as atria. Single storey: a minimum point daylight factor of at least 1.

In such areas either appropriate software should be used to calculate the uniformity ratio or. in the case of a regular array of rooflights across the whole of the space.2 . If for example a development has 6 rooms that must be assessed. Laboratories Laboratory areas are included within the daylighting calculations unless the type of research carried out requires controlled environmental conditions.8 rooms. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Req. arts production.g. Examples of borrowed light include: light shelves. the compliant area. calculations or results from appropriate lighting design software must be provided to demonstrate that such areas meet the BREEAM requirements (if contributing to the percentage of compliant area). The number of rooms that must comply must always be rounded up. X-ray rooms. Excluded areas Areas requiring controlled environmental conditions (e. see Reference CIBSE LG [1] 10 page 17). the maximum room rooms depth that can be satisfactorily daylit is twice the limiting room depth (d) (measured from window wall to window wall. it refers to 80% of the total floor area of all the rooms that must be assessed i. Sports hall exercise spaces should be included within the daylight calculations. Design Stage D Schedule of evidence required ra ft Percentage of Where the compliance requirement specifies that 80% of office or other assessed area occupied space floor area must be adequately daylit. five rooms must meet the requirements to achieve the credit.36’ (p37) within CIBSE Lighting Guide LG10 [1] can be used to determine the uniformity ratio. media.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 1 . sun pipes or internal translucent/transparent partitions (such as those using frosted glass). this is equal to 4. Two-side lit For rooms lit by windows on two opposite sides. Borrowed light For areas where borrowed light is used. Post Construction Stage Page 54 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. such as the exclusion of natural light or ventilation. therefore in this example.e.Daylighting Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. etc. Uniformity with The room depth criteria cannot be used where the lighting strategy rooflights relies on rooflights. ‘Figure 2. each 150m 2 (total area 900m 2) then 720m 2 must comply with the requirements. The reflectance of the imaginary internal wall should be taken as 1.) are omitted from the credit requirements. clerestory glazing. photography dark rooms.

AND Daylight calculations confirming: Building areas assessed The daylighting variables/criterion measured Average daylight factor for each area Compliance with room depth criterion. Additional information Relevant definitions Occupied space: A room or space within the assessed building that is likely to be occupied for 30 minutes or more by a building user. This is based on an assumed overcast sky.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 1 . OR Assessor’s site inspection report or ‘asbuilt’ drawings confirming: • The window sizes and room layout and dimensions are as per designstage daylighting compliant room • A letter from the design team or main contractor confirming that window specification. view of sky (if required) The daylight provision is in compliance with the relevant standards. approximated by the ‘CIE (Commission Internationale de l’Eclairage) overcast sky’.Daylighting All Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.2 . size and/or room layout have not changed since the design stage assessment. appropriately labelled for use. measured in lux. Average daylight factor: The average daylight factor is the average indoor illuminance (from daylight) on the working plane within a room. Page 55 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Design plans for each floor in the Daylight calculations for the building ‘as building with each room/area built’ confirming compliance with all requirements. expressed as a percentage of the simultaneous outdoor illuminance on a horizontal plane under an unobstructed CIE Standard Overcast Sky. Where there have been changes. Illuminance: The amount of light falling on a surface per unit area. uniformity ratio. expressed as a percentage of the illuminance received on an outdoor unobstructed horizontal plane. OR Results from on-site measurements* that have been carried out. Point daylight factor: A point daylight factor is the ratio between the illuminance (from daylight) at a specific point on the working plane within a room. revised calculations are required to demonstrate compliance for the relevant areas/rooms. D ra ft *These must be in accordance with methodology detailed in BRE IP 23/93[3].

credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Uniformity: The uniformity is the ratio between the minimum illuminance (from daylight) on the working plane within a room (or minimum daylight factor) and the average illuminance (from daylight) on the same working plane (or average daylight factor).0 10. 1993.5 13.5 3.5 8. BRE.0 5. 13.Daylighting Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.0 11. 1992.0 6. BRE Press. 11.4 6.0 3.5 References 1. The no-sky line divides those areas of the working plane.4 3.0 9. 1998.0 3. Working plane: CIBSE LG10[1] defines the working plane as the horizontal.0 3.0 6.2 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd .e.1 10. which can receive direct skylight.7 8. 1999.4 0.5 5. Lighting Guide 10 “ Daylighting and window design”. from those that cannot. J. CIBSE.8 7. 2. A guide to good practice”.85 m for industry.0 0. Computer simulation: Software tools that can be used to model more complex room geometries for daylighting.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 1 . Table 1 Reflectance (RB) Room Width (m) Window Head Height (m) 2.4 Page 56 of 337 DRAFT v0. P. View of sky / no-sky line: Areas of the working plane have a view of sky when they receive direct light from the sky.Code of practice for daylighting Part 2”. Littlefair. i. Table 1 gives maximum room depths in metres for different room widths and window head heights of sidelit rooms: 12. 3. D ra ft 8.5 0.6 5. BS 8206 “Lighting for buildings . 4. The working plane is normally taken as 0. when the sky can be seen from working plane height.7 7.7 m above the floor for offices and 0.0 10.2 6.5 4.0 10. vertical or inclined plane in which a visual task lies. Information Paper IP 23/93 “ Measuring daylight”. “Site layout planning for daylight and sunlight.6 10.

2 .htm D Page 57 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.org.Daylighting Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 5.labs21. HEEPI Labs21 on daylighting: http://www.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 1 .uk/lighting.

Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To allow occupants to refocus their eyes from close work and enjoy an external view. thus reducing the risk of eyestrain and breaking the monotony of the indoor environment. or will be.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 2 – View out Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. buildings Adequate view The view out should ideally be through an external window providing a out view of a landscape or buildings (rather than just the sky) at seated eye level (1. workstations/benches or desks for building users.2 .3m) in the relevant building areas.2 – 1. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. filing cabinets etc. where the window/opening is 20% of the total inside wall area (refer to compliance notes for a definition of relevant building areas and adequate view out). Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. The relevant building areas are within 7m distance of a wall with a window or permanent opening providing an adequate view out. A view in to an internal courtyard or atrium will comply provided the distance from the opening to the back wall of the courtyard/atrium is at least 10m (therefore allowing enough distance for the eyes to refocus). High level windows Relevant building areas Roof lights and high level windows that do not provide an adequate view out do not meet the requirements of this BREEAM credit. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that all relevant building areas have an adequate view out. D ra ft Page 58 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. as this is likely to become obstructed by partitions. The view cannot be an internal view across the room. Where the term ‘relevant building areas’ is referenced in this BREEAM credit it refers to any areas of the building where there are.

3. 2. OR As built drawings or a formal letter form the design team confirming: Site plan showing: • Building location and proximity to • No changes have occurred since design stage. The EyeCare Reports. Lighting Guide 10 “ Daylighting and window design”. D ra ft Page 59 of 337 DRAFT v0.g. All Design Stage Design plan and elevation showing: • All relevant building areas and room depths • Actual or notional workstations/desk layout • Window/open areas Post Construction Stage Assessor’s site inspection report and photographic evidence confirming: • All relevant building areas comply. “ Computers and Eyestrain”.code of practice for daylighting”. British Standards Institute. Lawrence Bickford. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Workstations in the following spaces can be omitted from the credit requirements: • Media and arts production where activities requiring the exclusion of natural light are carried out. Schedule of evidence required Req. BS8206-2 “Lighting for Buildings .2 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd . Additional information Relevant definitions Occupied space: refer to BREEAM credit Hea 1. 1999. e. evidence demonstrates compliance post construction. darkrooms • Conference rooms / lecture theatres • Nurseries (children’s desks only) • Sports halls/facilities (exercise spaces only) • Laboratories areas where research requiring the exclusion of natural light is carried out. CIBSE. 1996. therefore design stage external obstructions. O.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 2 – View out Excluded areas Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.D. References 1. 1999.. E.

Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 3 – Glare control Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.g.2 . workstations/benches. darkrooms Sports facilities (exercise spaces only) Relevant building areas Excluded areas D ra ft Page 60 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. glazed doors and rooflights in all relevant building areas. internal or external blinds) is fitted in relevant building areas. The following spaces are omitted from the credit requirements: Media and arts production where activities requiring the exclusion of natural light are carried out. Refurbishment Extensions to existing buildings There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects.. or will be. Where the existing building falls within the scope of the assessment.g. An occupant-controlled shading system on all windows. desks and/or close work will be undertaken or visual aids used. then the requirements extend to the relevant building areas and occupied spaces of the existing building. e. If only the new extension is being assessed then the requirements apply to the relevant areas of the new building. Where the term ‘relevant building areas’ is referenced in this BREEAM credit it refers to any areas of the building where there are. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To reduce problems associated with glare in occupied areas through the provision of adequate controls. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that an occupant-controlled shading system (e.

Additional information Relevant definitions Occupied space: A room or space within the assessed building that is likely to be occupied for 30 minutes or more by a building user and. References 1. CIBSE. 1 Design Stage Post Construction Stage Marked-up copy of the design plan(s) Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: confirming: • A description of the function of each • Installation of compliant glare control system. of the building spaces. with respect to this credit. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Nurseries Where nurseries are included within the scope of the development. ra ft Page 61 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Lighting Guide 3. “ Daylighting and window design”. “ The visual environment for display screen use”. where it would be desirable to limit the potential for glare or provided a system of glare control. window schedule or design plan confirming: Type of shading system(s) and control to be installed.2 . Lighting Guide 10. 1999. Schedule of evidence required Req.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 3 – Glare control Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. A copy of the relevant specification clause(s). 1996. D 14. CIBSE. occupant control need be provided only for the teacher in these spaces.

Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that high frequency ballasts are installed on all fluorescent and compact fluorescent lamps. OR As-built drawings/specification confirming: • No changes have occurred since design stage assessment.2 . Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. then existing the requirements extend to the existing building. a compliant lighting strategy is installed..BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 4 – High frequency lighting Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. ra ft Page 62 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. Schedule of evidence required Req. 1 D Design Stage Post Construction Stage A copy of the specification clause or Assessor’s building/site inspection and room data sheets confirming: photographic evidence confirming: A compliant lighting strategy. • Where changes have occurred. All fluorescent and compact fluorescent lamps are fitted with high frequency ballasts. credits to achieve rating P 1 G 1 VG 1 E 1 O 1 Credit aim To reduce the risk of health problems related to the flicker of fluorescent lighting. Extensions to Where the existing building falls within the scope of the assessment. • Installation of high frequency ballasts. If only the new extension buildings is being assessed then the requirements apply to the new building only.

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 4 – High frequency lighting Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. There are several advantages to running fluorescent lamps at higher frequencies. the frequency of re-ignition of a fluorescent lamp is too quick to be detected by the human eye. the buzzing noise coming out of low quality main frequency ballasts is avoided. it can be optimised by up to 10% when they are running at 30kHz compared to those operating at 50Hz. At 30kHz. Finally. 30kHz being above the audible range of the human ear. credits to achieve rating P 1 G 1 VG 1 E 1 O 1 Additional information Relevant definitions Occupied space: refer to BREEAM credit Hea 1. the luminous efficacy of fluorescent lamps increases with frequency. therefore reducing visible flicker that some fluorescent lamps running on mains frequency fail to do. References No references.2 . Additionally. High frequency ballast: High frequency ballasts increase the frequency of the power coming from the grid (50Hz) to a frequency optimising the performance of fluorescent lamps. typically around 30kHz. D Page 63 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.

and average wall illuminance. Limits to the luminance of the luminaires. 4. Extensions to Where the existing building falls within the scope of the assessment. the lighting design complies with CIBSE Lighting Guide 7 [2] sections 3.7.9. 3. a design team calculation is usually required to demonstrate this.8 and 4. c. is specified in accordance with the appropriate maintained illuminance levels (in lux) recommended by CIBSE. D ra ft Page 64 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. (Manufacturers’ data for the luminaires should be sought to confirm this). Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. This gives recommendations highlighting: a.3. 15. then existing the requirements extend to the existing building. the recommendations refer to the luminance of the lit ceiling rather than the luminaire.2 . ‘The outdoor environment’. For up-lighting. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To ensure lighting has been designed in line with best practice for visual performance and comfort. 4. ceiling illuminance. b. Illuminance (lux) levels in all internal areas of the building are specified in accordance with Part Two of the CIBSE Code for Lighting 2002 and its 2004 Addendum. 4. to avoid screen reflections. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that all internal and external lighting.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 5 – Internal and external lighting levels Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. If only the new extension buildings is being assessed then the requirements apply to the areas of the new building only. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. Illuminance levels for lighting in all external areas within the construction zone are specified in accordance with CIBSE Lighting Guide 6. Recommendations for direct lighting. where relevant. For areas where computer screens are regularly used. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects.6.

2004. and the external site areas that fall within the scope of the new works. Where changes have occurred. Additional information Relevant definitions Occupied space: Refer to BREEAM credit Hea 1.2 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd . 2. the requirements relating to external lighting do not apply and the credit can be awarded on the basis of compliance with the internal requirements. References 1. CIBSE 2005.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 5 – Internal and external lighting levels Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Construction zone: For the purpose of this BREEAM credit the construction zone is defined as the site which is being developed for the BREEAM-assessed building. Lighting Guide 6 “The Outdoor Environment”. CIBSE. 3. D ra ft Page 65 of 337 DRAFT v0. All Design Stage EITHER A copy of the specification or relevant room schedules confirming: • The internal/external maintained illuminance levels AND/OR The standards that the illuminance levels are specified to. CIBSE 1992. Lighting Guide 7 “Office Lighting”. • No changes have occurred in the lighting specification used to demonstrate design stage compliance. a further declaration is required confirming that the revised lighting specification is in compliance with the BREEAM requirements. “Code for Lighting: Part 2”. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - No external areas Where no external light fittings are specified. Schedule of evidence required Req. Post Construction Stage A formal written declaration from the design team or main contractor confirming: • Light fittings have been installed in compliance with the lighting specification. OR A formal written declaration of conformity from the relevant member of the design team confirming: • The maintained illuminance levels for each internal/external space are in compliance with the relevant Standard.

CIBSE Lighting Guide 5 “The Visual Environment in Lecture. 2003. CIBSE. 1991. BS 5489 Part 1 “Code of practice for the design of road lighting: lighting of roads and public amenity areas”.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 5 – Internal and external lighting levels Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. D Page 66 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. 5. Teaching and Conference Rooms”. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 4. BSI.2 .

Office and circulation spaces f.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 6 – Lighting zones & controls Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Areas used for teaching. circulation space and lectern area c. 2. lighting is appropriately zoned and occupant controllable with the option for commonly required lighting settings to be selected quickly and easily. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To ensure occupants have easy and accessible control over lighting within each relevant building area. restaurant. reading and counter areas e. café areas: separate zoning of servery and seating/dining areas h. In particular. lighting is zoned to allow separate user-control as follows: a. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. Audience area lighting reduced to a low level and demonstration area lighting off. The controls specified will depend on the size and use of the space but a typical auditorium or lecture theatre with stepped seating and a formal lectern/demonstration/performance area would typically be expected to have lighting controls as follows: a. for the purpose of line slide projection. appropriate to the usage of that space. In office areas: zones of no more than four workplaces g.) b. seminar or lecture purposes (not listed above) have lighting controls provided in accordance with CIBSE Lighting Guide 5. For rooms/spaces not listed above. Retail: separate zoning of display and counter areas i. Library spaces: separate zoning of stacks. Auditoria: zoning of seating areas. cleaning etc. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that. Bar areas: separate zoning of bar and seating areas. the assessor can exercise an element of judgement when determining whether what is specified is appropriate for the space given its end use and the aim and criteria of this BREEAM issue. Seminar and lecture rooms: zoned for presentation and audience areas b. in all relevant building areas. Workstations adjacent to windows/atria and other building areas separately zoned and controlled d. Full normal lighting (to allow for entry/exit. Zoning of lighting control allows for varying occupancy and/or uses within each space. but allowing enough light for the audience to take notes D ra ft Page 67 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Dining.2 .

d. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - c. Where the building consists entirely of small rooms/spaces (less than 40m 2) which do not require any subdivision of lighting zones/control or meet the requirements by default. and for the purposes of visual demonstrations/performances. Where occupancy/workstation layout is not known. for the projection of tone slides. colour slides.e. There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new building extensions to existing buildings.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 6 – Lighting zones & controls Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Refurbishment Extensions to existing buildings Occupancy / workstation layout unknown Small spaces There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects.2 . Separate localised lectern lighting. All lighting off. an assumption of 1 person/workspace per 10m 2. DRAFT v0. The following areas/spaces are omitted from the credit requirements: • Media and arts production spaces • Sports facilities (exercise spaces only) Excluded areas D Page 68 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft Nurseries Where nursery spaces are included within the scope of the assessment. then this credit may be awarded. lighting control can be zoned on the basis of 40m 2 grids i. lighting controls should be provided for the teacher/member of staff. not the nursery school children. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects.

credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Schedule of evidence required Req. design stage evidence can be used to AND demonstrate compliance at post construction stage. the amended features still comply with the design stage requirements. References D Page 69 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft 1. Additional information Relevant definitions None. or asbuilt drawings/specification confirming: building highlighting: • No changes have occurred since • Space arrangement and room type design stage. 1991.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 6 – Lighting zones & controls Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. CIBSE. design stage.2 . Teaching and Conference Rooms”. All Design Stage Post Construction Stage Design plans for each floor of the Assessor’s site inspection report. Specification or design plans confirming: Lighting zones • Where changes have occurred since Location and scope of user-controls. Lighting Guide 5 “The Visual Environment in Lecture. therefore. DRAFT v0.

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 7 – Potential for natural ventilation

Minimum BREEAM Standards
Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O -

Credit aim
To recognise and encourage adequate cross flow of air in naturally ventilated buildings and flexibility in air-conditioned/mechanically ventilated buildings for future conversion to a natural ventilation strategy.

Credit criteria
Credits Where evidence provided demonstrates that fresh air is capable of being delivered to the occupied spaces of the building via a natural ventilation strategy, and there is sufficient user-control of the supply of fresh air.

1

Compliance requirements
The following demonstrates compliance: 1. Occupied spaces of the building are designed to be capable of providing fresh air entirely via a natural ventilation strategy, demonstrated via EITHER of the following: a. The openable window area in each occupied space is equivalent to 5% of the gross internal floor area of that room/floor plate. For room/floor plates between 7m15m depth, the openable window area is on opposite sides and evenly distributed across the area to promote adequate cross-ventilation. OR b. The design demonstrates (by calculation, using ventilation design tool types recommended by CIBSE AM10 [2]) that the natural ventilation strategy provides adequate cross flow of air to maintain required thermal comfort conditions and ventilation rates. 16. For a strategy which does not rely on openable windows, or which has occupied spaces with a plan depth greater than 15m, the design must demonstrate (by calculation in accordance with requirement 1b above) that the ventilation strategy can provide adequate cross flow of air to maintain the required thermal comfort conditions and ventilation rates. 17. The strategy is capable of providing at least two levels of user-control on the supply of fresh air to the occupied space with higher rates of ventilation achievable to remove short-term odours and/or prevent summertime overheating. 18. This would typically be demonstrated by providing a large enough area of manually opening windows or powered window actuators. Any opening mechanisms must

D

ra ft

Page 70 of 337
©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

DRAFT v0.2

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 7 – Potential for natural ventilation

Minimum BREEAM Standards
Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O -

be easily accessible and provide adequate user-control over air flow rates to avoid draughts. c. The natural ventilation strategy is capable of providing adequate levels of draught-free fresh air to meet the need for good indoor air quality throughout the year, sufficient for the occupancy load and the internal pollution loads of the space (as defined by BB101). d. For mechanically ventilated buildings/spaces, all mechanical actuators are silent in operation, can be overridden by the building user and are fully modulating rather than the open/closed type. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. Refurbishment Extensions to existing buildings There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. Where the existing building falls within the scope of the assessment, then the requirements extend to the existing building. If only the new extension is being assessed then the requirements apply to the areas of the new building only.

Comment [VC7]: This reference can be relevant to HE as well as schools.

Openable window area

Spaces requiring local exhaust ventilation Excluded occupied spaces

Occupied spaces requiring local exhaust ventilation e.g. labs, workshops, food technology rooms must still demonstrate that they meet the requirements for potential for natural ventilation. The following building areas can be excluded from the definition of occupied spaces: • Swimming pools • Catering and small staff kitchens • Washrooms/changing areas

D

The openable window area is defined as the geometric free ventilation area created when a ventilation opening, e.g. window, is open to its normal operational fully designed extent (i.e. this excludes open areas created when reversible windows are opened for cleaning etc). It is not the glazed area of a façade or the glazed area of the part of the window that is openable (unless it opens fully).

ra ft

Mechanically The aim of this BREEAM issue is to ensure that a building is capable of ventilated/cooled providing fresh air using a natural ventilation strategy. As a result, buildings buildings that employ a mechanically ventilated/cooled strategy are still able to achieve the credit, provided they can demonstrate compliance with the above requirements (for future adaptability).

Page 71 of 337
©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

DRAFT v0.2

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 7 – Potential for natural ventilation

Minimum BREEAM Standards
Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O -

Schedule of evidence required
Req. 1-2 Design Stage Design plans and elevations, specification or calculations confirming: • Ventilation strategy in each occupied space • The depth of the room • Gross internal floor area of each occupied space • The type of window/ventilator and total openable area * • The location of openings • The type and degree of user-control. AND (where relevant) A copy of the results from the appropriate software modelling tool demonstrating compliance. *Manufacturers’/suppliers’ literature may also be used as evidence. Post Construction Stage Assessor’s site inspection report and photographic evidence confirming: • The ventilation openings and controls are installed in accordance with compliant design stage evidence. * A formal letter from the design team or main contractor confirming: • No changes have occurred since design stage. Where changes have occurred since design stage, ‘as-built’ drawings, specification and calculations (as outlined under design stage evidence) that re-confirms compliance. * A random spot check of a selection of occupied spaces is sufficient. The assessor is not required to check each opening in all spaces/rooms. As outlined above.

3&4

OR

A formal letter from the design team confirming the above bullet points.

D

A copy of the relevant clause of the specification confirming: • The natural ventilation strategy minimises ingress of pollutants in accordance with Building Bulletin 101 (section 3.0). AND (if relevant) • The type and controls for the mechanical actuators.

ra ft
Page 72 of 337 DRAFT v0.2

©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 7 – Potential for natural ventilation

Minimum BREEAM Standards
Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O -

Additional information
Relevant definitions Occupied space: refer to BREEAM credit Hea 1.

References
1. The Building Regulations 2000 Approved Document F “Means of Ventilation”, ODPM, 2005. 2. AM10 “ Natural Ventilation in Non Domestic Buildings”, CIBSE, 2005. 3. Good Practice Guide 290 “ Ventilation and cooling option appraisal, a clients’ guide”, The Carbon Trust. 4. Building Bulletin 101 “ Ventilation of School Buildings”, DfES 2006 (www.teachernet.gov.uk)

D
Page 73 of 337
©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

ra ft
DRAFT v0.2

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 8 – Indoor air quality

Minimum BREEAM Standards
Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O -

Credit aim
To reduce the risk to health associated with poor indoor air quality.

Credit criteria
Credits 1 Where air intakes serving occupied areas avoid major sources of external pollution and recirculation of exhaust air.

Compliance requirements
The following demonstrates compliance: 1. Air-conditioned and mixed-mode buildings: Where the building’s air intakes and exhausts are over 10m apart to minimise recirculation AND intakes are over 20m from sources of external pollution. 2. Naturally-ventilated buildings: Where openable windows/ventilators are over 10m from sources of external pollution.

4. Areas of the building subject to large and unpredictable or variable occupancy patterns have CO2 or air quality sensors specified and: a. In mechanically ventilated spaces, the sensor(s) are linked to the mechanical ventilation system and provide demand-controlled ventilation to the space. b. In naturally ventilated spaces, the sensors either have the ability to alert the building owner/manager when CO2 levels exceed the recommended set point, or are linked to controls with the ability to adjust the quantity of fresh air, i.e. automatic opening windows/roof vents.

Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects.

D

ra ft

3. In addition to the specific BREEAM requirements above, the building has been designed to provide fresh air rates to dilute pollutants in accordance with the following good practice: a. In general office type areas fresh air is provided in accordance with the top of the range recommended in the British Council for Offices “Guide to Best Practice in the Specification of Offices” i.e. 12 litres per second per person.

Page 74 of 337
©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

DRAFT v0.2

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 8 – Indoor air quality

Minimum BREEAM Standards
Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O -

Extensions to existing buildings Measuring the distance

There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. The distance requirement does not necessarily mean the plan distance, but the three dimensional distance around and over objects; e.g. on plan the air intakes may be less than 20m from a source of external pollution, but the intake may be on the roof of a 10 storey building and therefore over 20m from the source of pollution. This includes the following: • Highways and the main access roads on the assessed site. • Car parks and delivery/vehicle waiting bays • Other building exhausts, including from building services plant industrial/agricultural processes Service and access roads with restricted and infrequent access (for example roads used only for waste collection) are unlikely to represent a significant source of external pollution. These roads can therefore be excluded from the requirements of this credit. This does not include vehicle pick-up/drop-off or waiting bays. It must be noted that filters fitted on the air supply are not considered by BREEAM to provide adequate protection from sources of external pollution. As such the distance requirements cannot be relaxed where filters are specified.

Sources of external pollution

Excluded sources

Filters

Schedule of evidence required
Req. 1&2 Design Stage A marked-up proposed site plan highlighting: • Locations of intakes, extracts, openable windows, ventilators • Any existing or proposed sources of external pollution.

Additional information
Relevant definitions

Occupied space: Refer to BREEAM credit Hea 1.

References
1. CIBSE TM 21 “Minimising pollution at air intakes”, 1999.

D

ra ft

Post Construction Stage Assessor’s building/site inspection and as built drawings confirming: • Locations of intakes, extracts, openable windows, ventilators • Proximity of any sources of external pollution to the above.

Page 75 of 337
©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

DRAFT v0.2

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 8 – Indoor air quality

Minimum BREEAM Standards
Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O -

2. Guide B - “Heating, Ventilating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration”, CIBSE, 2005. 3. Guide A “ Environmental Design”, CIBSE, 1999. 4. BCO Guide 2005 “ Best Practice in the Specification of Offices”, BCO, 2005.

D
Page 76 of 337
©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

ra ft
DRAFT v0.2

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 9 – Volatile Organic Compounds

Minimum BREEAM Standards
Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O -

Credit aim
To recognise and encourage a healthy internal environment through the specification of internal finishes and fittings with low emissions of volatile organic compounds (VOCs).

Credit criteria
Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that the emissions of VOCs and other substances from key internal finishes and fittings comply with best practice levels.

Compliance requirements
The following demonstrates compliance: 1. The following products (where specified) have been tested against and meet the relevant standards outlined in table 1.0 (below) for Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) emissions:
Table 1.0: VOC requirements by product type

Product Wood Panels • Particleboard, • Fibreboard including MDF, • OSB, • Cement-bonded particleboard • Plywood • Solid wood panel and acoustic board Timber Structures • Glued laminated timber Wood flooring • e.g. parquet flooring Resilient, textile and laminated Floor coverings • Vinyl/linoleum • Cork and rubber • Carpet • Laminated wood flooring

D

BS EN 14080:2005 BS EN 14342:2005

BS EN 14041:2004

ra ft

European Standard BS EN 13986:2002

Emission level required Formaldehyde E11 Verify that regulated wood preservatives are absent and of the minimum content.

Formaldehyde E11 Formaldehyde E11 Verify that regulated wood preservatives are absent and of the minimum content. Formaldehyde E11 Verify that regulated preservatives are absent and of the minimum content.

Page 77 of 337
©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

DRAFT v0.2

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 9 – Volatile Organic Compounds Suspended ceiling tiles Flooring adhesives

Minimum BREEAM Standards
Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O -

BS EN 13964:2004 BS EN 139991:2007 BS EN 233:1999 BS EN 234:1989 BS EN 259:2001 BS EN 266:1992

Formaldehyde E11 No asbestos. Verify that carcinogenic or sensitising volatile substances are absent.2-4 Formaldehyde5 and Vinyl chloride monomer (VCM) 5 release should be low and within the BS EN standard for the material. Verify that the migration of heavy metals5 and other toxic substances are within the BS EN standard for the material. No harmful substances and preservatives used should be of minimum toxicity. VOC (organic solvent) content6, requirement for Phase 2. Fungal and algal resistant.

Wall-coverings • Finished wallpapers • Wall vinyls and plastic wallcoverings • Wallpapers for subsequent decoration. • Heavy duty wall-coverings • Textile wall-coverings Adhesive for hanging flexible wall-coverings Decorative paints and varnishes

BS 3046:1981

BS EN 13300:2001 referred to the requirements of Decorative Paint Directive 2004/42/CE

Refurbishment Extensions to existing buildings Furnishings

There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. The scope of this BREEAM issue does not extend to furnishings e.g. desks/shelving, it focuses on the key internal finishes and fittings integral to the building.

D

Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects.

ra ft

Testing requirement: 1. BS EN 717-1:2004 2. BS EN 13999-2:2007 - Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) 3. BS EN 13999-3:2007 - Volatile aldehydes 4. BS EN 13999-4:2007 - Volatile diisocyanates 5. BS EN 12149:1997 6. BS EN ISO 11890-2:2006

Page 78 of 337
©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

DRAFT v0.2

credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Schedule of evidence required Req. pressed wood products (hardwood plywood wall panelling. implemented in the UK by the Volatile Organic Compounds in Paints. Although formaldehyde is present in both types of resins. Additional information Relevant definitions None. Wood products that contain phenol-formaldehyde (PF) generally emit formaldehyde at considerably lower rates than those containing urea-formaldehyde (UF). which could cause harm to people by inhalation or contact. Volatile Organic Compounds VOCs are emitted by a wide array of products numbering in the thousands. Examples include: paints and lacquers.g. lead and mercury) and other toxic elements (e. Urea-formaldehyde foam insulation (UFFI). The possible impact of a building product on indoor air quality is included in the European Construction Products Directive. barium.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 9 – Volatile Organic Compounds Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. building materials and furnishings. D ra ft Page 79 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.g. 93/68/EEC provided the requirements for CE Marking of products. glues and adhesives. 1 Design Stage A copy of the relevant specification clause confirming: The VOC content of the relevant specified product types will comply with the standards specified above. arsenic. The amended Directive. The emissions of VOCs from paints and varnishes are regulated by the Directive 2004/42/CE. fibreboard) and furniture made with these pressed wood products. cleaning supplies. Products containing high organic solvent content should also be avoided (EU VOC Solvent Directive 1999/13/EC). cadmium. Exposure risk assessment of any possible release of chemicals from manufactured products and their possible impact on health and the environment generally.g. pressed woods that contain PF would be preferable to those containing UF resin. There ‘eco-friendly’ paints are made from organic plant sources and also powdered milkbased products. pentachlorophenol) should be avoided. is an important requirement of European regulations. pesticides. a formal letter from or copies of the manufacturer’s literature confirming: The standard(s) against which the product is tested The VOC emissions achieved The VOC emissions meet the required level. Products to be fitted in buildings should not contain any substances regulated by the Dangerous Substances Directive 2004/42/CE. Varnishes and Vehicle Refinishing Products Regulation 2005.2 . ‘No’ or ‘low’ VOC paints are available from most standard mainstream paint manufacturers. Materials containing heavy metals (e. Post Construction Stage For each relevant product. particleboard. 89/106/EEC. chromium and selenium) or regulated biocides (e. antimony. paint strippers.

CRC Ltd.Part 2: "Control. 11. 17. 19. BS EN 13964:2004 “Suspended ceilings. BS EN 14080:2005 “Timber structures – Glued laminated timber – Requirements”. Formaldehyde emission by the chamber method”. BS EN 234: “Specification for wallcoverings for subsequent decoration”.4. BS EN 13300:2001 “Paints and varnishes – water-borne coating materials and coating systems for interior walls and ceilings – Classification”. Derrick Crump. Chuck Yu. wall vinyls and plastics wallcoverings”. BS EN 13999-1:2007 “Adhesives – Short term method for measuring the emission properties of low-solvent or solvent-free adhesives after application – Part 1: General procedures”. Statutory Instrument 2005 No. Part 2: “ Determination of volatile organic compounds”. Requirements and test methods”.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 9 – Volatile Organic Compounds Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. BS EN 13999-2:2007. textile and laminate floor coverings. 20. 13. 2773. 4. CRC Ltd.143/87. BS EN 259-1:2001 “ Wallcoverings in roll form – Heavy duty wallcoverings – Part 1: Specifications”. “ The Volatile Organic Compounds in Paints. 14. 21.Part 1: "Sources. 18. Chuck Yu. evaluation of conformity and marking”. Derrick Crump. Essential characteristics”. BS EN 717-1:2004 “Wood-based panels Determination of formaldehyde release.2004. 30. Directive 2004/42/CE of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 on the limitation of emission of volatile organic compounds due to the use of organic solvents in certain paints and varnishes and vehicle refinishing products and amending Directive 1999/13/EC. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Various labelling schemes identify products that have been tested and shown to be low emitting and these have been summarised in BRE Digest 464 [1]. Varnishes and Vehicle Refinishing Products Regulations 2005”. Dangerous substances are defined in the Dangerous Substances Directive (67/548/EEC) References 1. Official Journal of the European Union L. ISBN 0 11 073431 9. BS EN 13999-3:2007. 6. BS EN 266:1992 “Specification for Textile wallcoverings”. 5. BS 3046:1981 “Specification for Adhesives for hanging flexible wallcoverings”. 2002 2. BS EN 14041:2004 “Resilient. BS EN 233:1999. 9.2 . testing and emission data". 16. BS EN 13999-4:2007. BRE Digest 464 VOC Emissions from Building Products . 10. D ra ft Page 80 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. 8. evaluation and labelling schemes". 2002. BS EN 12149:1997 “Wallcoverings in roll form – Determination of migration of heavy metals and certain other elements. 7. “Wallcoverings in roll form – Specification for finished wallpapers. evaluation of conformity and marking”. Part 3: “ Determination of volatile aldehydes”. 3. of vinyl chloride monomer and of formaldehyde release”. 15. Part 4: “ Determination of volatile diisocyanates”. BRE Digest 464 VOC Emissions from Building Products . BS EN 13986:2002 “Wood-based panels for use in construction – Characteristics. BS EN 14342:2005 “Wood flooring – Characteristics. 12.

Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. Design Stage Post Construction Stage D ra ft Page 81 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.5 of the Guide. Schedule of evidence required Req. 2. Extensions to Where the existing building falls within the scope of the assessment. Thermal modelling has been carried out using software selected and applied in accordance with CIBSE AM11 “Building Energy and Environmental Modelling” [1]. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To ensure. in particular that internal winter and summer temperature ranges will be in line with the recommended comfort criteria in table 1. The modelling demonstrates that the building design and services strategy can deliver thermal comfort levels in occupied spaces in accordance with the requirements set out in CIBSE Guide A “Environmental Design” [2]. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. that appropriate thermal comfort levels are achieved. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that thermal comfort levels in occupied spaces of the building are assessed at the design stage to evaluate appropriate servicing options. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 10 – Thermal comfort Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. with the use of design tools. ensuring appropriate thermal comfort levels are achieved. If only the new extension is being assessed then the requirements apply to the occupied areas of the new building. The software used to carry out the simulation at the detailed design stage must provide full dynamic thermal analysis.2 . For smaller and more basic building designs an alternative less complex means of analysis may be appropriate (such methodologies must still be selected and applied in accordance with CIBSE AM11). existing then the requirements extend to all occupied spaces of the new and buildings existing building. 3.

g. This type of model enables annual heating/cooling loads. design stage thermal comfort assessment was carried out. Entrance halls/reception areas c. Report 345. D ra ft Page 82 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. 2 Additional information Relevant definitions Occupied space: For the purpose of this BREEAM credit an occupied space is a room or space within the assessed building that is likely to be occupied for 30 minutes or more by a building user. CIBSE Guide A “Environmental Design”. email or post construction stage. letter. OR therefore design stage evidence demonstrates compliance at the Correspondence (e. The most complex of these and the one that provides greatest confidence in results is the full dynamic model. overheating risks and control strategies to be assessed [1].BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 10 – Thermal comfort 1&3 Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Atria/concourses b. circulation areas. an • The name of the thermal comfort updated copy of the results from the modelling demonstrating the internal modelling software used. 2007. • The software has been selected and temperatures in compliance with the applied in accordance with CIBSE relevant standards. CIBSE. 3. CIBSE. 4. 2002. 7th Edition.g. References 1. Ancillary space e. solar and illuminance data”. The definition excludes the following: a. meeting minutes) from the design team confirming: Where changes have occurred. storerooms and plantrooms Thermal Dynamic Analysis: Thermal comfort analysis tools can be subdivided into a number of methods of increasing complexity. BRE’s Environmental Design Guide for Naturally Ventilated and Daylit Offices. A copy of the results from the modelling demonstrating the internal temperatures in compliance with the relevant standards. 2. AM11. Issue 2.2 . CIBSE Guide J “Weather. CIBSE. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - A copy of the relevant specification Formal written confirmation from the clause confirming: design team confirming: • The requirements for thermal comfort • No changes have occurred since analysis. CIBSE Applications Manual AM11 “Building energy and environmental modelling”. 1998.

then the requirements extend to the occupied spaces of the existing building. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To recognise and encourage the provision of user controls which allow independent adjustment of heating/cooling systems within the building. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. however.2 . the requirements can be met where they are designed to service the base load only and a responsive secondary heating system and controls are provided. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that local occupant control is available for temperature adjustment in each occupied space to reflect differing user demands. Where long-lag systems are specified. the assessor must use sound judgement considering fully the aims of this credit. zoned in compliance with the above requirements. Distance requirement D ra ft Page 83 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. The distance requirement is approximate. The zoning allows separate occupant control (within the occupied space) of each perimeter area (i. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1.e. within 7m of each external wall) and the central zone (i. 2.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 11 – Thermal zoning Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. before accepting solutions that do not strictly meet the above requirements. The heating/cooling system is designed to allow occupant control of zoned areas within all occupied spaces in the building. Where the existing building falls within the scope of the assessment. Refurbishment Extensions to existing buildings Long lag systems There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. If only the new extension is being assessed then the requirements apply to the relevant spaces of the new building.e. over 7m from the external walls).

2 . Storerooms D ra ft Page 84 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Circulation areas d. Atria/association space b. to control temperature in the space. but a random selection of spaces that confirm compliance. In nurseries occupant controls are intended to be for staff use only. including the following: a. Post Construction Stage Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: • Installation of user controls in each occupied space.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 11 – Thermal zoning Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. The definition excludes areas where building users would not expect. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Controls for wet heating systems Occupant controls Excluded areas Adequate TRVs (thermostatic radiator valves) placed in zones around the building perimeter. 20. Occupied space: For the purpose of this BREEAM credit an occupied space is a room or space within the assessed building that is likely to be occupied for 30 minutes or more by a building user. or be expected. As the mass of the building is used to regulate and supply the heat. control zone. Additional information Relevant definitions Long-lag systems: These low temperature systems use the thermal mass of the building to provide a consistent supply of heat to the space during the occupied period. The following spaces are omitted from the credit requirements: Media and arts production areas Main halls and sports facilities (exercise spaces only) • • Schedule of evidence required Req. the temperature in the space lags behind any change required by the occupants via the systems controls. An example of a long-lag system is underfloor heating. and the provision of local occupant controls to internal areas. such as fan coil units. not pupils. 1&2 Design Stage A copy of the relevant clauses of specification and/or marked-up M&E drawings confirming: • Scope of the heating/cooling system • The type of user controls for the above systems • The scope of the controls i. Entrance halls/reception areas c.* *For large buildings it would not be expected that the assessor check every individual occupied space. 19. would satisfy the requirements for this credit.e.

D Page 85 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.2 . The Carbon Trust. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - References 1. minimising energy consumption”.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 11 – Thermal zoning Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 2006. CTG002 Technology Guide “Heating control: maximising comfort.

existing then these systems must be assessed against the requirements buildings regardless of whether the existing building forms a part of the assessment or not. 2002 in demonstrating that the design meets the requirements of ACoP. Assessor’s The BREEAM assessor is not required to confirm that the design is responsibility compliant with the relevant standard.2 . for the purposes of validation. The assessor is simply required to record. Extensions to If the extended and existing building share the same water systems. credits to achieve rating P 1 G 1 VG 1 E 1 O 1 Credit aim To ensure the building services are designed to reduce the risk of legionellosis in operation. this is the responsibility of the design team. 2. whether or not the design team confirms compliance.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 12 – Microbial contamination Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects.The control of legionella bacteria in water systems”. then it must be confirmed that the existing systems comply with the requirements. only these need be assessed against the compliance requirements. All water systems in the building are designed in compliance with the measures outlined in the Health and Safety Executive’s “Legionnaires' disease . Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. CIBSE TM13 Design teams may refer to CIBSE TM13 “Minimising the risk of Legionnaires disease”. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. 2000. D ra ft Page 86 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that the risk of waterborne and airborne legionella contamination has been minimised. Approved Code of Practice and guidance. If it is the intention that building users of the extended building will use water systems in the existing building. Where no humidification is specified or only steam humidification is provided. If the extension is served by independent systems.

Where design responsibility is to be passed on to the contractor/installer. Post Construction Stage For all water systems in the building. Legionnaires disease: The HSE describes Legionnaires disease as a type of pneumonia caused by the bacterium Legionella pneumophilia. Humidification Units Humidification options fall into two broad groups. main contractor or installer of the relevant systems confirming: • The design and installed systems comply with the HSE’s ACoP. for example: o humidifiers and air washers o spa baths and pools o car/bus washes o wet scrubbers o Indoor fountains and water features. • The standards to which all water systems in the building will be designed. which contain the bacteria. • If relevant. People catch Legionnaires' disease by inhaling small droplets of water suspended in the air. credits to achieve rating P 1 G 1 VG 1 E 1 O 1 Schedule of evidence required Req. D ra ft Page 87 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. This includes so-called ‘trickle-down’ systems. Additional information Relevant definitions Water systems: For the purpose of this credit. this refers to: • Cooling towers • Evaporative condenser • Domestic hot and cold water systems • Other plant and systems containing water which is likely to exceed 20°C and which may release a spray or aerosol during operation or when being maintained.2 . 1&2 Design Stage A copy of the relevant specification clause(s) confirming: • All types of water system in the building and on the assessed site. These are dependent on sterilisation technologies such as UV. the first group relies on a heated air stream evaporating water vapour either from a pond or stream of water. a formal letter of declaration from the design team. a copy of the relevant specification clause(s) stating: The requirements on the contractor/installer with regards to minimising the risk of Legionnaires disease from the specified water systems.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 12 – Microbial contamination Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. any existing water systems comply with the HSE’s ACoP.

gov. Where this occurs. TM13 “Minimising the risk of Legionnaires disease”. 3rd ed. This process sterilises the water vapour and ensures that untreated water cannot enter the air stream when no steam is being produced. the health-related consequences are likely to be significant. 3.uk/legionnaires/ D Page 88 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. The only option in this group is steam humidification. credits to achieve rating P 1 G 1 VG 1 E 1 O 1 ultrasonic etc. 2000. 2002. Approved Code of Practice and guidance. “ Legionnaires' disease . to ensure that the water vapour is not contaminated. Whilst these systems are effective when working properly. any partial failure will allow untreated water into a warmed air stream. 2. References 1. CIBSE.The control of legionella bacteria in water systems”. The second group relies on failsafe systems that minimise risk if the plant fails. KM Bennett.hse.2 .1 “Efficient humidification in buildings”. Health and Safety Executive: Legionnaires disease: http://www. AG 10/94.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 12 – Microbial contamination Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. BSRIA. HSE. 4.

Indoor ambient noise levels in all unoccupied spaces comply with the good practice levels of BS8233:1999. Dw + LAeq. Tables 5 & 6.T in single occupancy offices c.T in sound recording studios j. !45 dB LAeq.T in catering kitchens e.T is the design (or measured) indoor ambient noise level in the space adjacent to the acoustically sensitive room. 3.T in informal café/canteen areas g. !40dB LAeq.T in laboratories 2.2 . 40-50dB LAeq.3.6.T in manual workshops h.T in multiple occupancy offices d. and for the relevant areas exceed.T in bars k. !40 dB LAeq.T in restaurant areas f. !50 dB LAeq. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To ensure the acoustic performance of the building meets the appropriate standards for its purpose. 40-55dB LAeq.1 of BS8233. D ra ft Page 89 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. restrooms) b.T consulting/treatment rooms i. ≤ 30 dB LAeq. appropriate noise levels are given below. All teaching/lecture areas achieve the Indoor ambient noise level requirements for secondary schools in Section 1 of Building Bulletin 93. ≤40 dB LAeq. as follows: a. The sound insulation between acoustically sensitive rooms and other occupied spaces complies with section 7. the performance standards required by Building Bulletin 93 for indoor ambient noise levels and reverberation times. although the following list is not intended to be exhaustive: a. Typical.T > 75 • Dw is the weighted sound level difference between the two spaces • LAeq.T General spaces (staffrooms. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: First credit 1. ≤ 35 dB LAeq. 40-45dB LAeq. !55 dB LAeq. Credit criteria Credits 2 Where evidence provided demonstrates that all spaces in the building achieve.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 13 – Acoustic performance Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.

Unoccupied Where the term ‘unoccupied space’ is referenced in this BREEAM issue. are deemed important: • Cellular offices and meeting rooms • Any other room/space the design team or client deems to be acoustically sensitive. All areas used for teaching. seminar rooms and lecture theatres) achieve reverberation times compliant with table 1.2 .e.5 of BB93. and any required remedial works in spaces that do not meet the standards are completed prior to handover and occupation. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above existing specific to assessments of extensions to existing buildings. training and educational purposes (such as classrooms. accounting for any carpets and acoustically absorbent ceilings specified.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 13 – Acoustic performance Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 4. 2. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. such measurements must be carried when the space is unoccupied and therefore devoid of sources of noise. spaces it refers to the nature of the space for the purpose of carrying acoustic calculations or measurements i. and any required remedial works in spaces that do not meet the standards are completed prior to handover and occupation. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - The source and receive room sound pressure levels from which Dw is derived must be measured in accordance with BS EN ISO 140-4:1998 and the guidance in Annex B of Approved Document E. Pre-completion acoustic testing is carried out by a suitably qualified acoustician to ensure that all relevant spaces (as built) achieve the performance standards required. buildings Acoustically Where the term ‘acoustically sensitive rooms’ is referenced in this sensitive areas BREEAM issue. Care should be taken to avoid confusing this term with the definition “occupied space” (see relevant definitions) as they have two different meanings within the context of this BREEAM issue. Pre-completion acoustic testing is carried out by a suitably qualified acoustician to ensure that all relevant spaces (as built) achieve the performance standards required. it refers to the following types of space/rooms (where specified) where privacy. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. Measurement The additional information section outlines the requirements for carrying procedures out measurements and calculations to demonstrate compliance with this D ra ft Page 90 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. The measurements can be conducted in either furnished or unfurnished rooms. Awarding The second and third credits (where relevant) can be awarded credits independently of the first and second credits. Second credit 1. Measurements must be based on finished rooms. and therefore appropriate sound insulation levels.

and where work/actions required to meet the relevant exceed the performance performance standards. standards required by BB93. it is acceptable to disregard the lower limit of the range and consider the noise levels to be lower or equal to the upper limit of the range. the acoustician must confirm why this is the case. such as a formal letter from the OR acoustician or their test report confirming that they meet BREEAM’s definition of a A copy of the acousticians calculations suitably qualified acoustician. and where been carried out in accordance with the relevant exceed the levels required acoustician’s recommendations. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Privacy BREEAM issue.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 13 – Acoustic performance Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. by BB93. Where the reverberation times stated above or in the referenced documents are not appropriate for the type of space/building assessed.2 . they must give justifiable reasons why they have done so. The appointed acoustician must confirm that the acoustic performance has been measured/calculated in accordance with these procedures. any remedial • The building will comply. Where the acoustician has felt it necessary to deviate from these procedures. Reverberation times Schedule of evidence required Req. Schools 1. In addition the acoustician must set alternative appropriate reverberation times and provide these to demonstrate compliance. • The required performance levels have been achieved for each room/area of A copy of the specification clause the completed building.3. Design Stage Post Construction Stage D ra ft Page 91 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Where ranges of noise levels are specified where privacy is not deemed by the final occupier to be an issue.5 A copy of the design plan for each level Copies of acoustic field test report/results of the building with each room/area confirming: clearly labelled. confirming: • The specific performances A letter from the design team or main standards achieved for each contractor confirming: room/area Any and all required remedial works have • The standards comply. Evidence. confirming: • Where relevant.

acousticians calculations confirming: • The reverberation times in areas used for speech. • A programme of pre-completion acoustic testing by a suitably qualified acoustician will be commissioned. • The required performance levels have been achieved for each room/area of A copy of the specification clause or the completed building.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 13 – Acoustic performance 2&4 Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. formal letter from the project team confirming: • A programme of pre-completion acoustic testing by a suitably qualified acoustician will be commissioned. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - A copy of the specification clause or a As outlined above. • Sound insulation levels between each acoustically sensitive room Evidence. complied. acoustician or their test report confirming • The standards to which that they meet BREEAM’s definition of a calculations/measurements have suitably qualified acoustician. appropriate remedial works will be actioned and completed. or are required to comply A letter from the design team or main with. or are required to comply with. • Where rooms/areas do not comply with the required levels. • The standards to which calculations/measurements have complied. appropriate remedial works will be actioned and completed. any remedial • Indoor ambient noise levels in each work/actions required to meet the relevant room/area performance standards. acousticians calculations confirming: • Where relevant. 5 A copy of the specification clause or As outlined above. D ra ft Page 92 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. such as a formal letter from the and adjacent occupied areas. Further Education 1-3 A copy of the design plan for each level Copies of acoustic field test report/results of the building with each room/area confirming: clearly labelled. contractor confirming: 4&6 A copy of the specification clause or a Any and all required remedial works have formal letter from the project team been carried out in accordance with the confirming: acoustician’s recommendations. • Where rooms/areas do not comply with the required levels.2 .

Otherwise. Measurement periods shorter than 5 minutes should not be used.T is taken as the duration of the normal working day (typically 8 hours between 09. Noise from occupants and office equipment (e. Measurements should be taken in a minimum of 3 locations in rooms at a height of 1. Measurement/calculation procedures The following procedures must be followed by the acoustician when measuring or calculating the levels required to demonstrate compliance with this BREEAM issue (see also compliance note above on measurement procedures): Noise from both internal sources (e. and.2 . T in LAeq. Measurements need not be made over a period of 8 hours if a shorter measurement period can be used. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Additional information Relevant definitions Suitably qualified acoustician: Those organisations or individuals having UKAS accreditation or accredited by a European equivalent of UKAS. The definition includes organisations or individuals registered to schemes that are UKAS accredited. and designed to accommodate more than two desk spaces/workstations. measurements should be conducted in rooms utilising each strategy. At the time of writing the Association of Noise Consultants (ANC) Registration Scheme is in the process of obtaining UKAS accreditation and can be deemed to comply with this requirement until advised otherwise. measurements should be made when external noise levels are representative of normal conditions throughout the day.g. Measurements should be made in at least four rooms in which noise levels can be expected to be greatest either because they are on the noisiest façade or because they are on a naturally ventilated façade. Occupied space: For the purpose of this BREEAM credit an occupied space is a room or space within the assessed building that is likely to be occupied for 30 minutes or more by a building user (see also description of ‘unoccupied space’ in the compliance notes table above).e.00).00 and 17. computers) should not be included in the measurements. Multiple occupancy offices: Office space that is not cellular in nature i.2 m above the floor level and at least 1 m away from any surface. to ensure consistency and technical competence in sound testing.g. Where different ventilation strategies are used. where windows are openable as part of the ventilation strategy. In this case. it is open-planned. mechanical ventilation systems. plant noise) and external sources (e. Single occupancy offices: cellular office space designed to accommodate one or two desk spaces/workstations (typically no greater than 10m2). D ra ft Page 93 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. traffic noise transmitted via the building façade) should be included.g. measurements should be made in rooms on the noisiest façade. or equivalent. these should be assumed to be open for the purposes of calculations and open for measurements.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 13 – Acoustic performance Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.

In the absence of strong low frequency noise. 7. BS EN ISO 717-1 “Acoustics – Rating of sound insulation in buildings and of building elements. Impact sound insulation”. D ra ft Page 94 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. 1999. BSI. BSI. However. BSI. 1998. the BREEAM requirement uses the indoor ambient noise level. References 1. 1997. 4. 1997.T " NR + 6 dB. Building Bulletin 93 “ Acoustic design of schools – A design guide”. 2. LAeq. DCFS. Therefore. Field measurements of impact sound insulation of floors”. Field measurements of airborne sound insulation between rooms”. Part 4. BS EN ISO 140-4:1998 “Acoustics – Measurement of sound insulation in buildings and of building elements. Part 1.T for the building services.T can be estimated from the NR rating using the following formula: LAeq. BSI. an estimate for the indoor ambient noise level LAeq. Airborne sound insulation”. but not the sound pressure levels in the individual frequency bands. Building Regulations Approved Document E “ Resistance to the passage of sound”. Part 7. The LAeq. ODPM. BS8233 “Sound insulation and noise reduction for buildings . LAeq. BSI. NR curves Noise assessments based on NR curves are often used by building services consultants to predict internal noise levels due to mechanical ventilation systems. 2003. Part 2.T can still be determined from the NR rating for the building services noise. 5.T for the external noise transmitted via the façade must then be combined with the LAeq. BS EN ISO 717-2 “Acoustics .code of practice”. BS EN ISO 140-7 Acoustics – “Measurement of sound insulation in buildings and of building elements. 6. 1998. 3. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - For music rooms it may be possible to aid compliance with the above requirements by positioning and orientating such rooms away from more noise-sensitive areas such as libraries and classrooms.2 .Rating of sound insulation in buildings and of building elements. if the NR rating is known.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 13 – Acoustic performance Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.T which includes external noise transmitted via the façade as well as internal noise such as that from mechanical ventilation systems.

2 . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - D Page 95 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 14 – Office space Credit not assessed under this scheme.

credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit not assessed under this scheme. D Page 96 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.2 .BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 15 – Outdoor Space Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.

e. and existing the users of the new building have access to these facilities. Chilled. Extensions to Where compliant water coolers are provided in an existing building. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 16 – Drinking Water Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. D ra ft 3. such buildings facilities can be used to demonstrate compliance against the requirements of this BREEAM credit. it refers to pupils or students and staff i. and support and administration staff. 2. Do we keep this credit for HE? Credit aim To provide appropriate and available supplies of free. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O Comment [VC8]: This credit was introduced in the Schools scheme because of the improved learning and working outcomes connected with pupils and staff drinking water. teachers. mains-fed point of use water coolers are provided in locations that are safe. chilled drinking water to building occupants throughout the day. and contain security covers to protect all water and electrical connections. convenient and accessible to all building users throughout the day. In such instances however. lecturers. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects.2 . All coolers must be attached to both the wall and the floor to prevent vandalism. Page 97 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that mains-fed point of use water coolers are provided for building occupants use throughout the day. subject to a minimum of two water coolers being provided for any building with over 200 building users. Building users Where the term ‘building users’ is referenced in this BREEAM credit. One compliant point of use water cooler is provided for every 200 building users. fresh. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. the users of the existing building must be factored in to the calculation for determining the compliant number of coolers that need to be provided.

D ra ft Page 98 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. such as: • Dining/assembly halls • Classrooms/common rooms • Wide corridors • Indoor social areas • Changing rooms. Schedule of evidence required Req. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Safe. these are rarely chilled or bespoke for water dispensation Bottled water from vending machines or over the counter. convenient and accessible Non compliant water dispensers Suitable locations for water dispensers include open areas and areas under surveillance. Locations and number of the mains-fed water coolers. 1-3 Design Stage Post Construction Stage Marked-up drawings showing: Assessor’s building/site inspection report Location. do not encourage children to consume adequate fluid intake and are typically not chilled Ordinary taps fed from the mains supply. The following types of water dispensers do not comply with the requirements of this BREEAM credit: • • • Water fountains as they are difficult to keep in a hygienic condition.2 . The credit cannot be awarded where dispensers are located in toilet areas. The advantage of water coolers is twofold: their appearance is modern and appealing to users and most offer both chilled and ambient temperature water.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 16 – Drinking Water Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Additional information Relevant definitions Point of Use Water Cooler: watercoolers that are plumbed directly into the mains water supply and drainage. number and type of compliant and photographic evidence confirming: water coolers. Project brief or correspondence from the design team confirming: • The actual/predicted number of building users. gymnasia • Admin areas.

uk DfES/DH website which contains the Water Provision Toolkit that contains guidance for selecting water dispensers. Health Education Trust.org. 21. 2007. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - References “Water Cooler ‘Point of Use’ Guidance for Schools”. (http://www.uk) Includes a water provision checklist for schools and guidance for siting and selecting water dispensers and suppliers.wateriscoolinschool.foodinschools. J Harvey. D Page 99 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. 1.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 16 – Drinking Water Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. www.2 .org. 2.

Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that fume cupboards and microbiological safety cabinets (where specified) have been designed in accordance with the appropriate British Standard. Specified microbiological safety cabinets (where specified) are manufactured and installed in accordance with BS EN 12469: 2000. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. The discharged velocity from the extract fan stack must be 10m/s as recommended by BS EN 14175-2. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O Comment [VC9]: This credit is going to be reviewed after further consultation with the expert group.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 17 – Specification of Laboratory Fume Cupboards Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. D Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. Extensions to existing buildings There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. ra ft 3. 2. Specified fume cupboards are manufactured and installed in accordance with BS EN 14175-2.2 . Credit aim To ensure that laboratory fume cupboards and safety cabinets are designed and specified in accordance with best practise guidance. Page 100 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 17 – Specification of Laboratory Fume Cupboards Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. fume cupboards or safety cabinets. Building contains no fume cupboards or safety cabinets Schedule of evidence required Req.2 . • Manufacturers’/suppliers’ literature confirming compliance with the requirements. In such instances the BREEAM assessor’s spreadsheet tool will filter this issue from the list of applicable credits. Please note that this credit will not be assessed where a building contains no lab space. AND A copy of the manufacturers’/suppliers’ A copy of the relevant clause(s) from the literature or a letter from these parties confirming: specification confirming: cupboards/cabinets are • Make and model of • Their manufactured and installed in cupboard/cabinets to be installed accordance with the relevant AND standards. but higher rates may cause noise problems. The required fume cupboard discharge velocity from the extract. OR A formal letter from the design team confirming: The specified fume cupboards and safety cabinets will be manufactured and installed in compliance with the relevant standards. Higher discharge velocities may be required. especially in windy locations. D ra ft Page 101 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. 1-3 Design Stage A copy of the relevant clause(s) from the specification confirming: • The standards to which fume cupboards and safety cabinets must be manufactured and installed • The fume cupboards’ discharge velocity from extract. OR Post Construction Stage Correspondence from the design team (where it was not confirmed at the design stage) confirming: • The make and model of cupboards/cabinets that have been installed. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Discharge velocity BS EN 14175 Part 2 states that the discharge velocity from fume cupboard extracts should be at least 7m/s but that a figure of 10m/s is preferable to ensure that the discharge will not be trapped in the aerodynamic wake of the stack.

2 . BSI.Part 2: Safety and performance requirements”. 2. BS EN 12469 – “Biotechnology – Performance criteria for microbiological safety cabinets”. D Page 102 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. BS EN 14175-2:2003 “Fume cupboards . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Additional information Relevant definitions Fume cupboard/safety cabinet : A piece of scientific equipment designed to limit a person's exposure to hazardous fumes or biological material. References 1. 2000.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 17 – Specification of Laboratory Fume Cupboards Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 2003. BSI. Air is drawn through the enclosure of the cupboard conducting the contaminated air away from the experimental area and those using the equipment.

Third credit 1.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 18 . An emergency button is specified in each Containment Level 2 and 3 laboratory area. 2001. Filters for all areas designated as Containment Level 2 and 3 are located outside the main laboratory space for ease of cleaning/replacement. Where evidence provided demonstrates that all laboratory areas designated as Containment Level 2 and 3 have an emergency push button for assistance in the event of lone working. are located for ease of access for maintenance.2 . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O Comment [VC10]: This credit is going to be reviewed following further consultation with the expert group Credit aim To ensure that laboratory areas designated as Containment Level 2 and 3 are in compliance with best practice design guidance. 2. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that the ventilation system in laboratory areas designated as Containment Level 2 and 3. are in compliance with the best practice design guidance. Where evidence provided demonstrates that filters for all laboratory areas designated as Containment Level 2 and 3. 1 1 Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: First Credit 1. Ventilation systems are designed in compliance with the best practice guidance set out in “The management design and operation of microbiological containment laboratories” ACDP.Containment level 2 & 3 laboratory areas Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 1. The filters are easily accessible for maintenance staff/technicians. Compliance notes D Second credit ra ft Page 103 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Health & Wellbeing Hea 18 - Containment level 2 & 3 laboratory areas

Minimum BREEAM Standards
Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O -

New Build Refurbishment Extensions to existing buildings Awarding individual credits

There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. Please note that each of the three credits can be awarded independently of one another, i.e. to award the second or third credits does not rely on achieving the first and second credits respectively.

Schedule of evidence required
Req. Design Stage Post Construction Stage First Credit 1 A copy of the relevant clause(s) of the A formal letter from the design team confirming the installation of a compliant specification confirming: The design requirements for the ventilation system. laboratory ventilation system. Second Credit 2 Marked-up drawings confirming: Location of system filters Access to the filters Assessor’s building/site inspection report and photographic evidence confirming: • Location and access to the filters.

Third Credit 1 A copy of the relevant clause(s) of the Assessor’s building/site inspection report specification or design drawing and photographic evidence confirming: confirming: • Installation of emergency button in • The installation and location of an each laboratory. emergency push button(s).

Additional information
Relevant definitions None.

References
1. “ The Management, Design and Operation of Microbiological Containment Levels”, Advisory Committee on Dangerous Pathogens (ACDP), 2001.

D
Page 104 of 337 DRAFT v0.2

©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

ra ft

BREEAM : Education : 2008

Energy Section

Comment [VC11]: This whole section is going to undergo review following further consultation with the expert group.

D
Page 105 of 337
©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

ra ft
DRAFT v0.2

BREEAM : Education : 2008

Energy credits

Credit

Credit common to all schemes

Specific HE criteria or altered requirements to a common credit

HE specific credit

Requires specific feedback (please see comments in credit below)

Ene 10 – Free cooling Ene 11 – Energy efficient fume cupboards Ene 12 – Swimming pool ventilation and heat loss

ra ft
P

Ene 1 – Reduction of CO2 emissions Ene 2 – Submetering of substantial energy use Ene 3 – Submetering of high energy load areas and tenancy Ene 4 – External lighting Ene 5 – Low or Zero carbon technologies Ene 6 – Building fabric performance and avoidance of air infiltration Ene 7 – Cold storage Ene 8 – Lifts

P P P P P P P P P P P

P

P

D
Page 106 of 337 DRAFT v0.2

©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 1 - Reduction of CO2 emissions

Minimum BREEAM Standards
Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E 6 O 10

Credit aim
To recognise and encourage buildings that are designed to minimise the CO2 emissions associated with their operational energy consumption.

Credit criteria
Up to 15 credits are available: Credits 15 Where evidence provided demonstrates an improvement in the energy efficiency of the building’s fabric and services and therefore achieves lower building operational related CO2 emissions.

Compliance requirements
The following demonstrates compliance: 1. The number of credits achieved is determined by comparing the building’s CO2 index (EPC Rating), taken from the Energy Performance Certificate (EPC), with the table of benchmarks below:

BREEAM Credits 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Exemplar credit 1 Exemplar credit 2

D

ra ft

CO2 Index (EPC Rating) New Build Refurbishment 63 100 53 87 47 74 45 61 43 50 40 47 37 44 31 41 28 36 25 31 23 28 20 25 18 22 10 18 0 15 <0 !0 True zero carbon building

Page 107 of 337
©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

DRAFT v0.2

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 1 - Reduction of CO2 emissions

Minimum BREEAM Standards
Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E 6 O 10

2. The CO2 index for the assessed building must be entered in to the relevant box of the Ene 1 Reduction of CO2 emissions calculator. 3. The building has been modelled using a method compliant with the National Calculation Method (NCM) and an Energy Rating and certificate produced using Approved software by an Accredited Energy Assessor. Historic Buildings only In addition to the above an additional 2 credits may be awarded (up to a maximum of 15) for carrying out the following: 1. A specialist study has been undertaken by a heritage conservation specialist, who is a full Member of the Institute of Historic Building Conservation, to investigate the implications of improving building fabric performance whilst minimising the potential negative impacts on both the historic character of the building and the condition of the building fabric. 2. The report makes recommendations for potential improvements to the building fabric in accordance with the guidance given in English Heritage’s “ Balancing the needs for energy conservation with those of building conservation: an Interim Guidance Note on the application of Part L” and, as a minimum, covers the following issues: a. Each element of the following building elements (as a minimum) must be considered and recommendations for improvements made: i. Roof ii. External/Sheltered walls iii. Ground floor iv. Upper floors v. Windows and external doors vi. Junctions between building elements such as between roof and walls. vii. Junctions between different parts of the building such as between different ages or methods of construction.

b. The potential for improvements in ventilation, air tightness and moisture control within the building, ensuring that these are considered in balance with that of the welfare of the historic building fabric. In general, tighter building fabric can be balanced with controlled ventilation improvements (passive and mechanical) and the benefits and disadvantages must be set out together with the recommendations. 3. The study must have been carried out at or prior to outline design proposals stage (equivalent to RIBA stage C or earlier).

D

Where significant improvement cannot be made to an element then the report should state the reason, setting out in detail the conservation and/or building performance issues that have resulted in this recommendation.

ra ft

Page 108 of 337
©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

DRAFT v0.2

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 1 - Reduction of CO2 emissions

Minimum BREEAM Standards
Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E 6 O 10

4. The building design has implemented and accounted for the study’s recommended improvements and, in particular, demonstrates: • The design strategy chosen is that which has the greatest impact in terms of potential improvements in energy use, whilst minimising the detrimental impacts on the historic building fabric. • That any improvements made to the thermal insulation of the building have been specified in accordance with the recommendations of ‘Thermal Insulation: avoiding risks’ [2]. Exemplary level requirements The following outlines the exemplary level requirements to achieve an innovation credit for this BREEAM issue: 1. One additional innovation credit can be awarded where evidence provided demonstrates the building is designed to be a carbon neutral building as defined by the NCM (i.e. in terms of building services energy demand), as follows: a. A new building achieves a CO2 index less than 0 on the benchmark scale. b. A refurbished building achieves a CO2 index equal to or less than 0 on the benchmark scale. 2. Two additional innovation credits can be awarded where evidence provided demonstrates the building is designed to be a True zero carbon building (in terms of building services and operational energy demand). Compliance notes New Build New buildings should compare their Energy Rating to the New Build benchmark scale. Refurbishment Existing buildings that have undergone or are undergoing major refurbishment should compare their Energy Rating to the Refurbishment benchmark scale. This separate scale aims to better recognise and encourage the energy-efficient refurbishment of existing buildings which results in a significant reduction in the energy demand for that building. Extensions to Where an existing building is being extended and it has building existing services plant that will be common to both the new extension and buildings existing building, the Energy Assessment and CO2 Index must cover the entire building. This rule must be applied regardless of whether the existing building falls within the scope of assessment or the existing plant is being added to, removed or altered. Part new-build extension part refurbishment For assessments of buildings that are a mixture of new build and refurbishment a weighted benchmark scale is used. The area (m 2) for new build and area (m 2) for refurbishment must be entered in to the relevant box of the E1 Reduction of CO2 emissions calculator. The calculator will then determine the number of credits achieved.

D

ra ft

Page 109 of 337
©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

DRAFT v0.2

not just units of carbon) Are additional to capacity already required under the Renewables Obligation Energy exported to the grid EPC certificates. heating systems and common areas within the assessed building must be accounted for in the assessment of Ene 1.e. which: • • • Are accredited renewables (as defined by the Energy Act 2004). near-site where a private wire arrangement is in place (see relevant definitions) or off-site via accredited external renewables (see compliance note below). credits to achieve rating P G VG E 6 O 10 Renewable and low carbon Installations Accredited external renewables Where included as part of the project and therefore assessed under this BREEAM issue. should be divided and attributed amongst the separate units.Reduction of CO2 emissions Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. use. The LZC technology can be installed on-site. BREEAM & building use/tenancy arrangement At the time of writing. designed to meet the loads of the building (i. in others an EPC will be required for each individual unit or tenanted area within a building. All units. though some ESCOs may achieve these requirements. For further information on the EPC requirements. the CO2 index is the total of the area-weighted average of the CO2 index of each individual unit.2 . D ra ft Page 110 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. the installation of low or zero carbon technologies can be used to off-set the assessed building’s CO2 emissions. In some instances an EPC will be required for the whole building. Any electricity from an onsite LZC energy source that is exported to the grid may be included in the calculations as if it were used within the building. Where the development contains conditioned common and/or landlord spaces. unless otherwise accounted for. refer to guidance on the Communities and Local Government Website (see references section). the area of these spaces. but within the UK. These will be Renewable Energy Guarantee of Origin (REGO) certified Create new installed generation capacity. The legislative requirements for an Energy Performance Certificate vary according to building size. Where an EPC is required for each unit. regardless of whether that building consists of a number of units to be sub let. The scope of a BREEAM assessment typically covers the whole building. BRE Global are not aware of a mechanism for accrediting off-site renewables and therefore any renewable energy schemes that meet the above definition. services and tenancy arrangement. For the purpose of this BREEAM credit accredited external renewables are renewable energy schemes located off-site. for the purposes of determining the number of BREEAM credits.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 1 . The proportion of common area attributed to each unit must be equivalent to the ratio of each unit’s area as a proportion of the total area of all units.

Schedule of evidence required Req. the qualifications. for the purpose of comparing BREEAM-assessed buildings on a ‘level playing field’ a decision has been taken to adopt one approach – the CO2 Index. Page 111 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Using the approved software. *The final rating must account for any changes to the specification during construction.Reduction of CO2 emissions Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. approved software demonstrating the building’s CO2 Index. experience and IHBC status. The accredited energy assessor’s name For buildings assessed in Scotland.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 1 . D ra ft The accredited energy assessor’s name and accreditation number. credits to achieve rating P G VG E 6 O 10 EPC in Scotland The approach adopted in Scotland for determining an Energy Rating differs from that used in England. assessment does not differ from that outlined at the design stage of A letter from the specialist confirming assessment. buildings located in Scotland can easily determine their CO2 Index by changing the ‘Building Regulations & EPBD parameters’ in the ‘Project details’ tab of the NCM-compliant approved software from ‘EPC Scotland’ to ‘EPC England’ or ‘EPC Wales’ or ‘EPC Northern Ireland’. ductwork leakage and fan performances (as required by Building Regulations). whereas an EPC certificate for the other UK countries uses a CO2 Index. Whilst both approaches have their merit. building*.2 . Wales and Northern Ireland. Historic buildings only 1-3 A copy of the heritage conservation The evidence required at this stage of specialist’s report. Scotland bases its EPC rating on actual CO2 emissions. a and accreditation number (this copy of the EPC Output from the information will be on the EPC). and the measured air leakage rate. 1-3 Design Stage Post Construction Stage A copy of the EPC output from the A copy of the final registered EPC from approved software for the assessed the approved software for the constructed building at the design stage. regardless of building type.

It is this index that is used to determine where the building falls on the A+ to G rating scale and the number of BREEAM credits that can be awarded. credits to achieve rating P G VG E 6 O 10 4 Marked-up drawings or a specification document demonstrating: • Implementation of the study’s recommendations • Compliance with ‘Thermal Insulation: avoiding risks’ [2].2 .BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 1 . Carbon neutral building: Where net carbon dioxide emissions resulting from energy consumed in the operation of the space heating/cooling. hot-water systems. Dynamic Simulation Model (DSM): A software tool that models energy inputs and outputs for different types of building over time. Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence demonstrating: • Examples of the recommendations of the study having been manifested in the actual complete building (as highlighted by the design team during the building inspection). In these cases D ra ft Page 112 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.communities.com/ For a full list of approved accreditation schemes for Non-dwelling Energy Assessment’s visit www.) is shown on the EPC as a Carbon Dioxide (CO2) based index.uk Approved Software: Software approved by Communities and Local Government to produce Energy Performance Certificates (EPC) for non-domestic buildings and check compliance with building regulations. OR Where a formal letter from the design team confirming the above will be implemented. A register of non-domestic accredited energy assessors can be found here: https://www.Reduction of CO2 emissions Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. SBEM will not be sophisticated enough to provide an accurate assessment of a building’s energy efficiency.gov. ventilation and internal lighting is zero or better. Wales and N. In certain situations. CO2 Index: The energy performance of a building (for England. Additional information Relevant definitions Accredited energy assessor: An individual trained and qualified to use approved software and produce EPC ratings for non-domestic buildings who are members of an accredited scheme. Off-site renewables that are not accredited cannot be used to meet this definition. ‘As built’ drawings and specification demonstrating: • Implementation of the study’s recommendations • Compliance with ‘Thermal Insulation: avoiding risks’ [2].I. The calculation of CO2 emissions can take account of contributions from on-site.ndepcregister. near-site and accredited external renewable/low carbon installations.

and world heritage sites. Energy Performance Certificate: A certificate that confirms the energy rating of the building from A to G.For the purpose of assessing this BREEAM credit. Near-site LZC: renewable energy generated near to the site that is provided for all or part of the community. On-site LZC: renewable energy generated on the site of the assessed development. Existing buildings situated in conservation areas (where the existing building itself has conservation status and contributes to the status of the conservation area) c. decentralised energy generation linked to a community heat network or renewable connected via private wire. Using the certificate reference number the validity of the EPC rating for a constructed building can be confirmed. The carbon benefit associated with any electricity fed into the grid in this manner can only be allocated against an individual installation or building. Private wire arrangement: Where used in the context of BREEAM for low or zero carbon technology installations. The energy performance of the building is shown as a Carbon Dioxide (CO2) based index. Listed buildings b. areas of outstanding natural beauty.Reduction of CO2 emissions Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Full Members are normally expected to demonstrate skills and experience under all of the IHBC's eight Areas of Competence. Institute of Historic Building Conservation (IHBC): The Institute of Historic Building Conservation (IHBC) is the professional institute which represents conservation professionals in the public and private sectors in the United Kingdom and Ireland. Non-Domestic Energy Performance Certificate Register: A register of accredited energy assessors and Energy Performance Certificates. Historic buildings . a private wire arrangement is where any electricity generated on or in the vicinity of the site is fed directly to the building being assessed. training and employment is in providing specialist advice for the conservation of the historic environment. EPCs are generated using approved software by accredited energy assessors. The better the rating. The IHBC exists to establish the highest standards of conservation practice to support the effective protection and enhancement of the historic environment. by dedicated power supplies. and the lower the fuel bills are likely to be. In cases where a building is supplied by a communal installation. including the assessed building.g. credits to achieve rating P G VG E 6 O 10 Government-approved proprietary dynamic simulation models may be used. Existing buildings of architectural and historic interest within national parks.2 . D ra ft Page 113 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. If electricity is generated which is surplus to the instantaneous demand of the building this electricity may be fed back to the National Grid. the more energy-efficient the building is. Communities and Local Government provide such approval. Full Membership of the IHBC is open to all whose principal skill. expertise. Existing buildings which are of architectural and historical interest and which are referred to as a material consideration in a local authority’s development plan d. where A is the most efficient and G is the least efficient. e.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 1 . historic buildings are defined as: a. no carbon benefit can be allocated to buildings which are not connected to the communal installation.

3. near-site and accredited external renewable/low carbon installations. credits to achieve rating P G VG E 6 O 10 Simplified Building Energy Model (SBEM): SBEM is a computer program that provides an analysis of a building’s energy consumption. The SBEM tool is designed to cover buildings that are not dwellings.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 1 . 2008. internal lighting AND process related energy consumption is zero or better. Communities and Local Government. “ Thermal insulation: avoiding risks”.bre. 2006.co. “Improving the energy efficiency of our buildings: A guide to energy performance certificates for the construction. The calculation of CO2 emissions can take account of contributions from on-site. Approved Document L2A: “Conservation of fuel and power (New buildings other than dwellings)”. D Page 114 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. ventilation. For more information visit: www.Reduction of CO2 emissions Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Off-site renewables that are not accredited cannot be used to meet this definition. www.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/guidancenondwellings 2. It has been adopted by government as part of the UK national methodology for calculation of the energy performance of buildings.2 .communities. ODPM.uk/. C Stirling.ncm. sale and let of non-dwellings”. True zero carbon building: Where net carbon dioxide emissions resulting from energy consumed in the operation of the space heating/cooling. References 1. hot-water systems. 2002. BRE Press.

Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates the provision of direct sub-metering of energy uses within the building. Extensions to Where an existing building is being extended and it has existing existing building services plant and systems that will be common to both the buildings new extension and existing building. Space Heating b. ra ft Comment [VC12]: This would include VAV in labs. h. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. Humidification d. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. labelled with the end energy consuming use. are provided for the following systems (where present): a. the requirements for energy metering cover the entire building. Domestic Hot Water c. Separate accessible energy sub-meters. All energy sub-meters have a pulsed output to enable future connection to a Building Management System (BMS) for the monitoring of energy consumption. D 2. Do we want to be specific about it? Is there any other system connected to labs that we would need to be separately monitored? (excluding what already said in the note below).2 . Fans (major) f. Other major energy-consuming items where appropriate (see compliance notes). Cooling e. Lighting g. Page 115 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Small Power (lighting and small power can be on the same sub-meter where supplies are taken at each floor/department). credits to achieve rating P G VG 1 E 1 O 1 Credit aim To recognise and encourage the installation of energy sub-metering that facilitates the monitoring of in-use energy consumption.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 2 .Sub-metering of substantial energy uses Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.

for example. Where the building uses a modular system and the rated input power of the lead boiler is less than the figure in table 1. scope of BMS and its energy-monitoring capability. might include. lighting and security. where laboratories and other energy intensive areas (e. i. Typically this will be the plant room.g. It is acceptable. Common areas: Developments that have several tenant units. The energy meters must be located in an area of the building that allows for easy access to facilitate regular monitoring and readings by the buildings staff and facilities manager. type and location of meter specified. kitchen plant. sterile services equipment. it can be difficult to costeffectively separate lighting and small power. landlord or their managing agent. air-conditioning. sub-metering of the lead boiler is still required to comply with the requirements of this credit. some types of workshops) are present. provided that sub-metering is provided for each floor plate. particularly large retail developments. depending on the building type. Other major energy-consuming items. Metering arrangements for each system. Additional information Relevant definitions BMS: Building (energy) Management System is a central computer controlling. Examples of D Page 116 of 337 DRAFT v0. monitoring and optimising building services and systems such as heating. lifts & escalators) drama studios and theatres with large lighting rigs.Sub-metering of substantial energy uses Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. within a single floor. plant used for swimming or hydrotherapy pools. credits to achieve rating P G VG 1 E 1 O 1 Lighting & small power Other major energyconsuming items Modular boiler systems Accessible meters Due to traditional distribution methods.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 2 . All Design Stage Post Construction Stage Specification document or technical Assessor’s building/site inspection and drawings confirming: photographic evidence confirming: Energy-consuming systems and their Location and labelling/function of the rated outputs individual sub-meters or BMS. However. cold storage plant.e. laboratory plant. lighting and power will need to be sub-metered separately. Schedule of evidence required Req. Common areas are typically managed and maintained by the development’s owner. but used by all. for lighting and small power to be combined for metering purposes. transportation systems (e. may also share common facilities and access that is not owned or controlled by any one individual tenant.2 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft . main distribution room or control room (where BMS is installed). If applicable. but greater than 10kW (see additional information).g.

2002. parking.g. Carbon Trust.A Guide to help designers meet Part L2 of the Building Regulations”. GIL065 “Metering and Energy Use in New Non-Domestic Buildings . 2006. ra ft 1. Table 2: Size of plant for which separate metering would be required [1] Plant Item Boiler installation comprising one or more boilers or CHP plant feeding a common distribution circuit Chiller installations comprising one or more chiller units feeding a common distribution circuit Electric humidifiers Motor control centres providing power to fans and pumps Final electrical distribution boards Rated input power (kW) 50 20 10 10 50 Detailed guidance on how to develop an appropriate metering strategy for the energy requirements of a new building is available in General Information Leaflet 65: Metering energy use in new non-domestic buildings.A guide to energy sub-metering in non-domestic buildings”.2 . CIBSE TM39 “ Building energy metering . Comment [VC13]: Any other specific references? D Page 117 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. credits to achieve rating P G VG 1 E 1 O 1 common areas include an atrium. References 2. CIBSE. stairwells and main entrance foyers/reception.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 2 .Sub-metering of substantial energy uses Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. external areas e.

credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To recognise and encourage the installation of energy sub-metering that facilitates the monitoring of in-use energy consumption by tenant or end user. The meters are labelled with the end energy consuming use. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates sub-metering of energy consumption by tenancy/building function area is installed within the building. Provision of accessible sub-meters covering the energy supply to all tenanted. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. relevant function areas or departments within the building/unit. Page 118 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. or in the case of single occupancy buildings. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 3 . buildings ra ft 2.2 . Comment [VC14]: By area? D Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings.Sub metering of high energy load and tenancy areas Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.

Refer to the compliance notes in BREEAM credit Ene 2 for a description. Specification document or technical drawings confirming: Metering arrangements for each department/function and/or tenancy area Type of meter specified. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Relevant This list is not exclusive and where other high-energy consuming function areas areas/departments exist these should also be metered: / departments • Kitchens (excluding small staff kitchens) • Computer suites • Workshops • Lecture halls • Conference rooms • Drama studio • Swimming pool • Sports hall • Process areas • Laboratories • High containment suites within laboratories • Controlled environment chambers • Animal accommodation • Data centres Individual sub-metering of standard classrooms/seminar rooms is not required.Sub metering of high energy load and tenancy areas Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 3 . Additional information Relevant definitions BMS: Refer to definitions in BREEAM credit Ene 2. .2 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft Post Construction Stage Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: Location and function of the individual sub-meters or BMS. D Page 119 of 337 DRAFT v0. 1 Design Stage Marked-up drawings and site plan detailing: • Building areas by department/function and/or tenancy • Location of meters. Comment [VC15]: Is it necessary to monitor labs in a specific way or is this sufficient? Accessible meters Schedule of evidence required Req.

credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - References No references. D Page 120 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.Sub metering of high energy load and tenancy areas Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.2 .BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 3 .

2 . or daylight sensor.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 4 . Daylight sensor override on a manually switched lighting circuit is acceptable. All external light fittings to car parking areas. OR 80 lamp Lumens / circuit Watts when the lamp has a colour rendering index (Ra) less than 60. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. OR 60 lamp Lumens / circuit Watt when the lamp has a colour rendering index (Ra) less than 60. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To recognise and encourage the specification of energy-efficient light fittings for external areas of the development. buildings 2. OR 50 lamp lumens/circuit Watt when the lamp wattage is less than 25W.External lighting Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. All external light fittings for signs and uplighting have a luminous efficacy of at least 60 lamp lumens/circuit Watt when the lamp wattage is greater than or equal to 25W. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. access ways and pathways have a luminous efficacy of at least 50 lamp lumens/circuit Watt when the lamp has a colour rendering index (Ra) greater than or equal to 60. to prevent operation during daylight hours. 4. All external light fittings for the building. External light fittings are controlled through a time switch. Extensions to Refer to the guidance below for single building assessments on large existing existing developments/campuses. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance (where provided): 1. 3. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where energy-efficient external lighting is specified and all light fittings are controlled for the presence of daylight. associated roads and floodlighting has a luminous efficacy of at least 70 lamp lumens/circuit Watt when the lamp has a colour rendering index (Ra) greater than or equal to 60. D ra ft Page 121 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 4 . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Single building assessments on larger developments/ campuses No external lighting specified Low energy innovative light fittings Where the building being assessed forms part of larger development (or is an extension to an existing building) containing common areas and other buildings. Page 122 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. the credit can be awarded. built’ D Additional information Relevant definitions Colour rendering index (Ra): A measure. ra ft Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: • External lighting controls. of the ability of a lamp to reproduce the colour of objects in comparison to their aspect under a natural or reference source of light.External lighting Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. but ‘as elevations showing: documentation. such as LEDs. Where the building is designed to operate without external lighting. An incandescent source has a Ra of 100 and a low pressure sodium source a Ra of 0 (see below for further information on colour rendering). Decorative and floodlighting Schedule of evidence required Req. individual BREEAM-compliant fitting and provides an equivalent amount of light for the necessary task. the scope of the external lighting requirements apply only to external new and existing lighting within the construction zone of the assessed building. including external lighting on the building. where specified. signs and at entrances. Manufacturers’ literature confirming: 1. Lighting specification or lighting designer’s calculations confirming: • Lamp lumens/circuit watt for each type of fitting as well as the colour rendering index Ra (where appropriate) • External lighting control strategy. may be excluded. 1-4 Design Stage Post Construction Stage Marked-up site plan and building As design stage. between 0 and 100. This compliance note is to allow for the specification of innovative low energy light sources. • Location and purpose of all external AND lighting fittings. Decorative lighting and floodlighting must not be exempt from the credit requirements although temporary lighting such as theatrical. Technical spec for the installed external light fittings. The assessor must ensure that several low watt fittings are not being specified in place of one higher watt but overall more energy-efficient fitting.. stage or local display installations.2 . Any fitting that consumes less than 5W complies with the requirements provided each individual fitting is a direct replacement for an alternative.

e. References 3. an Ra value of at least 80 is recommended (but not required by BREEAM). require more luminous output to light an object with the same level of brightness than a source with better colour rendering index. Daylight Sensors: A type of sensor that detects daylight and switches lighting on at dusk and off at dawn. the scope of the new works. the sensitivity of the eye is shifted towards the blue region of the visual spectrum. 4. such as some sodium lamps that emit light between the yellow and red region of the visual spectrum. making recognition of spaces and other individuals easier. Society of Light and Lighting.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 4 . the colour rendering index of lighting sources is critical. Luminous efficacy in lamp Lumens per circuit Watt: The ratio between the luminous flux produced by a lamp (in Lumens) and the total power consumed by both the lamp and its associated control gear (in Watts). Colour Rendering At night time. 2004. D ra ft Page 123 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. In areas where CCTV is used. Sources with a poor colour rendering index also make the differentiation of coloured objects more difficult for individuals.External lighting Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.2 . Time switch: A switch with an inbuilt clock which will allow lighting to be switched on and off at programmed times. Lighting Guide 007 “Installers’ Guide to the Assessment of Energy Efficient Lighting Installations”. In BS 5489-1:2003 Code of practice for the design of road lighting . Lighting Guide 6 ”The outdoor environment”. Other benefits of using sources with an index greater than 60 include an increased feeling of safety for individuals.Part 1: Lighting of roads and public amenity areas. Carbon Trust. this is acknowledged by allowing a relaxation of the lighting levels (illuminance levels) required when the source specified has a colour rendering index Ra greater than or equal to 60. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Construction zone: For the purpose of this credit the construction zone is defined as the site which is being developed for the BREEAM-assessed building and its external site areas i. The colour rendering index requirement means compliance with this credit using sources of light with a poor colour rendering index is harder to achieve than those with an index greater than or equal to 60. lamps with poor colour rendering index. 1992. As a result.

Credit criteria Up to a maximum of three credits can be awarded as follows: Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that a feasibility study considering local ( on-site and/or near site) low or zero carbon (LZC) technologies has been carried out and the results implemented. 2 3 Alternatively a maximum of one credit is awarded as follows: Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that a contract with an energy supplier is in place to provide sufficient electricity used within the assessed building/development to meet the above criteria from a 100% renewable energy source. Where evidence provided demonstrates that the first credit has been achieved and there is a 10% reduction in the building’s CO2 emissions as a result of the installation of a feasible local LZC technology. (Note: a standard Green Tariff will not comply) Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: First credit 1. A feasibility study has been carried out by an energy specialist (see compliance notes) to establish the most appropriate local (on-site or near-site) LZC energy source for the building/development. Local planning requirements D Page 124 of 337 DRAFT v0. Payback c. This study covers as a minimum: a. Where evidence provided demonstrates that the first credit has been achieved and there is a 15% reduction in the building’s CO2 emissions as a result of the installation of a feasible local LZC technology.2 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft . Land use d. credits to achieve rating P G VG E 1 O 1 Credit aim To reduce carbon emissions and atmospheric pollution by encouraging local energy generation from renewable sources to supply a significant proportion of the energy demand.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 5 – Low or zero carbon technologies Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Energy generated from LZC energy source per year b.

This supply must be delivered by an accredited external renewable source. j. credits to achieve rating P G VG E 1 O 1 e. 2. The first credit for a feasibility study must be achieved. Exemplary level requirements The following outlines the exemplary level requirements to achieve an innovation credit for this BREEAM issue. A local LZC energy technology has been installed in line with the recommendations of the above feasibility study and this method of supply results in a 10% reduction in the building’s CO2 emissions. A local LZC energy technology has been specified for the building/development in line with the recommendations of the above feasibility study. i. 3. g. The feasibility study has been carried out at RIBA stage C (outline proposals) or equivalent procurement stage. D ra ft Page 125 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Noise Feasibility of exporting heat/electricity from the system Life cycle cost/lifecycle impact of the potential specification in terms of carbon emissions Any available grants All technologies appropriate to the site and energy demand of the development. Third credit 1. OR 4. The contract must be valid for a minimum of 3 years from the date the assessed building becomes occupied. Second credit 1. f. Reasons for excluding other technologies. h. 2.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 5 – Low or zero carbon technologies Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Figures used for calculations of the percentage carbon production provided by LZC technology are based on the output from approved energy modelling software. 1.2 . 3. 3. Figures used for calculations of the percentage carbon production provided by LZC technology are based on the output from approved energy modelling software. The first credit for a feasibility study must be achieved. A local LZC energy technology has been installed in line with the recommendations of the above feasibility study and this method of supply results in a 15% reduction in the building’s CO2 emissions. The organisation that occupies the building has in place a contract with an energy supplier to provide electricity for the assessed building/development from a 100% renewable energy source. The first credit for a feasibility study must be achieved. 2.

If the feasibility study discounts all local LZC as unfeasible due to the late stage in the project that the study was commissioned. There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. Refurbishment Extensions to existing buildings Feasibility study There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. where the majority of the heat comes from biomass Combined Heat and Power (CHP) for use with the following fuels: • Biomass List of recognised LZC technologies D ra ft Page 126 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Buildings complying with the exemplary level requirements would therefore achieve four credits for this issue. the first credit can still be awarded. The following technologies are recognised by the Department for Business. A local LZC energy technology has been installed in line with the recommendations of the above feasibility study and this method of supply results in a 20% reduction in the building’s CO2 emissions. Subsequent credits for installing LZC technology that meets a percentage of building energy demand will not be achievable.2 . Figures used for calculations of the percentage carbon production provided by LZC technology are based on the output from approved energy modelling software. an additional element will need to be included in the report to highlight the local LZC energy sources which have been discounted due to the constraints placed on the project by the late consideration. credits to achieve rating P G VG E 1 O 1 2. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. 3. Enterprise and Regulatory Reform (BERR) as low or zero carbon (LZC) technologies under the Low Carbon Buildings Programme and would be deemed acceptable for BREEAM provided that the relevant percentage outputs are achieved: Biomass Biomass single room heaters/stoves Biomass boilers Biomass community heating schemes. If the feasibility was commissioned at the outline proposals stage or earlier and in the unlikely event the study concludes that the specification of any local LZC technology is unfeasible.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 5 – Low or zero carbon technologies Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. then the credit for the feasibility study must be withheld. When undertaking a feasibility study at a later stage than outline proposals. and the reason for their omission.

Solar • Solar hot water • Photovoltaics Water • Small scale hydro power • Tidal power • Wave power Wind • Wind turbines Other • Fuel cells using hydrogen generated from any of the above ’renewable’ sources • Geothermal heating • Community heating. including utilising waste heat from processes such as large scale power generation where the majority of heating comes from waste heat (see also compliance notes below). D Waste heat from a building related operational process ra ft LZC technology not listed Other systems may be acceptable as part of a LZC strategy under this credit but are not inherently considered as LZC technologies. Acceptability will be dependent on the nature of the system proposed. for example soil. or a river. credits to achieve rating P G VG E 1 O 1 • Natural gas • Sewerage gas and other biogases CHP systems must meet the threshold criteria for good quality CHP as set by DEFRA’s CHPQA programme[4]. The BREEAM Assessor must confirm acceptability with BRE if in doubt.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 5 – Low or zero carbon technologies Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.2 . ground water. This is on the condition that the generation of the heat from the process is integral to the assessed building. can be considered as ‘Low carbon’. for the purpose of this BREEAM credit. Heat Pumps • Ground source heat pumps • Water source heat pumps For heat pumps to comply. Waste heat from a process that takes place within the assessed building (or on the assessed site). the heat source (ground or water) must be from a renewable source. Page 127 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.

etc). accredited external renewables (accept where stated to achieve one credit) cannot be used to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this BREEAM credit. the net yield of the LZC installation(s) must be used (i.e. inverters. subtract any energy used by the LZC technology itself such as pumps. via a private wire arrangement. Or 3. which demonstrably removes re-usable and recyclable waste material prior to incineration. credits to achieve rating P G VG E 1 O 1 Waste incineration Waste heat from an incineration plant can only be considered as a low carbon for the purpose of this BREEAM credit under the following circumstances: 1. For developments where there is an existing LZC energy source that can supply a compliant percentage of energy to the assessed building. As this BREEAM credit seeks to encourage the installation of on-site and nearsite LZC technologies. All other LZC technologies have been considered and discounted in the feasibility study. The percentage can be made up from more than one of the above technologies. should be proportional to the building’s energy demand compared to the total energy demand for the site (see also note below on existing LZC technology). The Local Authority or region in which the incineration plant is located is demonstrably meeting its annual waste reuse/recycling targets and waste management policies. The study should seek to identify any other options to supply a higher proportion of the building's energy demand in addition to that supplied by the existing source.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 5 – Low or zero carbon technologies Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.2 . Community and off-site schemes Export to the grid More than one technology Building assessed part of a larger development Calculation of the CO2 emissions saved D LZC technology already available on site ra ft Page 128 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. ‘Local’ does not have to mean on-site and community schemes (near site) can be used as means of demonstrating compliance. a feasibility study will still have to be carried out to demonstrate that the existing technology is the most appropriate for the assessed building/development. A near. Where the building under assessment forms part of a larger development and either a new or existing LZC installation is provided for the whole site. Any electricity from an onsite LZC energy source that is exported to the grid may be included in the calculations as if it were used within the building. And either 2. When calculating the energy contribution and CO2 emissions saved from the LZC installation. controllers. and subsequent CO2 emissions saved.or onsite facility connected to the building. then the amount of LZC energy generation counted for in this credit.

Third & Exemplary Level Credit 1 Evidence (as outlined above) confirming Evidence (as outlined above) confirming compliance with the first credit. 2&3 A copy of the report produced by the Where there have been changes to the D Where an offsite supply is being used As design stage evidence. credits to achieve rating P G VG E 1 O 1 Processrelated energy For the purpose of assessing this BREEAM credit. Compliance with the definition of an energy specialist The timing of the feasibility report within the plan of works. Manufacturer’s technical data and details or calculations stating the carbon savings as a result of the installed LZC technology. energy and subsequent CO2 emissions from process-related activities can be excluded from the total when calculating the percentage reduction in CO2 emissions. Display lighting energy demand. Second. Schedule of evidence required Req. where specified. must not be excluded.2 . 4 Design Stage Post Construction Stage 2 A copy of the contract or other formal documentation confirming the length of contract to supply 100% renewable energy. First Credit 1&3 Assessor’s building/site inspection (or “as built” drawings) and photographic Letter from the energy specialist evidence confirming: confirming: • Installation of LZC technology. as a method of compliance. supplier’s documentation confirming: • Name and details of supplier • Details of the source of supply.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 5 – Low or zero carbon technologies Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. ra ft Page 129 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. compliance with the first credit. A copy of the feasibility study report. For example energy required for cold storage. Marked-up design plan or specification confirming: • Proposed installation of LZC energy technology. catering facilities and laundry equipment can be excluded.

• The name of the approved software used to carry out the modelling • Confirmation of the expertise and experience of the individual carrying out the modelling • Total CO2 emissions for the assessed building (without LZC energy technology). Energy Specialist: An individual who has acquired substantial expertise or a recognised qualification for undertaking assessments. therefore reflecting the fact that different technologies have different life spans. credits to achieve rating P G VG E 1 O 1 approved energy modelling software illustrating. Encouraging people to not just the savings or emissions over its operational life but also the savings or emissions over the whole life of the technology (from ‘cradle to grave’). Life cycle impact: this is the requirement to look at the carbon balance of each technology over its whole life.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 5 – Low or zero carbon technologies Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. in terms of carbon emissions.2 . a copy of the ‘as built’ report produced by the Building Regulations-compliant energy model confirming the same data as outlined at the design stage. supplier. designs and installations of low or zero carbon solutions in the commercial buildings sector. proposed design or LZC technology specification. AND Calculations/outputs from the manufacturer. Life Cycle Costs: the total cost of a building or its parts throughout its life. Approved Energy Modelling Software: Please refer to the relevant definitions in BREEAM credit Ene 1. acquisition. Additional information Relevant definitions Accredited External Renewables: Please refer to the compliance notes in BREEAM credit Ene 1. engineer or approved software confirming: • Total carbon savings as a result of the installed LZC technology. including the costs of planning. operations. and is not professionally connected to a single low or zero carbon technology or manufacturer. maintenance and disposal. D ra ft Page 130 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. design. Near-site LZC: Please refer to the relevant definitions in BREEAM credit Ene 1. less any residual value. On-site renewable: Please refer to the relevant definitions in BREEAM credit Ene 1.

Feasibility credit objective: The objective of the feasibility study is to make sure that LZC energy technologies installed on a particular site are the most appropriate for this site and ensure maximum reduction of pollutants to the atmosphere.2 . 2004 2. Quality Assurance for Combined Heat and Power: http://www. ODPM. available to download from http://www.uk/mayor/environment/energy/renew_resources. credits to achieve rating P G VG E 1 O 1 Private wire arrangement: Please refer to the relevant definitions in BREEAM credit Ene 1.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 5 – Low or zero carbon technologies Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.com/ D Page 131 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. Planning Policy Statement 22: “Renewable Energy”. London Renewables Toolkit.gov.jsp 4. no credit can be awarded if a feasibility study has not been undertaken. Therefore. Payback period: the period of time needed for a financial return on an investment to equal the sum of the original investment. Planning for Renewable Energy: “ A Companion Guide to PPS22”.london. ODPM. 2004 3.chpqa. References 1.

7. material testing. Air curtains (not door heaters) covering the entire width of the opening c. D ra ft 1. 3. Credit aim To recognise and encourage measures taken to minimise heat loss and air infiltration through the building fabric. Installation of personnel door(s) between internal and external areas within proximity of any adjacent openings for goods delivery / workshop access. Loading/unloading bay doors insulated to 0. The strip curtains should have a partial overlap. vents in the roof and backdraught dampers on extract fans are draught sealed.Building fabric performance & avoidance of air infiltration Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.0 m/sec closing speed or less than 5 secs closing time between fully opened and fully closed are specified/installed. AND a draught lobby between office areas (where present) and the external building access. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O Comment [VC16]: Filtered in for those buildings that have large goods delivery / storage areas.6 W/m2K. Where present all goods/personnel access. Plastic strip curtains (with a partial overlap) b. Either of the following are specified on the external goods doors/vehicle delivery bays: a.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 6 . Page 132 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Delivery loading/unloading areas and operational and/or storage areas are partitioned. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that appropriate design and as built performance measures are taken to minimise heat loss and air infiltration through the building fabric. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: Design measures Where all of the measures below have been specified/installed to minimise heat loss and air infiltration through the building fabric from treated/conditioned spaces: 2. etc. 5.2 . Plastic strip curtains are specified between internal delivery areas and other internal warehouse storage or operational areas (where there is no other draught sealing or doors). Rapid rise loading/unloading bay doors with at least 1. Pneumatic dock seals mounted on all vehicle delivery bays. 6. 4.

credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - As built performance measures 1. Avoidance of excessive thermal bridging c. partitioning between delivery and storage areas of smaller buildings/units may not be practical. Where some design measures are not relevant If some of the design measures are not relevant. these have been tested and commissioned in accordance with the cold storage requirements of BREEAM credit Man 1 (this does not necessarily require BREEAM credit Man 1 to have been awarded). buildings Scope of the The thermographic survey must ensure that all exterior walls to treated thermographic areas and all walls separating treated and untreated spaces will be survey tested. e.g. D ra ft Page 133 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Any defects identified via the inspection are rectified and the building re-inspected to confirm it complies with the requirements of point 1. 3. 4. In such instances the design team must provide the assessor with an adequate statement of justification as to why this is the case.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 6 . carried out in accordance with BS EN 13187 Qualitative detection of thermal irregularities in building envelopes. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. No air leakage paths through the fabric (except through intentional openings) 2. Plus. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects.Building fabric performance & avoidance of air infiltration Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Infrared method and CIBSE TM23:2000 Testing Buildings for Air Leakage. where integral cold storage facilities are present. In addition to the above and Building Regulations requirement for air tightness testing. or will be. The inspection has been. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects.2 . The assessor must use their discretion in determining the validity of the case and reference any justification and design team statement in the formal BREEAM report. the assessor may omit them from the assessment. Continuity of insulation in accordance with the construction drawings b. a comprehensive thermographic inspection of the building fabric (once construction is complete) has been or will be undertaken to confirm the following: a.

ra ft Req. 1-7 Design Stage Post Construction Stage A copy of the relevant clauses of the Assessor’s building/site inspection and specification or proposed design plan photographic evidence confirming confirming: compliance. the ‘as built’ performance measures i. OR • All consequential defects remedied following re-inspection.e. A copy of the survey report or certificate confirming either: • No consequential defects in construction details or continuity of insulation.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 6 . the requirement for a thermographic survey applies to the whole building. This BREEAM issue is provided in addition to Ene 1 to recognise and encourage specific measures taken to reduce air infiltration to and heat loss from the internal storage. workshop. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - No heated or air conditioned areas Scope of the credit Where the scope of the building specification covers fitted-out elements and the building is designed to be untreated then the requirement to comply with the ‘as built’ performance measures can be omitted.Building fabric performance & avoidance of air infiltration Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. not just the warehouse/delivery area (to ensure completeness of the measures). Evidence as outlined under BREEAM credit M1 for the relevant requirement. the benefit of installing the above measures will also be recognised in BREEAM credit Ene 1. in the event that the building at some point has heating and/or air conditioning plant installed. Page 134 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Where this is not the case the credit will be filtered from the list of applicable credits by the BREEAM assessor’s spreadsheet tool.e. Reduction of CO2 emissions. It should be recognised that whilst there is only one credit available for this BREEAM issue. Synergy with E1 Schedule of evidence required 11 Evidence as outlined under BREEAM credit Man 1 for the relevant requirement. The design measures are still applicable for future-proofing i. Where the credit is applicable. D 8-10 A copy of the specification clause(s) confirming: • A requirement to commission a thermographic study • The standards/method to which the survey will be carried out • A requirement to rectify any defects and re-inspect to confirm performance. This credit is applicable only for assessments of buildings that have a warehouse storage/operational/workshop area and/or dedicated vehicle delivery bays/access.2 . • Each of the relevant measures incorporated into the design. warehousing and delivery areas of the building.

2000. are structures that surround the top and sides of a vehicle loading dock forming a seal between the building and delivery vehicle and therefore minimising heat loss from the building. Air curtain: A fan heater that directs a curtain of warm air downwards over an opening which prevents the transfer of heat through the opening. CIBSE. ODPM. 1. 4. D 3. “Qualitative detection of thermal irregularities in building envelopes.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 6 . 2. or air infiltration to. Pneumatic dock seals: Also referred to as inflatable shelters. BSI. Treated: A term to describe an area of the building that is heated and/or mechanically cooled by plant integral to the building. (refer to the Approved Document for a fuller definition). TM23:2000 “Testing Buildings for Air Leakage”. 2006. thus indicating heat loss from. The Institute of Refrigeration. Approved Document L2A: “Conservation of fuel and power (New buildings other than dwellings)”. 1996. The images help to identify areas of the building fabric with a higher (or lower in the case of internal fabric) than expected surface temperatures. BS EN 13187 Thermal performance of buildings. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Additional information Relevant definitions Thermographic inspection: A method of producing images of a building using thermal radiation. Air curtains help to manage and minimise heat loss from the building when it is necessary to open external doors or access a cold storage enclosure. ra ft References Page 135 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Air permeability: The Building Regulations Approved Document L2A [4] defines air permeability as the “ physical property used to measure air tightness of the building fabric”.2 . Infrared method”.Building fabric performance & avoidance of air infiltration Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Cold Store Code of Practice Part 1 “Enclosure Construction”. 1999. the building and therefore highlighting construction defects.

1 1 Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: First credit 1. are on the ECA Energy Technology Product List or an equivalent list: • Air cooled condensing units • Automatic air purgers • Cellar cooling equipment • Commercial service cabinets (cold food storage) • Curtains. Variable speed drives are fitted to the compressors.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 7 .Cold storage Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Where the cold storage refrigeration plant complies with the following minimum requirements: a. Sliding Doors and Covers for Refrigerated Display Cabinets • Evaporative condensers • Forced air pre-coolers • Liquid pressure amplification • Refrigerated display cabinets • Refrigeration compressors • Refrigeration system controls Second credit 2. The following components. free cooling or thermal storage are identified and taken advantage of. pumps and fans D ra ft Page 136 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.2 . Where evidence provided demonstrates that the cold storage plant is designed to minimise energy consumption in operation. Where evidence provided demonstrates that opportunities for heat recovery. therefore reducing operational CO2 emissions. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that the cold storage refrigeration plant components are on the ECA Energy Technology Product List. Blinds. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O Comment [VC17]: Filtered in for those buildings that have cold storage Credit aim To recognise and encourage the installation of energy efficient cold storage systems. where specified as part of the cold storage refrigeration plant/strategy.

Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. Comment [VC18]: Need a generic reference to cold storage. LEDs Defrost on demand controls for evaporators are installed The installed refrigeration plant. Where the plant is capable of EITHER of the following free cooling/heating strategies: • Thermal storage during periods of low load to provide additional cooling during periods of peak cooling load OR • Heat recovery of the waste heat to meet in part or full space heating and/or hot water requirements for the assessed building or other local demand e. d. The design team must justify why there are no feasible opportunities for heat recovery. Extensions to If the assessment comprises of a part new build-extension and part existing refurbishment and there is existing cold storage plant in the existing buildings building that also serves the new extension. fibre optics. free cooling or thermal storage. e.Cold storage Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. f. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - b.g. Heat recovery Where the specification of thermal storage or heat recovery is or thermal unfeasible because there will be no low load periods and/or there is no storage demand for recovered heat. likewise for the third credit. Awarding the Each of the three credits can be awarded independently of each other credits i. not just cold food storage Comment [VC19]: As above Third credit 3. Strip curtains are installed on the cold storage opening(s) Low powered/heat lighting is fitted e.g.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 7 . If the existing building contains refrigeration plant that will remain. then the third credit can be awarded unfeasible provided all the requirements of the second credit are met. controls and monitoring system has been specified in accordance with the guidance outlined in the Food & Drink Industry Refrigeration Efficiency Initiative Guide 2 Purchase of Efficient Refrigeration plant The plant has been commissioned in compliance with the requirements for cold food storage commissioning outlined in BREEAM credit Man 1 Commissioning (this does not necessarily require BREEAM credit M1 to have been awarded). then this plant must meet the requirements in order to achieve the credit. it is not a requirement of the second credit that the first credit is achieved. then the compliance note above for refurbishment applies.e. air curtain above the cold storage enclosure entrance.2 . c. Refurbishment The requirements apply to any new or existing refrigeration plant. Schedule of evidence required Req. Design Stage Post Construction Stage D ra ft Page 137 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.

stage. Page 138 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.Cold storage Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. OR A letter from the manufacturer/supplier or copies of their technical literature confirming the specific components are on the ECA list or compliant with ECA eligibility criteria. The Scheme provides a tax incentive to encourage investment in low carbon energy-saving equipment that meets published energy-efficiency criteria. ECA Energy Technology Product List (ETPL): The EPTL list is part of the Governments Enhanced Capital Allowance Scheme.2 . D ra ft Evidence as outlined under BREEAM credit Man 1 for the relevant requirement.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 7 .uk. 2a-e &3 Comment [VC20]: Need generic reference 2f Evidence as outlined under BREEAM credit Man 1 for the relevant requirement. Additional information Relevant definitions Defrost on demand controls for evaporators: A control system that automatically initiates a defrost sequence when an appropriate amount control of ice has built up on the evaporator surface. AND/OR A letter from the manufacturer/supplier or copies of their technical literature confirming compliance. and lists those products in each category that meet them: www.eca.gov. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 1 A copy of the relevant clause of the The evidence required at this stage is the specification requiring the specific same as that outlined at the design undertaking. a key part of the Government’s programme to manage climate change. OR A print out of the ETPL listing the specific products. A copy of the relevant clause of the The evidence required at this stage is the same as that outlined at the design specification confirming: stage. The Energy Technology List (ETL) details the criteria for each type of technology. • Cold storage plant and enclosure requirements.

2003. GPG 347 “Installing and Commissioning of Refrigeration Systems”. D Page 139 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. Food and Drink Industry Refrigeration Efficiency Initiative. Carbon Trust. 2.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 7 . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - References 1. Guide 2 “Purchase of Efficient Refrigeration Plant”.Cold storage Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 2007. Food and Drink Federation.2 .

the three that offer the greatest potential energy saving are specified: a. The lift car uses energy-efficient lighting and display lighting (>60 Lumens/watt or fittings that consume less than 5W e. 4. 2. Comment [VC21]: Filtered in for those buildings that have lifts Credit criteria Credits 2 Up to two credits are available where evidence provided demonstrates the installation of energy-efficient lift(s). The energy consumption for at least two types of lift or lift strategy ‘fit for purpose’ has been estimated and the system with the lowest energy consumption specified. c. LEDS). variable-voltage. The lifts operate in a stand-by mode during off-peak and idle periods.2 . variable-frequency control of the drive motor. Where lift motors use a drive controller capable of variable-speed. The lift has a regenerative unit so that energy generated by the lift (due to running up empty and down full) is returned back to the grid or used elsewhere on site. D ra ft Page 140 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To recognise and encourage the specification of energy-efficient transportation systems.Lifts Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. b. d. For example the power side of the lift controller and other auxiliary equipment such as lift car lighting and ventilation fan switch off when the lift is not in motion. Two credits 3. The first credit is achieved. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: One credit 1. An analysis of transport demand and patterns for the building has been carried out by the design team to determine the optimum number and size of lifts and counterbalancing ratio on the basis of anticipated passenger demand. Of the following energy-efficient features.g.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 8 .

Page 141 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects.2 . thus saving energy. In such instances the BREEAM assessor’s spreadsheet tool will filter this issue from the list of applicable credits. buildings Building has no Please note that this credit will not be assessed where a building lifts contains no lifts. The evidence required at this stage is the same as that outlined at the design stage. Schedule of evidence required Req. this reduces the size of the drive motor required for the lift. D Formal letter from the lift manufacturer/supplier confirming that the lift to be installed on the project meets the relevant requirements for the number of credits sought. OR Additional information Relevant definitions Counterbalancing ratio: Lifts use a counterweight to balance the weight of the car plus a proportion of the maximum weight of the passengers. Post Construction Stage The evidence required at this stage is the same as that outlined at the design stage. ra ft 3-4 A copy of the lift specification. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. Lowering the counterbalancing ratio means a smaller motor and controlling drive unit are required. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 8 . A copy of the lift specification.Lifts Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 1-2 Design Stage A copy of the relevant report or documentation detailing the analysis undertaken and findings/recommendations.

This standard draft standard outlines proposed procedures to be used when making energy measurements of lifts. Max Schalcher. 3. “Energy consumption and efficiency potentials of lifts”.org/CIBSE/Feature. 4. “ Code of Practice for Energy Efficiency of Lift & Escalator Installations”. G Barney (http://www. escalator and moving walkways. CIBSE.F.cibseliftsgroup.htm) D Page 142 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.2 .A. escalators and moving walkways. HKSAR. escalators and moving walks – Part 1 Energy and conformance” It has been estimated that between 5-15% of a building’s total energy consumption can be attributed to the operation of lifts and 58% [1] of the energy consumption of lifts is attributable to stand-by mode. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - ISO Draft standard CD25745-1 “Energy performance of lifts. 2000. Guide D “Transportation systems in buildings”. 2nd Ed. 2.Lifts Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Jürg Nipkow. 2007. Towards low carbon lifts. A Working Group of an International Standards Organisation’s Technical Committee is developing a draft standard for the Energy performance of lifts.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 8 .E. Swiss agency for efficient energy use S. Electrical and Mechanical Services Department. References 1.

Escalators & travelling walkways Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 9 .2 . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit not assessed under this scheme. D Page 143 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.

D ra ft Page 144 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. using waste heat • Absorption cooling. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects.e. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 10 .Free cooling Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.e. Where the building has ANY of the following free cooling strategies: • Night-time cooling (requires fabric to have a high thermal mass) • Ground coupled air cooling • Displacement ventilation • Ground water cooling • Surface water cooling • Evaporative cooling. • The building does not require any form of cooling (i. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To reduce the dependency of the building on conventional mechanical refrigeration to provide adequate thermal comfort conditions. The BREEAM credit Hea 11 Thermal Comfort has been achieved. Credit criteria Credits Where evidence provided demonstrates the building incorporates a free cooling strategy that completely displaces the need for conventional mechanical cooling systems (excluding exceptional localised circumstances with small scale systems. it achieves HW11 the required internal thermal comfort conditions. naturally ventilated) 2. using waste heat. 1 Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. buildings Requirement This requirement is set as a condition of awarding this credit to ensure to achieve that the cooling strategy implemented is fit for purpose i. direct or indirect • Desiccant dehumidification and evaporative cooling.2 . Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. for example server rooms) and the thermal comfort requirements of credit Hea 11 are achieved.

1 Design Stage Post Construction Stage A written description from the building Assessor’s building/site inspection and services engineer summarising the photographic evidence confirming: ‘purpose designed’ free cooling • The free cooling technology strategy. specified has been installed.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 10 . D Page 145 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft References DRAFT v0. Free cooling: The ability of the building to provide cooling to the internal occupied areas without the need to rely on energy consuming mechanical chillers. 1. 2 Additional information Relevant definitions Dynamic Simulation Model (DSM): Refer to BREEAM credit Ene 1 for a definition. A copy of the results from a dynamic simulation model demonstrating the feasibility of the free cooling strategy. credit Hea 11. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Schedule of evidence required Req. Carbon Trust. Evidence as required for BREEAM Evidence as required for BREEAM credit Hea 11. 2001.Free cooling Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.2 . General Information Report 85 “New Ways of Cooling – information for building designers”.

4. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O Comment [VC22]: Filtered in for buildings with labs Credit aim To ensure energy-efficient design and operation of fume cupboards in laboratory areas. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. The model takes into account realistic patterns of occupancy. d. etc. Recirculation of air (where possible and compatible with the activities and fume cupboard containment level) D ra ft 2. As a result of the fume cupboard modelling.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 11 . Comment [VC23]: Any other we would like to add to this list? Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. Credit criteria Credits Where evidence provided demonstrates that. heat output from equipment. whilst maintaining adequate containment. 3.Energy Efficient fume cupboards Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. temperature and humidity control. Low pressure drop air handling systems b. 1 Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. air velocity and volume. where fume cupboards are specified. a study has been carried out to determine the most energy-efficient strategy for ventilation of the fume cupboards in the laboratory. The specification of fume cupboards is based on modelling to determine size.5 m/s (see compliance notes). The energy-efficient design of fume extraction systems guidance within Good Practice Guide 320 Energy efficient design and operation of fume cupboards has been followed in order to determine the most energy-efficient strategy for the fume cupboards in laboratory areas. at least one low energy ventilation design solution has been implemented. Variable air volume (VAV) control c. Face velocity of less than 0. lighting and other activities. some examples are (NB this list is not exhaustive): a. Page 146 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.2 .

D Page 147 of 337 DRAFT v0.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 11 . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Extensions to existing buildings Fume cupboard face velocity There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. in some circumstances meeting the requirement for a face velocity of 5 m/s may not be feasible. Due to safety considerations however. CIBSE Guide B2 recommends a face velocity of 0. Please note that this credit will not be assessed where a building contains no lab space and fume cupboards. OR Post Construction Stage The evidence required at this stage is the same as that outlined at the design stage. Building has no fume cupboards Schedule of evidence required Req. AND Formal written confirmation from the design team or relevant contractor that the fume cupboards installed were those specified in the compliant evidence.2 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft . 1 to 3 Design Stage A highlighted copy of the fume cupboard specification demonstrating: • The key functions of the system complementary to the guidance in GPG320. Where this is not achievable. justification must be provided and the lowest possible face velocity specified for the degree of containment required.5m/s in order to achieve good containment but advises that adequate containment may be achievable at lower face velocities. • The fume cupboard modelling results • The low energy ventilation design solution(s) chosen.Energy Efficient fume cupboards Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. In such instances the BREEAM assessor’s spreadsheet tool will filter this issue from the list of applicable credits. A formal letter from the design team confirming: • Design & specification of fume cupboards will be in compliance with GPG 320. • The fume cupboards design will be based on an evidence-based modelling exercise.

Energy Efficient fume cupboards Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 2. D ra ft Page 148 of 337 DRAFT v0. 1998. • Recommended and specified strategy as a result of the study. Carbon Trust. 2003 to 2006. BSI. 2001 3. BS EN 14175 “Fume cupboards”. Additional information Relevant definitions None. Building Bulletin 88: “Fume Cupboards in Schools (Revision of Design Note 29)”. DEE. Good Practice Guide 320 “Energy efficient design and operation of fume cupboards”. References 1. 2002.2 4. CIBSE. Comment [VC24]: Any more relevant references? ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd .BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 11 . Guide B2 “Ventilation and air conditioning”. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 4 A formal letter from the design team. or appropriate design documents/ feasibility reports highlighting: • Fume cupboard strategies considered.

Swimming pool ventilation and heat loss Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 12 . The covers envelop the entire pool surface when fully extended. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. D ra ft Page 149 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where automatic or semi-automatic pool covers are fitted to ALL pools within the building. Where the air temperature in the pool hall can be controlled so that it is 1#C above the water temperature. including spa pools and Jacuzzi (if relevant) within the building. 3. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O Comment [VC25]: . 2. In such instances the BREEAM assessor’s spreadsheet tool will filter this issue from the list of applicable credits. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. Refurbishment Extensions to existing buildings Building has no pools There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. Where automatic or semi-automatic pool covers are fitted to ALL pools.2 . filtered in for buildings with pools Credit aim To reduce unnecessary energy consumption of heating and ventilation plant for pool areas. Please note that this credit will not be assessed where a building contains no pools.

2 . CTV006 Sports and leisure – “Introducing energy saving opportunities for business”. covers to be installed. D Page 150 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. Post Construction Stage Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: • Installation of compliant covers on all pools. Carbon Trust.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Ene 12 . Additional information Relevant definitions None. 1 Design Stage Design drawing highlighting: • All pools within the building. 2006. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Schedule of evidence required Req. References 1. manufacturer’s/supplier’s details/technical documentation. If available at the time of assessment.Swimming pool ventilation and heat loss Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 2 A copy of the M&E specification confirming: • Heating and ventilation control strategy for the pool areas. A copy of the specification confirming: • Requirement and type of pool • Heating and ventilation control strategy for the pool areas.

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Section D Page 151 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft .

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Credits Credit Common Credit to all schemes Specific HE criteria or altered requirements to a common credit HE specific credit Requires specific feedback (please see credit below for more info) Tra 1 – provision of Public Transport Tra 2 – Proximity to Amenities Tra 3 – Cyclist Facilities Tra 4 – Pedestrian and Cyclist Safety Tra 5 – Travel Plan Tra 6 – Maximum Car Parking Capacity Tra 7 – Travel Information Point Tra 8 – Deliveries and Manoeuvring P P P P P P P P P P P D Page 152 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft P P .

The public transport Accessibility Index for the building is calculated and BREEAM credits awarded in accordance with table 1: Table 1: AI benchmarks and BREEAM credits for each building type Accessibility Index 2 4 8 12 18 1 2 3 4 5 ra ft Accessibility Index BREEAM credits Higher Education buildings with less than 25% of students living on campus or within 1km radius from the campus’ main entrance BREEAM credits Higher Education buildings with 25% or more students living on campus or within 1km radius from the campus’ main entrance 2 4 8 1 2 3 4 5 D 10 12 The Accessibility Index is determined by entering the following information in to the BREEAM assessor’s TRA 1 Public Transport Accessibility calculator: a. The public transport type serving the compliant node e. Credit criteria Credits 5 The credits are awarded on a sliding scale based on the assessed building’s accessibility to the public transport network. Page 153 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To recognise and encourage development in proximity to good public transport networks. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 1 – Provision of public transport Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.g. bus or rail c. The average number of services stopping per hour at each compliant node during the standard operating hours of the building for a typical day (see additional guidance). thereby helping to reduce transport-related emissions and traffic congestion. The distance (m) from the campus’ main entrance to each compliant public transport node b.

during what typically would be deemed unsociable hours and therefore periods where a) there is little if any public transport operating and b) the number of total building users travelling to the building during this time is a minority. or onward travel to. then refer to and use the table of default operating hours. Average number of services D ra ft Page 154 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd . The service stopping at each node must provide transport from.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 1 – Provision of public transport Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. which can be found in the additional information section of this credit. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. one credit can be awarded regardless of the building’s public transport Accessibility Index. Compliant public transport node A compliant node includes any bus stop within 650m and any railway station within 1000m of the campus’ main entrance. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 2. divided by the number of hours within the operating period. provided they all meet the above requirements. library. some buildings will operate for 24 hours a day and on a shift work basis.g. school or village centre. Where a dedicated bus service is provided by the higher education establishment. As a result. either an urban centre. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. doctor’s surgery. For the purpose of the calculation. In most cases the normal operating hours of the building can be used. major transport node or a community focal point e. such periods are not required to be accounted for in the assessment of this issue. measured via a safe pedestrian route (not ‘as the crow flies’). Where the assessed building operates on a 24-hour basis. For example: the average number of services for an assessment of a building that operates between 8am . This is calculated by determining the number of stopping services at the node during the operating hours. buildings Operating hours BREEAM seeks to define the building’s accessibility to the public transport network for the period during which the majority of building users will travel to and from the building.7pm (11 hours) and is within proximity of a bus stop with 35 stopping services during this period is 3 (equivalent to an average service frequency of 20 minutes). or the operating hours are unknown at the time of assessment. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. the frequency of public transport is the average number of services per hour. There is no limit on the number of nodes that can be considered when calculating the AI. however.

credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Typical day The typical day is that which represents the period when travel to and from the building by building users will be at its highest.Either • The transport facilities will be available for use by the time 25% of all phases have been completed and are ready for occupation. however. In choosing a typical day the assessor should check that the timetabled information for that day is.e. Multiple services Bi-directional routes Dedicated transport services Phased developments Buildings in Greater London Buildings in Greater London should refer to the guidance in the additional information section of this credit for details of demonstrating compliance via other complementary means. they cannot be considered for determining compliance with the BREEAM requirements. measured from the completion date of that phase. operating hours (as defined in above). Or • The transport facilities will be available for use within 25% of the total build time for the phase in which the assessed building forms a part. should be considered as separate entities. or before or after. consider only the direction with the highest frequency. And the shortest of the following periods . i. within reason. Different services at the same node. the campus’ main entrance can be substituted for the drop-off/pick-up destination point of this service and therefore public transport accessibility measured from that point. In the case of a large phased development where new transport facilities will be provided.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 1 – Provision of public transport Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Where a dedicated company bus service is provided for building users during. Schedule of Evidence Required Req. For most buildings this should be taken as a mid-week day. must be considered only once . Routes will be bi-directional. representative of the public transport provision for the entire operating week (excluding Sundays). however for the purpose of calculating the index. ensuring that the time building users have to wait before having use of the transport facilities is as short as possible. but at a later stage than the building being assessed. the assessment can consider such facilities provided that: • A commitment to provide transport facilities has been made in the General Contract Specification or in the form of a Section 106 Agreement. two separate bus stops served by the same bus. Design Stage Post Construction Stage D ra ft Page 155 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd .at the node in closest proximity to the building. Services that operate from more than one node within proximity of the building. The most appropriate rule for the development in question must be used. Where the transport facilities will not be available for use within a period of five years from occupation of the building.

The index is influenced by the proximity and diversity of the public transport network and the level or frequency of service at the accessible node. A formal letter from the higher The evidence required at this stage is education establishment with details of the same as that outlined at the design the dedicated bus service(s).e. The same node with two services stopping every 15 minutes will score an AI of 2. Table 3: Default hours of operation for a typical day D Campus’ main entrance: The campus’ main entrance is the entrance to the campus on which the assessed building is located. will score an AI of approximately 1. ra ft Page 156 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd . The greater the number of compliant nodes. 2 *Or via the alternative means for buildings in Greater London (see Where relying on a calculation carried out at the design stage to demonstrate additional information). Public Transport Accessibility Calculator: A spreadsheet-based calculator used to determine the Accessibility Index for the assessed building and the number of BREEAM credits achieved. the higher the AI. 3 Additional information Relevant definitions Accessibility Index: A measure that provides an indicator of the accessibility and density of the public transport network at a point of interest (in the case of BREEAM. public transport node considered. Alternatively.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 1 – Provision of public transport Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. this entrance is accessed by the majority of the building’s staff and visitors. BREEAM calculators are provided in the BREEAM Assessor’s spreadsheet tool.85. if the the building and the campus and all period between design and post public transport nodes in proximity of construction stage reporting is greater than 12 months.26. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 1 A copy of the output from the Public Transport Accessibility calculator*.g. This entrance is not the building entrance (unless the campus’ entrance is also the building entrance e.90. services and their proximity to the building. but 300m from the building entrance will achieve an AI of 2. The evidence required at this stage is the same as that outlined at the design stage. stage. then the AI must be rethe campus. AI Indicator of performance – comparison with previous version of BREEAM For comparison with the requirements of previous versions of BREEAM. 4 services per hour on average. building with a boundary on a public highway). the same node with one service every 15 minutes. calculated using up-to-date public Timetables for each service at each transport timetable information. a building that has a single public transport node 500m from its main building entrance with one service stopping every 15 minutes i. a building). Scale map highlighting the location of compliance post construction.

10.7. as appropriate to the building type.7.30am -10.00am .7.00am PM 3.00pm 7am .00pm 7am .00am .00pm 8.00am .8.00pm .5.7. For a description of the PTAL methodology and how it works refer to appendix B of Transport Assessment Best Practice.00am .00am .00pm 7.00pm 8.8pm (encompassing visiting hours and the typical daytime shift pattern) 7am .8pm Page 157 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd .6.30pm 8.00am .00pm Or use any of the above hours. itself based on a methodology developed in 1992 by the London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham.gov.00am .00pm 8.tfl.00pm 7. Guidance Document: http://www.6.8pm (encompassing visiting hours and the typical daytime shift pattern) 9.00pm 8.00am .00pm 8.00am .7.7.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 1 – Provision of public transport Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Calculation methodology The methodology for calculating the Accessibility Index uses Transport for London’s Public Transport Accessibility Level (PTAL) method.00am .pdf Buildings in Greater London There is a public transport accessibility map for Greater London which can be used for determining the Accessibility Index for assessed buildings.00pm 8.10.00am . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Building type Office Industrial School Higher Education Further Education Courts Prison Healthcare Shopping centre Supermarket Bank/Service provider Convenience store DIY/retail park Other retail Bespoke & other 24 hour use building AM 8. without necessarily having to D ra ft 8.00pm 8.uk/assets/downloads/corporate/TAGuidance_LQ.00am .8.

00 25. if the building is located in an area of London that has a PTAL of 2 this could have an AI at any point in the 5-10 range. the lower AI of 5 must be assumed and the credit awarded accordingly.01 – 15. potentially. Transport for London. 2006. 1.00 – 5.london. a higher number of credits awarded. for the purpose of BREEAM.00 5. “ Transport Assessment Best Practice. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - complete a separate calculation. or alternatively the specific AI for the assessed building can be determined using the Public Transport Accessibility calculator and.jsp The map shows the Public Transport Accessibility Levels throughout London (PTALs range from 1-6).01 – 25.01 – 10.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 1 – Provision of public transport Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. the PTAL is determined using the AI as follows: PTAL 1 2 3 4 5 6 AI 0. D Page 158 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft References . As such.00 20.01 + As an example.gov.uk/thelondonplan/maps-diagrams/map-2a-03.01 – 20.00 10.00 15. This map can be found at: http://www. Guidance Document”.

grocery store in a petrol station. Student union g. Medical facility / GP surgery. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. Grocery shop and/or food outlet b.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 2 – Proximity to amenities Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that the building is located within 500m of accessible local amenities appropriate to the building type and its users. It is not a requirement of the credit that each amenity is ‘stand alone’. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. Leisure / sport centre e. D ra ft Page 159 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd . cash point or pharmacy in a supermarket etc. Library f.g. Post box c. thereby reducing the need for extended travel or multiple trips.or off-site cafeteria or canteen Collective One type of amenity may also exist within or a part of other types of amenities amenities e. Cash machine d. Where the building is within 500m of at least five of the following amenities: a. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To encourage and reward a building that is located in proximity to local amenities. buildings Food Outlet This includes the following: • Grocery shop • Supermarket • Sandwich shop • On.

credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Accessible local amenities Amenities within building Phased developments The distance must be measured via safe pedestrian routes e. 1 Design Stage Marked-up site plan or map highlighting: • Location of assessed building • Location and type of amenities • The route to the amenities • Plan/map scale Where the amenities do not currently exist. also applies to this issue. Amenities within the building or on the site (provided within 500m of assessed building) meet the credit requirements. where provided. D Page 160 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft . but are due to be developed. ‘as the crow flies’. Evidence as outlined at the design stage of assessment.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 2 – Proximity to amenities Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Schedule of Evidence Required Req. Additional information Relevant definitions None. The guidance provided in BREEAM credit Tra 1. a letter from the client/developer confirming: • The location and type of amenities to be provided • The timescale for development of the amenities. References 1.g. Planning Policy Guidance Note 13 – “Transport”. Post Construction Stage Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: • The existence of the local amenities • The route and distance to the amenities. or under development at the time of post construction review/assessment. Department for Transport. OR As above where amenities developed. concerning phased developments. The distance should not be measured in a straight line. pavements and safe crossing points or. dedicated pedestrian crossing points. 2002.

2 Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: First Credit 1. adequate changing facilities are provided for staff use. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. Where. Extensions to Refer to the compliance note below on existing compliant facilities. existing buildings D 2. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that covered. Compliant showers b. The first credit must be achieved.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 3 – Cyclist facilities Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 10% of building users up to 500 PLUS b. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To encourage building users to cycle by ensuring adequate provision of cyclist facilities. Compliant changing facilities and lockers for clothes c. ra ft Page 161 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd . 5% for building users over 1000 Second credit 1. At least two of the following compliant facilities must be provided for the building users: a. The number of compliant cycle storage spaces provided is as follows: a. in addition to the above. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. secure and well-lit cycle storage facilities are provided for all building users. 7% for building users in the range of 501 – 1000 PLUS c. Compliant drying space for wet clothes.

Adequate lighting is provided in accordance with BS5489 Part 1 – Lighting of roads and amenity areas. The majority of the cycle racks are within 100m of the assessed building’s entrance (ideally within 50m). credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Compliant cycle storage space Compliant cycle storage facilities are those that meet the following: • • The space is covered overhead and protected from the rain The covered area and the cycle racks are set in or fixed to a permanent structure (building or hardstanding) and allow both the wheel and frame to be locked securely (e. Compliant showers One shower must be provided for every 10 cycle storage spaces and both male and female users catered for i. Racks positioned in a circular array are spaced in accordance with the guidance in the New Metric Handbook [5].g. Page 162 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd . wall (located either to the side of the stand or in front of it) of 300mm for singlesided use and 900mm for double-sided use. and 0. Sheffield type). D ra ft Vertical racks.8m for one-sided parking to enable bikes to be easily stored and accessed. The showers can be available for others to use in addition to cyclists.g.e. the distance between each rack can be less than 1. Or racks are located in a locked structure fixed to or part of a permanent structure with CCTV surveillance.0m but not less than 600mm (the typical width of a bike across the handlebars). • • • • • • Vertical bike racks Non compliant cycle racks These types of cycle storage devices do not comply with BREEAM: • • • Two-tier stands (i. There is a minimum distance of 1. The facilities are in a prominent site location that is “viewable“ from the building. which allow direct access (without the need to get alongside the locked bike) and permit one bike per vertical stack can comply with the requirements (provided all other requirements are met). For this type of rack. where the bike is lifted and stored above another bike) Hooks and wall attachments Single wheel (butterfly) bike rack holders (these racks provide less security and can cause damage to bike wheels). There is a minimum distance from any obstruction e.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 3 – Cyclist facilities Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. either separate showers within shared gender-specific facilities or single shower cubicles and changing space for mixed use. where the racks allow for two-sided parking.e.0m between cycle racks.

For assessments of new infill buildings on an existing site. A rural location is one where the site is on land clearly not within or on an urban boundary. Nursery staff must be accounted for in the calculation (if relevant to the requirements). • Lockers are either in or adjacent to compliant changing rooms. Where the term building users is referenced. this refers to the staff and students likely to be using the building at any time during terms. it is not necessary to also provide more than the minimum number of showers/lockers/changing facilities. rather than to full-time equivalent figures. • For each shower provided. A plant room is not a compliant drying space. either gender specific. but it is not necessary to estimate and include within the calculation the number of predicted visitors / community users. there is a minimum of 1m 2 of changing space adjacent to the shower(s) with hooks for hanging clothes. • Each locker is at least 900mm X 300mm X 450mm. The number of existing compliant facilities must be large enough to cater for the building users of the assessed building. or a locker with dimensions that provide an equivalent volume of storage space. When assessing a higher education building with a nursery. in addition to the users from any existing buildings. the nursery pupils should not be included in the calculation of the number of required compliant cycle spaces. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Compliant changing facilities & lockers Compliant drying space Nurseries Changing facilities and locker requirements. Existing compliant facilities Minimum number of facilities Building users City centre locations Rural locations D ra ft Page 163 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd . • Both male and female users are catered for i. where there are existing compliant facilities. Where the changing space is a cubicle the locker(s) must not be located within the cubicle. • Toilet/shower cubicles do not count as changing facilities.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 3 – Cyclist facilities Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Sites in rural locations can reduce by 50% the requirements for compliant cycle spaces where the average building user commuting distances are likely to be greater than 10 miles. this includes village locations and green field sites.e. Where more than the minimum number of compliant cycle spaces is provided. shared facilities or single changing cubicles in mixed use areas. such facilities can be assessed against the requirements of this credit. • The number of lockers is at least equal to the number of cycle spaces provided. The required provision accounts for other visitors / community users who will make use of the building. Sites in city centre locations can reduce by 50% the requirements for compliant cycle spaces where at least two of the available BREEAM credits for provision of public transport (T1) have been awarded. The drying space (for wet clothes) must be a specially designed and designated space with adequate heating/ventilation.

References 1. D Page 164 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft 2 Design drawings or a copy of the Assessor’s building/site inspection and specification confirming: photographic evidence confirming the installation of the compliant facilities. where relevant. 1997. • Number of showers • Changing room • Secure locker locations. • The location of the cycle storage facilities • The number of cycle spaces provided • The type. net lettable/floor area. “ Providing for cyclists . dimensions and numbers • Drying space . evidence as outlined under BREEAM credit T1 demonstrating the relevant number of credits achieved.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 3 – Cyclist facilities Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. • The lighting for the facility is in accordance with BS5489 Part 1. Where the building is in a city centre location. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Schedule of Evidence Required Req. Additional information Relevant definitions None.A code of practice”. • Building occupancy or. Design Stage Post Construction Stage First credit and Second credit 1 Site plan. Sustrans/cyclists' Public affairs group/CTC. dimensions and layout of cycle racks • The materials and construction specified for the facility. design drawings and/or a Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming the copy of the specification confirming: installation of the compliant facilities. and the benchmarks reduced.

Sustrans. 1999. D Page 165 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft . “Metric handbook – planning and design data”. BS 5489-1 :2003 Code of practice for the design of road lighting “Lighting of roads and public amenity areas”. BSI. “London Cycling Design Standards”. 5.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 3 – Cyclist facilities Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Information Sheet FS19 “Cycle parking for schools”. 4. 6. Architectural Press 3rd Ed. Transport for London. Transport for London Street Management “Cycle Parking Standards TfL Proposed Guidelines”. 2007. Adler. 3. TFL. 2005. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 2.

0m b. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To recognise and encourage the provision of safe and secure pedestrian and cycle access routes on the development. Where the cycle route forms a part of the carriageway. if relevant. Where pedestrian and cycle routes are shared the minimum total width of the combined path is 3. without the need to deviate from the cycle path and. Cycle access requirements 2. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that the site layout has been designed in accordance with best practice to ensure safe and adequate pedestrian and cycle access. 4. parking and/or pedestrian access to the building.5m c. Cycle lanes provide direct access to any cycle storage facilities provided on the site. connect to offsite cycle paths where these run adjacent to the development’s boundary. If the building does not have any external areas and internal access is directly from the public highway/footpath. then the credit(s) can be awarded on a default basis. Sustrans[1] and the relevant parts of Appendix VI NCN Design and Construction Checklist 3. Where the cycle lane is segregated from both the pedestrian route and carriageway the minimum width of the cycle path is 2. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. Where external site areas form part of the assessed site and these areas contain vehicle access roads.5m Minimum widths should not be regarded as the design target. D ra ft Page 166 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd . adequate cycle lanes and pedestrian pathways must be provided.0m and the minimum width of the pedestrian path is 1.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 4 – Pedestrian and cyclist safety Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. The cycle lanes have been designed and constructed in accordance with the guidance in the National Cycle Network “Guidelines and Practical Details – issue 2”. The cycle lanes and pedestrian paths meet the following minimum width dimensions: a. where possible best practice as detailed in the Sustrans[1] and DfT[2] guidance must be aimed for. the minimum width of the lane is 1.

i. 4. pedestrian pathways must be signposted to other local amenities off site.e. Where provided. 1992 (LG6) [6] and BS5489 Part 1[5].e. therefore avoiding the need for the pedestrian to cross vehicle access routes. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. drop-off areas are designed off the access road and provide direct access to pedestrian pathways/areas. the road is raised to the pavement level (i. buildings NCN Design and The checklist can be downloaded from: Construction http://www. For larger developments with a high number of public users/visitors. Lighting design of pedestrian pathways and cycle paths on site are in compliance with CIBSE Lighting Guide 6. 2. Where dedicated pedestrian crossing of a vehicle access route is provided. D ra ft Page 167 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd . Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings.org. the pavement is not lowered to road level). 3. including public transport nodes. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects.pdf checklist Construction Pedestrian and cyclist safety requirements only apply to the zone construction zone. Covered parking area Where the assessed building has no external areas but does have a covered parking facility and cyclists and/or pedestrians access the assessed building via this area. 2. providing access to local transport nodes and other offsite amenities (where present). Combined cyclists and pedestrian access requirements 1. Onsite footpaths connect to public footpaths off site. the area affected by the works as identified in the contract.uk/webfiles/guidelines/appendix. Delivery areas are not accessed through parking areas and do not cross or share pedestrian and cyclist routes and other outside amenity areas accessible to building users and general public.sustrans.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 4 – Pedestrian and cyclist safety Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Pedestrian access requirements 1. then the requirements apply and this area must be assessed against them.

demonstrated by checking compliance at their discretion with select key issues. Assessor’s building/site inspection and evidence confirming specification and/or design details photographic highlighting all necessary features and compliance. A signed and dated post construction copy of the NCN Design and Construction Checklist from the design/project team (or completed by the assessor during their site visit).uk/default. photographic evidence confirming confirming: compliant installation. dimensions. 2 A copy of the specification or scaled proposed site plan confirming: • Cycle routes have been or will be designed in accordance with the best practice guidance[1] AND • A signed and dated copy of the NCN Design and Construction Checklist from the design/project team (or completed by the assessor using design information).BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 4 – Pedestrian and cyclist safety Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. The assessor is not expected to check every detail but that the lighting strategy is broadly compliant with the relevant guidance. (www. • External lighting design strategy. 1997.sustrans. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Schedule of Evidence Required Req. 10 Additional information Relevant definitions None. 1& 3-9 Design Stage Post Construction Stage A scaled proposed site plan. References 1. ra ft Page 168 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd . AND/OR ‘As built’ site plan and design details. site plan Assessor’s building/site inspection and and/or manufacturer’s technical details.org. The National Cycle Network – “ Guidelines and Practical Details issue 2”.asp?sID=1149001882109) D A copy of the specification. Sustrans.

Lighting Guide 6 (LG6) . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 2. BSI. LTN 2/04 – “Adjacent and Shared Use Facilities for Pedestrians and Cyclists”.“The outdoor environment”.Interim Design Note. 7. http://www. (www.dft. DfT. BS5489-1:2003 “ Lighting of roads and public amenity areas”.saferoutestoschools. Information Sheet FF04 “Shared Use Routes”. D Page 169 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft . Local Transport Note 2194: “Directional Information Signs” . DfT. 2005. Sustrans. 1992.uk/. 1998. 4.gov. 6. 5.org.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 4 – Pedestrian and cyclist safety Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. CIBSE.uk/consultations/archive/2004/ltnwc/ltn204adjacentandsharedusefa1692?pa ge=1) 3.

3. thereby encouraging the reduction of user reliance on forms of travel that have the highest environmental impact. Lighting. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that a travel plan has been developed and tailored to the specific needs of the building users. i. The travel plan includes a package of measures that have been used to steer the design of the development in order to meet the travel plan objectives and minimise car-based travel patterns. Negotiating improved bus services. Providing dedicated and convenient cycle storage and changing facilities c.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 5 – Travel plan Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Restricting and/or charging for car parking f. A travel plan has been developed as part of the feasibility and design stages which considers all types of travel relevant to the building type and users. Public transport links serving the site f. Current facilities for cyclists. Disabled access (accounting for varying levels of disability and visual impairment) e. Where relevant. Travel patterns and transport impact of future building users c. altering bus routes or offering discounts e.e. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To recognise the consideration given to accommodating a range of travel options for building users. The travel plan is structured to meet the needs of the particular site and takes into consideration the findings of a site-specific transport survey and assessment that covers the following (as a minimum): a. Providing opportunities for bike sharing schemes D ra ft Page 170 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd . existing travel patterns and opinions of existing building or site users towards cycling and walking so that constraints and opportunities can be identified b. 2. Providing parking priority spaces for car share schemes b. landscaping and shelter to make pedestrian and public transport waiting areas pleasant d. This is demonstrated via specific examples such as: a. Opportunities for Park and Ride schemes g. Current local environment for walkers and cyclists (accounting for visitors who may be accompanied by young children) d. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1.

students. support the travel plan. existing buildings Building users Where the term building users is referenced in this BREEAM credit it refers to staff. A marked-up copy of the site plan Assessor’s building/site inspection and demonstrating examples of design photographic evidence confirming: measures. visitors and personnel who make deliveries to the development. There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined Extensions to above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. OR Where a detailed site plan is not available. 1-3 Design Stage A copy of the Travel Plan. appropriate tactile surfaces. Existing Travel Plan Req. Requirements for lobby areas where information about public transport or car sharing can be made available h. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. community users. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - g. Post Construction Stage The evidence required at this stage is the same as that outlined at the design A copy of the site-specific transport stage. 3 D ra ft Schedule of Evidence Required Page 171 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd . well lit and signposted to other amenities. survey/assessment. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. Pedestrian and cycle friendly (for all types of user regardless of the level of mobility or visual impairment) via the provision of cycle lanes. public transport nodes and adjoining offsite pedestrian and cycle routes. a formal letter from the client confirming that measures will be implemented into the final design in support the travel plan’s findings. implemented in support the • The installation of measures that travel plan’s findings. direct routes. The credit can be awarded if the building being assessed is a refurbishment or infill new build on an existing site that has an existing up-to-date travel plan that is compliant with BREEAM and applicable to all building users (in the existing and assessed buildings).BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 5 – Travel plan Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. safe crossing points.

RNIB. 3. BS 8300:2001 “Design of buildings and their approaches to meet the needs of disabled people – code of practice”. 4. Sustrans. Traffic Advisory Leaflet 2/00 “Framework for a local walking strategy”. DfT. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Additional information Relevant definitions Travel Plan: A travel plan is a strategy for managing all travel and transport within an organisation. Page 172 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd . DfT. “A good practice guide to green travel plans” BCO. 2005.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 5 – Travel plan Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 1995. DETR & The Scottish Office. ODPM. ra ft 7.1998. 2000. 2006. 2004. BSI. “A travel plan resource pack for employers”. 2000. Approved Document Part M “ Access to and Use of Buildings”. 2. DETR. Transport Energy Best Practice “A Guide on Travel Plans for Developers”. 2004. 2001. 8. principally to increase choice and reduce reliance on the car by seeking to improve access to a site or development by sustainable modes of transport. Safe Routes to Schools Information Sheet FS16 “Developing a School Travel Plan”. 9. 2008. “Building Sight”. References 1. “Guidance on the use of Tactile Paving Surfaces”. 5. A travel plan contains both physical and behavioural measures to increase travel choices and reduce reliance on single-occupancy car travel. “The Essential Guide to Travel Planning”. D 10. 6. DfT.

D ra ft Page 173 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd . Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. thereby helping to reduce transport related emissions and traffic congestion. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. rather than on full-time equivalent figures. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To encourage the use of alternative means of transport to the building other than the private car. Second credit 1. Credit criteria Credits 2 Where evidence provided demonstrates that the number of parking spaces provided for the building has been limited. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. provision of parking occupancy spaces should be based on the maximum number of building users likely to be using the building at any time during terms. buildings Building users Where the term building users is referenced in this BREEAM credit it refers to the staff and students who will work or study within the building. No more than one parking space is provided for every 20 building users. Variable Where the number of building users is variable. No more than one parking space is provided for every 15 building users. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: First credit 1.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 6 – Maximum car parking capacity Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.

provided for the building. Where the numbers of users for the whole site cannot be confirmed.g. Where the building being assessed forms part of a wider site development and parking is not designated to specific buildings. 1 Design Stage Post Construction Stage A site plan or copy of the specification Assessor’s building/site inspection and confirming: photographic evidence confirming: Number and type of parking spaces Number and type of parking spaces provided for the building.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 6 – Maximum car parking capacity Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. then this credit must be assessed on the provision of parking spaces for the whole development. Page 174 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Disabled. Parking shared with other buildings Schedule of Evidence Required Req. A physical check by the assessor of the relevant number of building users (if practical). Where there is no policy these spaces must be included within the calculation. then the parking spaces can be attributed to the assessed development on the basis of the ratio of assessed building floor area to total building floor area of the whole site. D Relevant documentation or correspondence from the design team or client confirming the number of building users. if the assessed building is 20% of the total building area for the site then attribute 20% of the parking spaces to the building for the purpose of the assessment. The assessor must obtain a copy of the policy and related documentation. accounting for all existing and new users and parking spaces. Additional information Relevant definitions ra ft OR Evidence as outlined at the design stage. Car share spaces can be excluded from the assessment provided these spaces are dedicated for this use with the appropriate signage and the future building occupier confirms they have an enforceable car share policy. E. mother & baby & motorbike spaces Car share spaces Parking spaces for these building users can be excluded from the assessment of this issue provided these spaces are dedicated for this use and they are sized accordingly with the appropriate signage/markings.

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 6 – Maximum car parking capacity Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - None. References No references. D Page 175 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft .

c. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates there is a dedicated space within the development for the provision of up-to-date public transport and taxi information. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. There is a dedicated space for the provision of local public transport and taxi information. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. The space is located in a part of the building that is accessible to all building users. The space is secure and tamper-proof b. A power point and network access point is provided within the space to facilitate future installation and connection of an electronic ‘real-time’ system or internet access point. There are no specific size requirements as the information could be presented using a wall-mounted lockable notice board or electronically. ideally in a main reception or lobby area. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To ensure the building has the capacity to provide users with up-to-date information on local public transport routes and timetables. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. with adequate signage at its point of use and throughout appropriate areas of the development indicating its purpose and location/existence. students and visitors. D ra ft Page 176 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd . 2. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. the following apply.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 7 – Travel information point Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. However. buildings Building users Where the term building users is referenced this refers to staff. a.

Additional information Relevant definitions None. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Location of ‘Travel Information Point’ Existing travel information facilities The information point does not necessarily have to be situated internally. Schedule of Evidence Required Req. it must be covered. in an area that is readily accessible to building users and within close proximity of the main entrance or pedestrian routes to and from local public transport nodes. The credit can be awarded where there is an existing maintained realtime information point within 250m of the assessed development’s main entrance via a safe pedestrian route (not ‘as the crow flies’). If sited externally however. References No references. D Page 177 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft . parking areas and the main building entrance.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Transport Tra 7 – Travel information point Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 1&2 Design Stage Design plan and/or a copy of the relevant specification clause(s) confirming: • Location and scope of the travel information point/facility Post Construction Stage Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming compliant installation of the travel information point(s).

Refurbishment Extensions to existing buildings There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. Credit criteria Credits Where evidence provided demonstrates that vehicle access areas have been designed to ensure adequate space for manoeuvring delivery vehicles and provide space away from manoeuvring area for storage of refuse skips and pallets. thus avoiding the need for repeated shunting. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To ensure that safety is maintained and disruption due to delivery vehicles minimised through well-planned layout and access to the site. There is a separate parking area for waiting goods vehicles.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Tra 8 – Deliveries and manoeuvring Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 2. There is a dedicated space for the storage of refuse skips and pallets away from the delivery vehicle manoeuvring area and staff/visitor car parking. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. away from the manoeuvring area and staff/visitor car parking. D ra ft Page 178 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd . 1 Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. Parking and turning areas are designed for simple manoeuvring according to the type of delivery vehicle likely to access the site. There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. 4. Delivery areas are not accessed through parking areas and do not cross (except on suitably designed crossing points) or share pedestrian and cyclist routes and other outside amenity areas accessible to building users and general public. 3.

The Metric Handbook contains details of typical delivery/freight vehicle sizes and turning circles. “Metric handbook – planning and design data”. Architectural Press 3rd Ed.e. References 1. smaller buildings/units (i. the requirements for the manoeuvring area need be sized only to accommodate large delivery vans (i. Schedule of Evidence Required Req. D ra ft Page 179 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Small buildings/units For the purpose of this credit. Adler. transit type or similar). 1-3 Design Stage Post Construction Stage Assessor’s building/site inspection and Proposed site plan clearly showing: photographic evidence confirming the • Manoeuvring area existence of a compliant delivery area. <200m 2) and developments where heavy goods vehicles are unlikely to access the site. 2007.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Tra 8 – Deliveries and manoeuvring Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. • Delivery vehicle waiting area • Designated area for skips/pallets • Site plan showing vehicle movements Appropriate documentation or correspondence from the design team confirming: • Likely vehicle delivery type that will access the development.e. • Predicted frequency of deliveries Additional information Relevant definitions None.

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Water Section D Page 180 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.2 .

2 .BREEAM : Education : 2008 Water credits Credit Credit common to all schemes Specific HE criteria or altered requirements to a common credit HE specific credit Requires specific feedback (please see comments in credit below) Wat 1 – Water consumption Wat 2 – Water meter Wat 3 – Major leak detection Wat 4 – Sanitary supply shut off Wat 5 – Water recycling Wat 6 – Irrigation systems P P P P P P P P D Page 181 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.

Of the following.g. or nearby for a group of cisterns. 5. cistern. cistern. or a combination of. The second credit can be awarded for EITHER of the following: a.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Water Wat 1 – Water Consumption Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Where dual flush toilets are specified they have guidance or symbols instructing the user on the appropriate operation of the flushing device.3MPa and are one of. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: First credit 1. credits to achieve rating P G 1 VG 1 E 1 O 2 Credit aim To minimise the consumption of potable water in sanitary applications by encouraging the use of low water use fittings. or nearby for a group of cisterns. ra ft Page 182 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Third credit 1. All WCs have an effective flush volume of 4. This can be provided on the flush control buttons.2 . All taps have a maximum flow rate less than 6 litres/min for a water pressure of 0. All WCs have an effective flush volume of 3 litres or less OR b. urinals. Credit criteria Credits 3 Where evidence provided demonstrates that the specification includes taps. the two that offer the greatest possible reduction in annual water consumption have been specified: a. WCs and showers that consume less potable water in use than standard specifications for the same type of fittings.5 litres or less. Second credit 2. push taps • Electronic sensor taps • Low flow screw-down/lever taps D 1. All WCs are compliant with the requirements for the first credit and fitted with a delayed action inlet valve. Where dual flush toilets are specified they have guidance or symbols instructing the user on the appropriate operation of the flushing device. the following types: • Timed automatic shut-off taps e. This can be provided on the flush control buttons.

Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new build projects. Where a project under assessment consists solely of an extension. have a measured flow rate that does not exceed 9 litres per minute for a water pressure of 0. and the client wishes to consider this as one of the two fittings with the greatest water saving potential. assuming a delivered water temperature of 37ºC. those likely to be used by the occupants and visitors in the extension building). facilities provided in existing the existing building should be assessed (this refers to the nearest buildings accessible facilities for each gender/function. Other watersaving features If the development is using alternative or innovative water-saving features other than those listed in the requirements. Third credit Awarding the third credit is not dependent on the first or second credits having been achieved.2 . consider applying for it to be recognised as an additional innovation credit.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Water Wat 1 – Water Consumption Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.3MPa. c. • Ultra low flush or waterless urinals. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. where appropriate. Extensions to and no new sanitary facilities are to be provided. No Fittings Where no sanitary fittings are to be installed in the building being specified assessed then the credit must be assessed on the basis of the nearest accessible facilities likely to be used by the occupants of the assessed building. i.e. All urinals are either: • Fitted with individual presence detectors that operate the flushing control after each use. the average or typical flow rate should be used. where specified. Where a shower head delivers a range of flow rates. The following fittings can be excluded from the scope of this credit: • Kitchen taps • Cleaners’ sinks • External taps • Process taps in laboratory areas (bench taps are included) • Scrub-up taps • Decontamination showers Showers with a range of flow rates Excluded fittings D ra ft Page 183 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. credits to achieve rating P G 1 VG 1 E 1 O 2 • Spray taps b. All showers. Alternatively. then the assessor must contact BRE for approval prior to awarding a credit.

Additional information Relevant definitions Greywater recycling: The appropriate collection. in addition to all ‘post-swim’ showers within the wet change facilities. Potable water: Drinking quality water that is taken from a connection to the main water supply to the building. toilet blocks etc). plant room. are also applicable to all ‘pre-swim-showers. the building of the sanitary facilities. the requirements of this credit. credits to achieve rating P G 1 VG 1 E 1 O 2 Swimming / Hydrotherapy Pools Where the assessment is of a building containing a swimming pool or hydrotherapy pools. Manufacturer’s details for installed fittings/controls confirming the technical Design plan showing the location within specification. NLA is often quoted in square feet. with respect to showers.2 . Effective flush volume: The volume of water needed to clear the toilet pan and transport any content far enough to avoid blocking the drain. which may be from the public water supply or from a private supply such as from groundwater via a borehole. Dual Flush Cisterns: Devices that have the facility to provide lower flush volume for liquids and higher flush volume for solids and paper. All Design Stage A copy of the relevant section of the M&E specification and/or manufacturer’s details confirming: • Technical specification for sanitary fittings (flow rate) and controls to be installed. Rainwater recycling: The appropriate collection and storage of rain from hard outdoor surfaces for use instead of potable water in WC flushing. bath and tap water for use instead of potable water in WC flushing.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Water Wat 1 – Water Consumption Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. treatment and storage of used shower. 1 square metre is 10. Post Construction Stage Assessor’s building/site inspection report and photographs confirming: • The type and amount of fittings and controls installed. Nett lettable area (NLA): This is the gross internal area less common areas and ancillary spaces (corridors. Delayed action inlet valve: Devices that prevent water entering the WC cistern until it has completely emptied. enabling a precise volume of water to be discharged independent of water pressure.76 square feet. Schedule of evidence required Req. D ra ft Page 184 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Water Wat 1 – Water Consumption Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. BRE Global currently operates a certification and listing scheme for low flush WCs and products certified to this standard will be listed on www. “Water Supply (Water Fittings) Regulations”.2 . 1999. At present BREEAM does not require that the flushing volume of WCs (or any other water-consuming device) meet an approved standard to gain BREEAM credits. DEFRA. D Page 185 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. If you would like to know more information about the Certification and Listing of Low Flush WCs Scheme please contact BRE Global at enquiries@breglobal. using a 6/4 litre dual flush volume WC: ((6 Litre*1) + (4 Litre*3))/4 = 4.com References 2.greenbooklive. The effective flush volume can therefore be calculated as follows. credits to achieve rating P G 1 VG 1 E 1 O 2 Calculating the effective flushing volume of dual flush toilets: For dual flush WCs the ratio full flush:reduced flush is taken to be 1:3 for non-domestic buildings.5 Litre effective flushing volume Product Certification of Low Flush WCs Product certification schemes provide specifiers and clients with greater assurance of manufacturers’ claim regarding the performance of the actual flush volume of their products and therefore the potential water savings of different products. Green Book Live is a free-to-view online database designed to assist specifiers and end users in the identification of environmentally beneficial products and services.com.

2. The specification of a water meter on the mains water supply to each building. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that a water meter with a pulsed output will be installed on the mains supply to each building/unit. 4. Exemplary level requirements The following outlines the exemplary level requirements to achieve an innovation credit for this BREEAM issue: 1. 5. The changing facilities (including showers. Page 186 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. etc. a meter should be applied on any process or cooling loop. this includes instances where water is supplied via a borehole or other private source. credits to achieve rating P G 1 VG 1 E 1 O 1 Credit aim To ensure water consumption can be monitored and managed and therefore encourage reductions in water consumption. catering areas.2 . If there is laboratory process equipment. 2. each building must be separately metered in accordance with the above requirements. toilets etc) housed in this building should also be covered by this meter.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Water Wat 2 – Water Meter Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. the building housing it must be covered by a separate meter in accordance with the above requirements. If the building does not have any major water consuming plant this exemplar credit is not available. The water meter has a pulsed output to enable connection to a Building Management System (BMS) for the monitoring of water consumption. If there is a swimming pool on site within the scope of the assessment. Each sub meter has a pulsed output to enable connection to a Building Management System (BMS) for the monitoring of water consumption. car washes. Where sub meters are fitted to allow individual water-consuming plant or building areas to be monitored such as cooling towers. D ra ft 3. Where there is more than one building on the site within the scope of the assessment.

Additional information Relevant definitions None. and therefore water supply to existing the existing building. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. Schedule of evidence required Req. If no new water supply is being installed because occupants of the Extensions to extended building will use the facilities in. the assessor’s site inspection confirming live meter readings can be used in lieu of manufacturer’s details confirming specification of a pulsed output. No water If there is no water supply to the building during operation because supply to the there will be no installed water-consuming fittings in the building. The requirement for a pulsed output has been included to encourage the use of meters capable of transmitting (by wire or wirelessly) a continuous or pulsed signal with water management information such as total water consumed or flow rate to a Building Management D ra ft Page 187 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Post Construction Stage Assessor’s building/site inspection report and photographs or ‘as built’ drawings confirming: • The location of the water meter(s). If connected to a BMS. credits to achieve rating P G 1 VG 1 E 1 O 1 Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new build projects.2 . then the credit should be assessed on the basis of buildings whether a compliant water meter is installed on the existing supply.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Water Wat 2 – Water Meter Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. All Design Stage A copy of the specification clause confirming: The specification and type of water meter(s). then building/unit the credit must be assessed on the basis of the water supply to the nearest accessible building with such facilities. likely to be used by the future occupants of the assessed building. Manufacturer’s details confirming: • The specification of a pulsed output on the installed meter(s).

D Page 188 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.2 . This allows demand patterns on water systems to be monitored and evaluated over time. A significant increase in demand may indicate the presence of a leak or inappropriate or unexpected water consumption.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Water Wat 2 – Water Meter Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. References No references. credits to achieve rating P G 1 VG 1 E 1 O 1 System.

D ra ft Page 189 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. The system must cover all mains water supply between and within the building and the site boundary. evaporative cooling towers. Programmable to suit the owner/occupiers’ water consumption requirements e.2 . e. e. Activated when the flow of water passes through the water meter/data logger at a flow rate above a pre-set minimum for a pre-set period of time c. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Water Wat 3 – Major leak detection Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that a leak detection system is specified or installed on the buildings water supply. Audible when activated b. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. Extensions to If the water supply to the new extension is via the existing building then existing the water supply to the existing building must be assessed against the buildings requirements of this credit. Able to identify different flow and therefore leakage rates. Ancillary or multiple buildings The requirements apply to the water supply to all buildings falling within the scope of the assessment.g. Where applicable. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new build projects. high and/or low level. 2. The leak detection system is: a. over set time periods d. A leak detection system capable of detecting major leaks on the water supply has been installed. designed to avoid false alarms caused by normal operation of large water-consuming plants.g. continuous. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To reduce the impact of major water leaks that may otherwise go undetected.

1&2 Design Stage Post Construction Stage A copy of the specification clause Assessor’s building/site inspection and confirming: photographic evidence confirming: Scope and performance requirements of • The installation and operation of the leak detection system. likely to be used by the future occupants of the assessed building. however.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Water Wat 3 – Major leak detection Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Mains supply shut-off No water supply to the building/unit It is not a requirement of this credit that the leak detection system shut off the water supply when the alarm is triggered. if the water authority agrees to some form of leak detection being installed on their meter. leak detection system. then the credit must be assessed on the basis of the water supply to the nearest accessible building with such facilities. Where there is a water authority meter at the site/building boundary. it may be necessary to install a separate flow meter to detect leaks. however. this would also be acceptable. * This can be confirmed in a letter from the contractor/installer to the assessor. If there is no water supply to the building because there will be no installed water-consuming fittings in the building. It does not require a system that would directly detect water leakage along part or the whole length of the water supply system. This credit does not specify what the high and low level leakage rates should be. Additional information Relevant definitions None. D ra ft Schedule of evidence required Page 190 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. • The pre-set variables of the system AND/OR for triggering the alarm and the flexibility of the building occupier to Manufacturer’s details confirming: vary these*. • The technical specification the specified systems. Leakage Rates Pre-set flow rates System requirements Water authority meters Req.2 . It is anticipated that this credit will usually be achieved by installing a system which detects higher than normal flow rates at meters and/or sub-meters. Pre-set flow rates and time periods will vary depending on the building type and usage. the equipment installed must have the flexibility to distinguish between different flow rates to enable it to be programmed to suit the owner/occupier’s usage patterns.

2 .BREEAM : Education : 2008 Water Wat 3 – Major leak detection Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. D Page 191 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - References No references.

building Shut-off systems Proximity detection requirements Single WCs Shut-off systems may control combined toilet areas. Extensions to If the facilities are within the existing building then it is those existing existing facilities that must be assessed against the requirements of this credit.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Water Wat 4 – Sanitary supply shut-off Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. buildings No toilet If no toilet areas exist in the building then the credit must be assessed facilities in the on the basis of the nearest accessible building with such facilities likely assessed to be used by the occupants of the assessed building. Solenoid valves are installed on the water supply to each toilet area in the building and the flow of water through that supply is controlled by a link to either: • Infra-red movement detectors within teach toilet facility OR • Sensors or switches placed at or on entry doors to each facility. The requirements of this credit apply to facilities with a single WC (potentially within smaller or low occupancy buildings). such as male and female toilets within a core. In these instances shut-off can be provided via the same switch that controls the lighting (whether proximity detection or a manual switch). credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To reduce the risk of minor leaks in toilet facilities. Proximity detection shut-off is not required for each individual sanitary appliance to achieve the credit. The requirement is for the water supply to be isolated for each toilet block on a floor when not being used by the occupants. D ra ft Page 192 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that proximity detection shut-off is provided to the water supply to all toilet areas. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects.2 . Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new build projects.

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Water Wat 4 – Sanitary supply shut-off Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. e. A design plan showing: • The location of the toilet facilities. D ra ft Page 193 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Programmed time controller: An automatic time switch device to switch the water supply on and/or off at predetermined times. 1 Design Stage Post Construction Stage A copy of the specification clause Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: confirming: The specification of shut-off valves • The location and installation of The controls for the shut-off valves. Volume controller: An automatic control device to turn off the water supply once a maximum preset volume is reached. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Urinal sanitation To prevent microbial contamination in period of low use. AND ‘As built’ drawings showing: • The specification of shut-off valves Additional information Relevant definitions Solenoid valve: An electrically operated shut-off device that controls the flow of water in pipes. the urinals should be provided with a sanitation system. Schedule of evidence required Req. Light fittings in toilets are often controlled by proximity detection by IR movement detectors or sensors placed at entry doors (the latter can be less accurate as more than one person can enter or depart in the opening of one door). increasing costs as well as causing damage. a system that would flush the urinals every 24 hours.g. A proximity detection shut-off system prevents waste water from minor leaks by shutting off the water supply when toilet accommodation is not occupied. The sensors used to control the lighting can also be linked to a solenoid valve in the cold water supply. There is a significant risk of leaks going undetected. particularly as toilet accommodation is often unoccupied for long periods.2 . proximity detection controls. This will then act as a proximity detection system. Small water leaks can result in significant losses over time.

leading to wastage of water via the overflow. Whilst leakage from any valve is variable. D Page 194 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Valves in cisterns supplying urinals and WCs are especially prone to failure. References No references.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Water Wat 4 – Sanitary supply shut-off Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.2 . a typical value for a leaking valve toilet might be 4 litres/day.

Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: Where one of the following water recycling strategies has been implemented: 1.g. Where a rainwater collection tank has been installed and the tank is sized to collect at least 50% of EITHER: a.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Water Wat 5 – Water recycling Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. The total predicted rainwater run-off from the roof catchment area for the defined period of collection.2 . rainwater or greywater for WC and urinal flushing purposes. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates the specification of systems that collect. The total predicted toilet and urinal flushing demand for the defined period of collection OR b. 3. 4. OR b. e. D ra ft Comment [VC26]: This point is relying on process. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To encourage the collection and re-use of waste water or rainwater to meet toilet flushing needs and reduce the demand for potable fresh water. which we usually don’t do. The total predicted toilet and urinal flushing demand for the defined period of collection and (where specified) irrigation of planting and landscaping. We will review this before the final issue. Waste water from wash hand basins and showers is collected from 80% of fittings and recycled to meet part (minimum of 10%) or the total of WC/urinal flushing demand within the building(s). where necessary treat. 2. store and. from water treatment serving labs. A combination of waste water and rainwater collection that meets at least 50% of EITHER: a. The rainwater run-off required to meet the total predicted flushing demand for the defined period of collection. Page 195 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Waste water from processes or water treatment.

the size of the tank should be appropriate to the building occupancy and frequency of the facilities usage.2 . If feasible buildings however. For example it would not be expected to size a system that collected significantly more rainwater over the defined period than was required to meet flushing demand in the building over the same period. Where a greywater collection system is specified. unless the collection system is being used to meet landscape irrigation demand or forms part of a storm water management strategy. See additional guidance for an example of calculating compliance with the requirements of this credit. If the assessment is of the new build extension and existing building i. whole building. Where this demand is met. then the roof catchment existing area can be taken as the roof area of the extended building. bearing in mind that greywater tanks have a typical maximum retention period of 24 hours. the total catchment area must be at least equivalent to the plan area of the roof. Using rainwater collection for WC/urinal flushing is the first priority.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Water Wat 5 – Water recycling Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Rainwater collection tank size Of the two options available for demonstrating compliance. then the roof catchment area is taken as the whole roof area of the building. Where the run-off is collected from part roof. the total roof area of the new extension and existing building can be used. it is the option with the lesser of the two figures (litres) that should be specified and therefore used to demonstrate compliance. additional rainwater resources can be used to meet water demand for irrigation or building/operational processes. Greywater system Calculation requirements Run-off from paved areas Using rainwater to meet irrigation and other process demands D ra ft Page 196 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new build projects. No BREEAM requirements have been set in terms of the period of collection that the tank should be sized to meet. Run-off from paved areas can also be collected and included in the calculation.e. Extensions to If the assessment is of the new extension only. part paved areas.

Details of the process system that originates waste water (where appropriate). mountain streams. lakes etc. This is equivalent to approximately 5% of annual rainfall yield. Schedule of evidence required Req. ra ft Page 197 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Post Construction Stage Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: • The installation of the collection system. This definition includes water obtained by borehole abstraction and water sourced from rivers. unless other data is available.3 WC uses per person per day and 2 urinal uses per person per day (assume that only 50% of the building occupants will use urinals). period of collection demonstrating (where appropriate): Rainwater yield for the catchment area (mm) Predicted WC/urinal flushing demand Estimated potential for waste water collection from taps /showers /process related activities. Size (litres) of the rainwater/greywater collection tank specified. WC. D Where changes have occurred since design stage assessment. assume 1. All Design Stage A copy of the specification clause confirming: Type of collection system specified.2 . urinal. a revised copy of the technical specification and sizing calculations for the installed Design team calculations for the defined system.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Water Wat 5 – Water recycling Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Additional information Relevant definitions Defined period of collection: For the purpose of assessing this credit the defined period of collection is 18 days. taps and shower specification (where appropriate). Potable water: Defined as drinkable and/or mains supplied water. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Calculating total predicted flushing demand Total predicted flushing demand can be estimated by the design team on the basis of the following variables: • Number of building users (staff and visitors) • Effective flush volume of WCs/urinals • Estimated number* of WC/urinal uses per person per day (multiplied by the defined period of collection) * For staff use.

9.4 – 0. Calculating compliance The following formula can be used to calculate the volume of collectable rainwater for the assessed building’s catchment area for the defined period of collection: $ (ARF x C x Rco-ef x Fco-ef x Dcol) Where: ARF = Annual rainfall for the site location (mm) C = Rainwater catchment area (m 2) Rco-ef = Run-off co-efficient Fco-ef = Filter co-efficient. 0. flat roofs having a lower co-efficient.75 .5 0.05 Annual rainfall: The local EA. though these should be in the design team’s sizing calculations. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Catchment area: An area that catches rainfall and delivers it to a collection tank for re-use. Dcol = Defined period of collection: 18 days/365 days = 0. SEPA. ra ft 757mm Page 198 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Water Wat 5 – Water recycling Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.5 Drainage and filter co-efficiencies can be found in CIRIA guidance [2]. Below are some typical co-efficient factors: Roof type Pitched roof tiles Flat roof smooth tiles Flat roof with gravel layer Run-off co-efficient 0. Example calculation: Average annual rainfall for the site location (mm) D Filter co-efficient: Not all the water that drains from the roof down the gutters will reach the holding tank. showers and laundries. Most manufacturers/installers of systems will recommend a filter co-efficient of 90% i. the filter co-efficient accounts for this. Drainage co-efficient is dependent on the type of roof specified for the building. Run-off co-efficient: A coefficient is used to adjust the tank size calculation to allow for the fact that not every drop of rain that falls within the catchment area will be collected by the tank.e.2 .0. EHS office or the Met Office should be able to supply rainfall data. Greywater: Waste water from taps.9 0.

9 0. References 1. BS1710: “Specification for identification of pipelines and services”. 1984 (BSI) D 6.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Water Wat 5 – Water recycling Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.uk 2. Roof drainage. “Rainwater and Greywater Use in Building.4% of the total predicted rainwater run-off from the roof catchment area for the defined period of collection.gov.2 . Defined period of collection Volume of rainwater for the defined period of collection 3. 2000. This BS covers the need to have pipework in standardised colours to avoid cross contamination and sets colours for rainwater and greywater system pipes’ flow and return.500m 2 0. Page 199 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. 1989 (BSI) 5. and references the colours in the above BS. WRAS 1999. modifying or maintaining reclaimed water systems”. BS1710:1984 Specification for identification of pipelines and services.8 0. BS4800: “Schedule of paint colours for building purposes”. Design issues BS4800:1989 Schedule of paint colours for building purposes. BS EN 12056-3:2000: “Gravity drainage systems inside buildings. CIRIA.000 litres would therefore collect 52. 9-02-04. 2001. ra ft 3. including greywater pipes.05 95.382 Litres An installed rainwater collection tank with a capacity of 50. layout and calculation”. 4. Figures for UK rainfall are available from the Met Office www.met-office. Best Practice Guidance”. “Reclaimed water systems – information about installing. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Roof catchment area (m 2) Drainage co-efficient (tiled pitched roof) Filter co-efficient. This BS covers the identifying marks that should be placed on pipes containing different substances.

mains-supplied irrigation systems (including pop-up sprinklers and hoses) are specified. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new build projects. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Wat 6 – Irrigation systems Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. The only planting specified is restricted to species that thrive in hot and dry conditions. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To reduce the consumption of potable water for ornamental planting and landscape irrigation. Where the irrigation method specified for internal or external planting and/or landscaping complies with ANY ONE of the following: a. Drip feed subsurface irrigation that incorporates soil moisture sensors. b. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings.. 2. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that a low-water irrigation strategy/system has been installed. External landscaping and planting that relies solely on precipitation. c. Where no dedicated. d. Where a sub surface drip feed irrigation system is installed for external areas. or where planting and landscaping is irrigated via rainwater or reclaimed water. during all seasons of the year. a rainstat must also be installed to prevent automatic irrigation of the planting and the landscape during periods of rainfall. e. Reclaimed water from a rainwater or greywater system. buildings D ra ft Page 200 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. and planting will rely solely on manual watering by building occupier or landlord. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1.2 . The irrigation control should be zoned to permit variable irrigation to different planting assemblages.

References No references.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Wat 6 – Irrigation systems Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 1&2 Design Stage Post Construction Stage Design team confirmation via Assessor’s building/site inspection and assessment meeting minutes.e. marked up to specified system. Additional information Relevant definitions Construction zone: For the purpose of this credit the construction zone is defined as the site which is being developed for the BREEAM-assessed building and its external site areas i. Schedule of evidence required Req. illustrate the scope of the irrigation specified AND One of the following: A copy of the specification clause confirming: • Type of irrigation system and controls. • If relevant. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - No landscaped areas This credit does not apply where there are no landscaped areas within the construction zone of the assessed building. In such instances the BREEAM assessor’s spreadsheet tool will filter the credit from the list of applicable issues. the scope of the new works. OR Manufacturer’s information detailing: • The technical details of the specified system. letter or photographic evidence confirming: email confirming the irrigation strategy • The implementation of the proposed for the site AND strategy. D ra ft Page 201 of 337 DRAFT v0. the installation of the Proposed site plan.2 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd .

2 .BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Section D Page 202 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.

2 P .BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials section Credit Credit common to all schemes Specific HE criteria or altered requirements to a common credit HE specific credit Requires specific feedback (please see comments in credit below) Mat 1 – Materials specification (major building elements) Mat 2 – Hard landscaping and boundary protection Mat 3 – Reuse of building façade Mat 4 – Reuse of building structure Mat 5 – Responsible sourcing of materials Mat 6 – Insulation Mat 7 – Designing for robustness P P P P P P P D Page 203 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.

Credit criteria Credits 6 Up to six credits are available.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 1 .uk Applicable elements to assessment stage Page 204 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.2 .org. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. The Green Guide rating for the specifications for the following building elements must be determined and entered in to the BREEAM assessor’s Mat 1 Calculator. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To recognise and encourage the use of construction materials with a low environmental impact over the full life cycle of the building.Materials specification (major building elements) Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.org. Green Guide ratings for the specification(s) of each element can be found at: www.uk Building Element External Walls Windows Roof Upper Floor Slabs Internal Walls Floor Finishes / Coverings P P P P D P P ra ft Comment [VC27]: The floor finishes section of the GG will be available soon on www.thegreenguide.thegreenguide. determined by the Green Guide to Specification ratings for the major building/finishing elements.

Where assessing four or more applicable building elements. b.5 0. Where assessing fewer than four applicable building elements. the building achieves at least two points additional to the total points required to achieve maximum credits under the standard BREEAM requirements. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - The calculator awards points for each applicable element according to its Green Guide rating as follows: Green Guide Rating A+ A B C D E Points/element 3 2 1 0. One exemplary BREEAM credit can be awarded as follows: a.25 0 The calculator translates the total number of points in to BREEAM credits as follows: New build & Refurbishments Total Points 2 5 8 10 12 14 Credits 1 2 3 4 6 5 Exemplary level requirements The following outlines the exemplary level requirements to achieve an innovation credit for this BREEAM issue. the building achieves at least one point additional to the total points required to achieve maximum credits under the standard BREEAM requirements.2 .BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 1 .Materials specification (major building elements) Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 1. D ra ft Page 205 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.

and part of that element includes a reused material e.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 1 .g. forming part of the new extension. New elements specified as part of a refurbishment project.Materials specification (major building elements) Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Where the assessed building is a single storey building and therefore has no upper floors. the upper floor element does not need to be assessed. Where no similar specification can be found. Whilst exact matches in specifications are not always found. Green Guide Refer to the additional information section below for guidance on using Online the Green Guide online and accessing the appropriate ratings for the assessed elements. the rating and area for each specification should be entered into the tool and an average points score is calculated (by area).g. assessors should seek guidance from BRE on the appropriate rating. windows. If the roof is directly above domestic accommodation (e. Where the assessment covers only some of the floors in the building. external wall. Refurbishment For each element that is reused in situ. If the existing building forms part buildings of the scope of the assessment. assessors should seek guidance from BRE on the appropriate rating. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. existing must be assessed as outlined above.g. e.2 . the equivalent domestic Green Guide rating for the roof must be used as opposed to the ratings for non-domestic roofs. the roof must still be assessed as it is protecting the assessed building below. In such instances the BREEAM assessor’s Mat 1 Calculator will re-calculate the requirement and award the available credits in accordance with the Green Guide ratings for the remaining applicable elements. then any existing applicable element that is reused in situ achieves an ‘A+’ rating. Roof areas not protecting parts of the assessed building/space can be omitted from the assessment. Element consisting of more than one specification Finding exact Green Guide Ratings New elements containing reused materials Mixed use developments Where more than one specification is present for a given element. as outlined above for refurbishments. BREEAM allocates an ‘A+’ rating and these elements should also be included in the ‘A+’ rated area in the Mat1 calculator. flats). reclaimed bricks. If a new element is specified e. Single storey buildings and upper floors D ra ft Page 206 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Extensions to Any applicable new-build elements.g. must be assessed as outlined above. it should be possible to identify a similar specification and use its rating for the purposes of assessment.

D ra ft Page 207 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. A copy of the output from the Mat 1 Calculator.100 Ecopoints is equivalent to the impact of a European Citizen. as follows: 1. designers and their clients on the relative environmental impacts for a range of different building elemental specifications. using the Environmental Profile Methodology. including Green Guide rating and element number for each specification assessed. C=0. B=1. cleaning. Green Guide ratings are derived by sub-dividing the range of Ecopoints/m 2 achieved by all specifications considered within a building element. detailing: • Location and area (m 2) of each written design team confirmation of any changes to materials specification.25 and E=0. where relevant.2 .Materials specification (major building elements) Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Post Construction Stage Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: • Element in-situ (where possible) AND Design drawings or specification As built drawings and. Ecopoint: The Ecopoint used in the Green Guide online is single score that measures the total environmental impact of a product or process as a proportion of overall impact occurring in Europe . 1& Exemp.5. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Schedule of evidence required Req. D=0. Reused materials: are materials that can be extracted from the waste stream and used again without further processing. A+ =3. The Mat 1 Calculator makes four adjustments to the points achieved for each specification/element assessed. applicable element. fixing to other materials). that does not alter the nature of the material (e. level req. providing guidance for specifiers. cutting. The ratings within the Guide are based on Life Cycle Assessment. Additional information Relevant definitions Green Guide: The Green Guide to Specification is an easy-to-use comprehensive reference website and electronic tool.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 1 .g. Design Stage Specification confirming: • A detailed description of each applicable element and its constituent materials. The Mat 1 Calculator: A spreadsheet-based calculator required to determine the number of credits achieved for this BREEAM issue based on each applicable element’s Green Guide rating. A=2. or with only minor processing. The first is the scoring based on the Green Guide rating.

in your opinion. The following elements. therefore. have common Green Guide ratings irrespective of the building type: • • • External walls Landscaping Windows .org. For example. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 2.75. we have been advised that if a specific Higher Education section of the Green Guide is to be developed. 3. As a 20 storey office block will have a smaller roof area than floor area. further funding may be needed. Please advise if. References 3. such action needs to be taken or if it is fine to use the existing specifications for Education and Healthcare. (www. is to weight the points achieved according to the relative area and Green Guide rating of each of the individual specifications. To obtain the appropriate ratings for the assessed building elements. The second.2 . This adjustment ensures the environmental impact of the element in relation to the impacts of other assessed elements within the building is considered. adding the total for all elements and then dividing by the total area of the assessed elements.org.commercial The user can therefore search for ratings for the above elements under any building category. use the Green Guide ratings listed under the “Education” category. Using the Green Guide to Specification The Green Guide categorises ratings by building type and element. we use the Education section within the Green Guide to specification website. so the area weighting will take this into account by giving a smaller weighting to the score for the roof than the external walls. The Green Guide to Specification: www. due to the larger Ecopoints range for that element. such as those that can be found in certain labs. for the purpose of non domestic buildings. When using the Green Guide online. select the corresponding building type for this BREEAM scheme. the external walls have a larger Ecopoints range than the internal walls. That does not take into account any specific materials to sterilised areas. So if 50% of an element was A+ and 50% was C.this is done by multiplying the area of each element by the weighted Green Guide score. for the assessment of HE buildings.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 1 .5) = 1.uk).thegreenguide. thus recognising the relatively higher reduction possible in the environmental impact of the external walls. The final adjustment relates to the Ecopoints range for each assessed element. the main page asks the user to select a building type.thegreenguide. 4.uk Comment [VC28]: Our Materials team advised that. the score would be (50%*3) + (50%*0. These can be found in the Health section. D ra ft Page 208 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. where an element consists of several different specifications. if both elements achieve the same Green Guide rating the rating of the external walls achieves a higher proportion of the overall points than the rating for the internal walls.Materials specification (major building elements) Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. When carrying out a BREEAM assessment of a Further Education College. The third is to weight based on the overall area of different elements .

BREEAM allocates an ‘A+’ rating. Green Guide ratings for the specification(s) of each element can be found at: www. taking account of the full life cycle of materials used.Hard landscaping and boundary protection Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.org. D ra ft Page 209 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.thegreenguide. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that at least 80% of the combined area of external hard landscaping and boundary protection specifications achieve an A or A+ rating. New elements specified as part of a refurbishment must be assessed as outlined above. Refurbishment & existing elements Extensions to existing buildings For each element that is reused in situ.uk Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To recognise and encourage the specification of materials for boundary protection and external hard surfaces that have a low environmental impact. as defined in the Green Guide to Specification. Where at least 80% of all external hard landscaping and boundary protection (by area) achieves an A or A+ rating.2 . as defined by the Green Guide to Specification. There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 2 .

hard landscaping includes parking areas. Schedule of evidence required Req. If one of the elements is not present.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 2 . the credit can be awarded.g.Hard landscaping and boundary protection Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. b. hard landscaping. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Green Guide Online Finding exact Green Guide Ratings Minor alteration of existing elements No hard landscaping or boundary protection Building façade forming boundary Existing natural features Scope of hard landscaping When using the Green Guide for the purpose of assessing this BREEAM credit. Page 210 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Written confirmation from the design team or contractor of any changes to the specification. Where the development has neither element. Whilst exact matches in specifications are not always found. The Green Guide rating and element number for the assessed specifications. seek guidance from BRE for the appropriate rating. D Design drawings or specification detailing: • Location and area (m 2) of each applicable element. these elements are awarded an A+ rating for the purposes of this analysis. Any existing or specified natural boundary protection (such as hedging or other living barrier) should be awarded with an A+ rating for the purposes of this analysis. but excludes access/approach roads and designated vehicle manoeuvring areas. boundary protection. ra ft PCR Stage Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: • Element in-situ (where possible) As built drawings/calculations.g. Where less than 20% of the total area of existing hard landscaping and boundary protection elements are subject to minor alterations or maintenance. Where no similar specification can be found. 1 Design Stage Specification confirming: • A detailed description of each applicable element and its constituent materials. it should be possible to identify a similar specification and use its rating for the purposes of assessment. For the purpose of assessment. The rating will therefore be the same irrespective of the building type selected via the Green Guide online. e. Any part of an external building façade (of either the assessed building or any other neighbouring building) that forms a part of the site boundary should be excluded from the assessment of this credit.2 . a. ratings for landscaping elements are common across all building types. then the credit must be assessed on the basis of the specification of the single element e.

References 1.uk D Page 211 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 2 .org. The Green Guide to Specification: www.2 .Hard landscaping and boundary protection Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Additional information Relevant definitions Green Guide: See MAT 1.thegreenguide.

At least 80% of the reused façade (by mass) comprises in-situ reused material. Compliance notes New Build New-build schemes with retained façades provide a means of achieving the credit. b. At least 80% of the façade by mass of the existing building is made up from in-situ reused material. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that at least 50% of the total final façade (by area) is reused in situ and at least 80% of the reused façade (by mass) comprises in-situ reused material. Where an existing building is being reused and/or extended and the function/purpose of the new building will be the same as that which the existing building was used for.2 . D ra ft Page 212 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To recognise and encourage the in-situ reuse of existing building façades. At least 25% of the façade by area of the total building is to be reused. Refurbishment Refurbishment projects are likely to achieve this credit without difficulty.Reuse of building façade Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 2. Extensions to existing buildings Curtain walling & windows There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. Where existing windows are being replaced they may be excluded from the calculation of façade area.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 3 . however. there is no change of use. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. At least 50% of the total final building façade (by area) is reused. i. 3. The requirements in this instance are reduced as the existing building is likely to require less remedial work as it is not subject to a change of use.e. the credit can be awarded where: a. curtain walling counts as façade.

with totals compared for the new and retained parts of the structure. As built drawings/calculations. not just the front elevation. References None. 1&2 Design Stage Drawings detailing: • The elevations of the existing and the new-build façades.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 3 . Façades with new external cladding or internal lining therefore can gain this credit provided that this criterion is met. based on the volume of each material and its density. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Schedule of evidence required Req. As above. hence the BREEAM requirement for at least 80% by mass of the reused façade to be in situ reused material. D Page 213 of 337 DRAFT v0. Additional information Relevant definitions In practice.2 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft Façade: Any exposed building face.Reuse of building façade Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 3 As above. The definition excludes party walls. Post Construction Stage Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: • The existence of the reused façade. . Written confirmation from the design team or contractor of any changes to the These calculations should be simply specification for the façade. reusing façades will often require extensive renovation and/or reinforcement. Calculations demonstrating: • The % of façade comprising in situ material.

of the final total building structure. by gross building volume. Where an existing building is being reused and/or extended and the function/purpose of the new building will be the same as that which the existing building was used for.2 . Credit criteria Credits Where evidence provided demonstrates that a design reuses at least 80% of an existing primary structure and. the credit can be awarded where. 80% of the existing building structure. 3. 1 Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. Where a project is part refurbishment and part new build. the volume of the reused structure comprises at least 50% of the final structure’s volume. Where at least 80% by volume of an existing primary structure is reused without significant strengthening or alteration works. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. there is no change of use. a. i. The reused structure comprises at least 25%.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 4 . for part refurbishment and part new build.Reuse of building structure Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. b.e. Refurbishment Refurbishment projects are likely to be the only buildings to achieve this credit. 2. i. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to the assessment of new-build projects. is reused without significant strengthening or alteration works. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To recognise and encourage the reuse of existing structures that previously occupied the site. buildings D ra ft Page 214 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. the reused structure comprises at least 50% by volume of the final building. any new-build extension to a building being refurbished should not be larger than the original building to qualify for this credit. by gross building volume.e.

calculations confirming any strengthening/alteration are not deemed ‘significant’ in terms of the credit requirements for the mass of materials used. load bearing walls and foundations i.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 4 . where required for structural use by the new building. 3 As above. 1&2 Design Stage Drawings or design team calculations detailing: • The sections of the existing structure to be reused. Additional information Relevant definitions Significant strengthening or alteration: Defined as where the mass of new material is equal to or greater than 50% of the total mass of the reused structure. columns. beams.e. Written confirmation from the design team or contractor of any changes to the structural specification. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Schedule of evidence required Req.2 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft . • Any parts of the structure to be demolished and the total new structure.Reuse of building structure Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. • Where appropriate. As above. D Page 215 of 337 DRAFT v0. References None. Post Construction Stage As built drawings/calculations. Primary structure: Defined as structural floors.

Structural Frame Ground floor Upper floors (including separating floors) Roof External walls Internal walls Foundation/substructure Staircase 3 Additionally 100% of any timber must be legally sourced. cementious renders etc. Resin-based composites and materials. c. e. Plasterboard and plaster j.Responsible sourcing of materials Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Metals (steel. g. Glass e.) g. b.2 . aluminium etc. f. Bituminous materials. h. PVC and VET roofing membranes including polymeric renders) f. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To recognise and encourage the specification of responsibly sourced materials for key building elements. including fibre cement and calcium silicate l. Plastics and rubbers (including EPDM. Products with recycled content D ra ft Page 216 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Brick (including clay tiles and other ceramics) b. Concrete (including in-situ and pre-cast concrete. chipboard and Cement Bonded Particleboard) i. d. tiles. such as roofing membranes and asphalt k. including GRP and polymeric render c. At least 80% of the following applicable materials comprising the building elements (listed above) must be responsibly sourced: a. blocks.) d. Other mineral-based materials. mortars. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. Credit criteria Credits Up to 3 credits are available where evidence provided demonstrates that 80% of the assessed materials in the following building elements are responsibly sourced: a. TPO.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 5 . Dressed or building stone including slate h. Timber and wood panel (including MDF.

but do not fit into the applicable materials list or the exclusions list.2 . 95% of the applicable materials. the points for this/these element(s) will be redistributed by the calculator to reward only the elements being assessed.g. Where. Reused materials specified for the development e. and use the Responsible Sourcing Calculator to determine the number of credits to be awarded. comprised within the applicable building elements. have been responsibly sourced. Any non-certified timber used in the development comes from a legal source and is not included on the CITES list (see definition for legally sourced timber). Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. in addition to the above requirements. Each applicable material is assigned to a responsible sourcing tier level based on the level and scope of certification achieved by the material supplier(s)/manufacturer(s) (see Table 1: Tier Levels and Compliance and Table 2 EMS requirements in the additional guidance section). adhesives and additives are excluded from the assessment. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. D ra ft Page 217 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. For any other materials that form a part of an applicable building element. buildings Building Where an element is not present in a project (e. Exemplary level requirements The following outlines the exemplary level requirements to achieve an innovation credit for this BREEAM issue: 6. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Note: Insulation materials. 2. 3. Refurbishment In the case of a refurbishment assess the newly specified applicable and reused materials (reused as defined below).Responsible sourcing of materials Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. recycled aggregates are considered equivalent to materials covered by certification schemes that fall within tier 1 of table 1.g. The aim of the credit is to focus on the responsible sourcing of new specified materials. Reused in-situ materials Specified reused Materials Materials reused in-situ can be excluded from the assessment. Follow the Calculation Procedure outlined in the additional guidance section. fixings. please refer to BRE who will identify the relevant Key Process and Supply Chain Process or Processes.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 5 . an assessment of a element not ground floor of a building only and therefore no roof in the scope of the present assessment). 4.

does not comply as a third party timber certification scheme for this credit. compliance with BS 8555 2003 (or D ra ft Page 218 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.or post-consumer waste stream. Checklist A5 contains information for the BREEAM assessor. the EMS sections of the credit can be applied for. Appendix III of the CITES list illustrates species that are protected in at least one country. UK Forestry Commission felling licence certificate. If a timber species used in the development is on Appendix III it can be included as part of the assessment as long as the timber is not obtained from the country(ies) seeking to protect this species (see additional information for further details). A Government licence e. using an EMS scheme (ISO. but can be used as evidence of legally sourced timber. Post Construction Stage As built drawings or as built specifications confirming that the building has been constructed in accordance with the design stage drawings/specifications. however.2 . Where materials being assessed (including timber) are part of a pre. any one of the following must be route.Responsible sourcing of materials Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. including an explanation of what is required for each of the responsible sourcing tiers. 1 Design Stage Design plan and/or specification confirming: the location of elements and materials specified Details of the materials specified. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - CITES list A Government licence Pre or post consumer waste CITES (Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species) Appendices I and II of the CITES list illustrate species of timber that are protected outright. Copies of purchase orders or receipts or certificate/letter of conformity for all applicable materials. including those recycled or reused 2&3 A copy of the output from the A copy of the output from the Responsible Responsible Sourcing of Materials Sourcing of Materials Calculator Tool (if Calculator Tool. sourced from suppliers who can • For Small companies. • The relevant materials shall be • Copy of the EMAS certificate.) for new timber does not demonstrate timber certification and therefore does not qualify for any of these BREEAM credits.g. different from Design Stage calculation). Checklist A5 Schedule of evidence required Req. (see Relevant provide an EMS certificate (or Definitions) confirmation that the equivalent) for the process and/or company EMS is structured in extraction stages of their product. For materials certified through the EMS For materials certified through the EMS route. a letter of intent from the design provided as appropriate: team confirming: • Copy of the ISO 14001 certificate. EMAS etc.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 5 .

For each element. or III*). ‘Volume’ or ‘Percentage’. • All timber species and sources used in the development are not listed on any of the CITES appendices for endangered or threatened species (Appendix I. written confirmation from the supplier(s) confirming that: • All timber comes from a legal source. it has not been sourced from the country seeking to protect this species as listed in Appendix III. * Or in the case of Appendix III of the CITES list. 4 Written confirmation from the developer confirming that: • All timber will come from a ‘legal source’ and one not on the CITES list*. * Or in the case of Appendix III of the CITES list. For each element. select the number of different types of element you wish to enter in the relevant drop down box and press the select button.Responsible sourcing of materials Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. it has not been sourced from the country seeking to protect this species as listed in Appendix III.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 5 . Generic specification’ is not available for all element types. 4. This evidence can be found from company documentation demonstrating the process and typical outputs from phase four audits such as an EMS manual/paperwork and guidance to staff. 3. Additional information Calculation Procedure (using the Mat 5 calculator) 1. II. Where independent certification exists to demonstrate these phases. select the ‘data type’ from the relevant drop down box. Where any non-certified timber is used.2 . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Certified timber requires a letter of intent from the design team confirming: • The timber shall be sourced from suppliers capable of providing certification to the level required for the particular tier claimed. 2. Choose from the list of options in the drop down box the relevant BREEAM scheme and press the select button (this selection ensures the appropriate ‘generic specifications’ for the building types are used). Generic Specification D ra ft Page 219 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. it can be used as evidence. A copy of the certification document or Chain of Custody (CoC) certificate(s). If the element is not present select ‘0’. ‘Generic specification’. There are two or three options depending on the element type. equivalent) and the EMS has completed phase audits one to four as outlined in BS 8555. Note: this will adjust the points required benchmarks accordingly. Choose from the list of options in the drop down box of the calculator the appropriate type of assessment and press the select button.

3 or 4. For all present elements. At least 80% of the materials that make up an element type must comply with one or more of the tiers to achieve any points for that element type. Enter the total combined volume of the material types in the cell total volume of element present. 3 or 4. At least 80% of the materials that make up an element type must comply with one or more of the tiers to achieve any points for that element type. as appropriate. 2. b. 3. User Defined . A combination of generic and user defined data can be entered for any of the elements.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 5 . At least 80% of the total volume must comply with one or more of the tiers to achieve any points for that element type.Percentage a. c. Enter the volume of each individual material type in the relevant cell of the column titled percentage/volume of relevant materials present. enter the names of the material types comprising each individual element in the relevant cell of the column materials types. Based on the specification selected from the drop down list the material types and their percentage will automatically be entered in the relevant cell of the material type and percentage/volume of relevant materials present columns. D ra ft Page 220 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. then the specification will need to be assessed using one of the ‘User Defined’ methods. (see point 3 for adding additional types). 2. Enter the volume of each material that complies with either tier 1. simply select the number of element types you wish to enter for an element (point 3) and follow the above guidance. 4 etc.Responsible sourcing of materials Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.Volume a. b. select additional construction specifications from the list in element type 2. as appropriate. 3 or 4. Enter the percentage of each individual material type (as a percentage of the whole element type) in the relevant cell of the column titled percentage/volume of relevant materials present. c. Choose the specification from the relevant drop down box that matches the element specification for the building. d. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - a. as appropriate. enter the names of the material types comprising each individual element in the relevant cell of the column materials types.2 . 2. If more than one construction specification is present for an element. User Defined . For all present elements. The assessor can then enter the percentage of each material that complies with either tier 1. If no specification matches. Enter the percentage of each material (as a percentage of the whole element type) that complies with either tier 1. Combination a.

Responsible sourcing of materials Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. extraction of the aggregate and limestone used to make the cement as well as supply chain processes to be provided. TFT Other materials: Certified EMS for the Key Process and Supply Chain. The following scale is used to award credits for new builds and major refurbishment projects: a. Timber: MTCC. PEFC. Verified. Reused Materials There are currently no schemes allocated to this tier. 15 points 3 credits awarded b. Where evidence cannot be provided to demonstrate legal sourcing for any element. Although only 80% of the materials in an element have to be assessed. CSA. certification of the manufacture of the cement as the primary process.5 4 Legality & responsible sourcing D 1 Note: Where any timber is used.. Where new in situ concrete (not existing concrete) is used. Table 4: Tier Levels and Requirements Tier level Issue assessed Points available per element Evidence / measure assessed Examples of compliant schemes 1 2 Legality & responsible sourcing Legality & responsible sourcing 3 Certification scheme Certification scheme FSC. it must be legally sourced. the tool will calculate the total number of points achieved and translate this into the number of credits awarded.2 . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Once all data has been entered correctly and in compliance with the requirements. SGS. 10 points 2 credits awarded c. SFI with CoC. the number of points required to credits available are re-allocated based on the number of elements that are specified. no points can be awarded for the Responsible Sourcing Issue. Page 221 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. ra ft Certification scheme/ EMS Certification scheme/EMS Certified EMS process stage. it may be beneficial to include even small percentages of materials that are in the higher tiers.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 5 . 5 points 1 credit awarded Note: Where not all applicable elements are specified within the development. Recycled Materials with certified EMS for the Key Process for key 2 3 Legality & responsible sourcing 1.

Copper: ingot or cathode production. Aluminium. etc. Table 5: EMS Requirements Material Brick (including clay tiles and other ceramics) Resin-based composites and materials (including GRP and polymeric render) In situ Concrete (including ready mix and cemetitious mortars and renders) Precast concrete and other concrete products (including blocks. chipboard/particle board. including fibre cement and calcium silicate Due to the significant cement content. TPO. cladding.2 . can only use the Timber Certification route Product manufacture D ra ft Product manufacture Bitumen production Aggregate extraction production Cement production lime production other mineral extraction production Recycled input by default and and Products content with 100% recycled Product manufacture Page 222 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Stone extraction Gypsum extraction Synthetic gypsum (from flue gas desulphurisation) by default (recycled content) Timber from certified sources Cement production Timber from certified sources Virgin timber Cement Bonded Particle Board Timber from certified sources Wood panel products such as Oriented Strand Board. cladding production. precast flooring. in addition to requiring timber certification.g.) Bituminous materials. steel section production Dressed or building stone (including slate) Plasterboard and plaster Stone product manufacture Plasterboard or plaster manufacture Metal production: Steel: Electric arc furnace or Basic oxygen furnace process.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 5 . concrete or cementitious roof tiles) Glass Plastics and rubbers (including polymeric renders. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - * “Verified ” is the name of a scheme produced by SmartW ood. PVC and VET roofing membranes) Metals (steel. including those with recycled content. EPDM.Responsible sourcing of materials Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.e. the key supply chain process must also be considered to obtain the relevant tier for timber certification. Production of Cement Bonded Particleboard Wood panel products. aluminium etc) Key Process Product Manufacture Composite product manufacture Ready mixed concrete plant Supply chain processes Clay Extraction Glass fibre production Polymer production Cement production Aggregate extraction production Cement production Aggregate extraction production and and Concrete product manufacture Glass production Plastic/rubber product manufacture Sand extraction Soda Ash production or extraction Main polymer production Metal Product manufacture . ingot production. such as roofing membranes and asphalt Other mineral-based materials. plywood.

must maintain adequate inventory control systems that allow for separation and identification of the certified product. Chain-of-custody is established and audited according to relevant forest certification systems rules. D 4. until it reaches the customer. additives Product manufacture Key processes is likely to be product manufacture N/A fixings. obtain the relevant volumes and/ or percentages of materials for each element that differs. Using an EMS for new timber does not demonstrate timber certification and therefore does not qualify for points.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 5 . Adjust the design stage Responsible Sourcing Calculator accordingly to include any revised information following the calculation procedure used at design stage. All the steps. Wood must be tracked from the certified forest to the finished product. Calculation procedure: Post Construction/Post Fit Out stage 1. Recycled input by default 1 or 2 main inputs with significant production or extraction impacts should be identified N/A Timber and Environmental Management Schemes (EMS) Where an Environmental management scheme is used to assess products made from recycled timber. Chain of Custody This is a process used to maintain and document the chronological history of the evidence/path for products from forests to consumers. Page 223 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Confirm and/or re-assign a tier level to each material based on the level of certification provided (see Table 1: Tier Levels and Compliance and Information Required to Demonstrate Compliance). ra ft 2. 100% of the timber content must be recycled or sourced from one of the recognised timber certification schemes in Table 1. A timber product with 50% recycled timber and 50% legally sourced timber will not comply with the criteria and will not be awarded any points. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Products with lower % of recycled content Any other product Excluded products: insulation materials. Supply chain process/processes for any virgin material in the relevant product type above. adhesives. from transporting wood from the forest to a sawmill.2 . from all sources/suppliers.Responsible sourcing of materials Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Where there are any differences in the specification. 3. Chain-of-custody certification ensures that a facility has procedures in place to track wood from certified forests and avoid confusing it with non-certified wood. Obtain the relevant confirmation of tier certification for post construction stage (see Schedule of Evidence) for all materials. Check that the As Built construction matches that proposed at design stage (see Schedule of Evidence).

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 5 .02187 (this factor gives the total volume of timber in the doors and frames). calculate the total area of all doors summed over the whole building and multiply this by 0.Responsible sourcing of materials Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.01089. D ra ft Page 224 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. the total length of frame must be obtained. PEFC. which has asked other CITES Parties for assistance in controlling the trade. SGS…) Certification Accreditation process A certificate issued with CoC number Timber certification process CITES . who should provide a detailed breakdown of quantities of materials. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Third party certification process Auditable third party standards setting body (CSA. Appendix I includes species threatened with extinction.2 . Soil Association.00653 and the length of frame on opening windows by 0. Trade in specimens of these species is permitted only in exceptional circumstances. This can then be converted to a volume by multiplying the length of frame on fixed windows by 0. The species covered by CITES are listed in three Appendices. but in which trade must be controlled in order to avoid utilization incompatible with their survival. Appendix III contains species that are protected in at least one country. BM Trada. Each Party to the Convention must designate one or more Management Authorities in charge of administering that licensing system and one or more Scientific Authorities to advise them on the effects of trade on the status of the species. Most of the information on areas. KPMG. In order to calculate the volume of timber in composite timber doors such as a flush door. In order to calculate the volume of wood in timber frame windows. IMO. FSC. MTCC. export. Appendix II includes species not necessarily threatened with extinction. re-export and introduction from the sea of species covered by the Convention has to be authorized through a licensing system. All import. 2.’’ Calculation of Timber Volumes a.Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of wild fauna and flora (extract taken from the CITES website) ‘’CITES works by subjecting international trade in specimens of selected species to certain controls. c.g. according to the degree of protection they need. 3. 1. SFI) Certificate issuing body (e. b. lengths and volumes of timber will be available from the component manufacturers or estimator. CTB.

Legally Sourced Timber: BREEAM follows the UK Government's definition of legally sourced timber. 2. this would be treated as the Frame as it would not be integral to the internal walls for example. Where a concrete or steel frame is used. depending on the end product. Environment D Key Processes: the final major aspects of processing that are carried out.uk/responsiblesourcing/ Relevant Definitions Frame: The frame is any of the main structural elements that are not included in the roof. There is compliance by both the forest management organisation and any contractors with local and national legal requirements including those relevant to: a. The forest owner/manager holds legal use rights to the forest. For example. external walls and floors.bre. Forest management b. To view a copy of the standard visit: www.2 .3. The Standard seeks to provide a generic framework for the assessment of the responsible souring criteria of construction products. BRE Global have developed a draft framework standard (BSS 6001: Draft Issue 1. a means for demonstrating their responsibly sourced credentials.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 5 . systems and material sectors. Future standards for responsible sourcing of materials will provide a certifiable framework for independent licensed certification bodies to confirm compliance and accreditation.Responsible sourcing of materials Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. provide construction products. it is envisaged. In turn this will allow clients. and timber joists would be included within the floor construction. In response to this. The development of this standard and subsequent certification schemes will. The requirements for each of the assessed materials are detailed in Table 2: EMS Requirements. to give a route to certification for construction companies. which states that legal timber and wood derived products are those which originate from a forest where the following requirements are met: 1. as outlined in the CPET 2nd Edition report on UK Government Timber Procurement Policy. March 2008) for the responsible sourcing of construction products. developers and design teams to specify responsibly sourced construction products with greater assurance and provide a means of demonstrating compliance with the requirements of this issue in BREEAM. In turn this has made it difficult to demonstrate compliance with this BREEAM issue and achieve the credits on offer. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Future RSM certification schemes & standards At the time of writing it is recognised that there is a shortage of standards against which a manufacturer can demonstrate responsible souring of their product. not wholly covered under current recognised standards. timber or metal studwork within a plasterboard partition would be included within the internal walls. ra ft Page 225 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.co. There may be a single process or multiple processes requiring assessment.

If EMS certification is provided for the Key Processes for recycled materials. Page 226 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. this is assumed by default. “Rules of Thumb” Guide (WRAP. Other parties’ tenure and use rights 3. For further information please see Calculating and declaring recycled content in construction products. Responsible Sourcing: Demonstrated through auditable third party certification schemes. Reused materials: Materials that can be extracted from the waste stream and used again without further processing. Labour and welfare d.Responsible sourcing of materials Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 2008). Post-consumer waste stream: Waste material generated by households or by commercial. Small Company: A company is defined as ‘small’ if it satisfies at least two of the following criteria: a. Access is provided to all BRE licensed BREEAM assessors. A turnover of not more than £5. that does not alter the nature of the material (e. 50 employees or fewer. cleaning. forming the basis for awarding points (all as detailed in Table 1). 2 and 4 for this credit demonstrate legally sourced timber. This includes returns of material from the distribution chain. All relevant royalties and taxes are paid.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 5 . D ra ft Recycled Material: Materials diverted from the pre-consumer and/or post-consumer waste streams that require significant processing before they can be used again.6 million. cutting. Relevant documentation demonstrating the above must be provided or made available on request subject to the availability of such materials in the country concerned. This is based on the definition stated in the Companies Act of 1985. fixing to other materials). Note that recycled materials are not required to demonstrate a Supply Chain EMS.g.2 . Excluded is reutilisation of materials such as rework. or with only minor processing. Health & safety e. Supply Chain EMS: covers all of the major aspects of processing and extraction involved in the supply chain for the end product. b. industrial and institutional facilities in their role as end-users of the product. Certification from any of the timber certification schemes identified in tiers 1. There is compliance with the requirements of CITES. 4. Tier levels – a graded scale to reflect the rigour of the certification scheme used to demonstrate responsible sourcing. regrind or scrap generated in a process and capable of being reclaimed within the same process that generated it. Pre-consumer waste stream : Waste material generated during manufacturing processes. which can no longer be used for its intended purpose. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - c. Responsible Sourcing Calculator: A BRE spreadsheet-based tool designed to simplify assessment of this credit.

BRE.panda.forestforum.com) 9. Building for a Future (Autumn 2001) 15.forestsforever. Friends of the Earth. “Certification of Forest Products”. Good Business” – (www.Tropical Forest Trust publication “Good Wood.eu.com) 10.eu.woodforgood.net) 3.org. Saving the Wood. 2000.tropicalforesttrust.fern. 14.greenpeace. DEFRA.org. “The Environment in Your Pocket”. Briefing Sheet – The UK’s Footprint: “The UK Timber Industry and its Impact on the World’s Forest”.2 .org/) 18.emas. 2001.htm) 16.com) 11. Wood for Good (www.uk/aboutemas/mainframe.ProForest. WWF (www.int/comm/environment/emas/index_en.cites.uk) 5.htm) (http://europa.org) 4.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 5 . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - References 1.iso.Responsible sourcing of materials Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. International Standards for Organisation (ISO) www. Greenpeace Ancient Forest Campaign (www. ProForest (www. 1999. Friends of the Earth/ Flora and Fauna International.org/iso/en/ISOOnline.org. Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Flora and Fauna (CITES) (http://www. 13. FERN . TFT .gov.frontpage 17. 12. UK Tropical Forest forum (www. “Good Wood Guide”.European NGO campaigning for forests (www. UK Woodland Assurance Scheme (www.forestry.int/) D ra ft Page 227 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Governance and Trade (FLEGT) Action Plan (http://europa. EU Forest Law Enforcement.org. Forests Forever Campaign (www. 2002(www.uk/ukwas) 8.uk) 6.goodwoodguide. EU Eco-Management and Audit Scheme (EMAS) (www.org) 2.uk) 7.

Responsible sourcing of materials Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. UK Government Timber Procurement Policy “Definition of ‘legal’ and ‘sustainable’ for timber procurement”.com/forest_services_?serviceId=8535&lobId=5548) 20. SGS timber tracking programme (http://www. 22. 2006. 2005. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 19.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 5 . CPET.sgs. D Page 228 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. Scottish Procurement Policy Note (SPPN (09)) “Procurement of Timber and Timber Products”. Second Edition.tropicalforesttrust.com/) 21.2 . TFT – Tropical Forest Trust (http://www. Scottish Procurement Directorate.

1 Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1.org. Total volume of insulation used (m 3) / Thermal conductivity (W/m. Green Guide ratings for thermal insulation can be found at: www.thegreenguide.Insulation Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.K) D ra ft Page 229 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.Embodied Impact 1. For each type of thermal insulation used in the relevant building elements.K) OR b. 3. The Green Guide rating for the thermal insulation materials must be determined.2 .uk 2. Where the Insulation Index for the building insulation is the same as or greater than 2. the volume weighted thermal resistance provided by each type of insulation is calculated as follows: a. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To recognise and encourage the use of thermal insulation which has a low embodied environmental performance relative to its thermal properties and has been responsibly sourced. (Area of insulation (m 2) * thickness(m)) / Thermal Conductivity (W/ m. Credit criteria Up to two credits are available as follows: Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that thermal insulation products used in the building have a low embodied impact relative to their thermal properties. Where evidence provided demonstrates that thermal insulation products used in the building have been responsibly sourced. Any new insulation specified for use within the following building elements must be assessed: • External walls • Ground floor • Roof • Building services First credit .BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 6 . The Insulation Index is calculated using the Mat 6 Insulation Index Calculator Tool in the BREEAM assessor’s spreadsheet tool. determined by the Green Guide to Specification ratings.

Insulation Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 2 or 3 described in Table 1: Tier levels and requirements. MDI . glass & cellular glass made using < 50% recycled input Wool Product manufacture Product manufacture Product manufacture Product manufacture Product manufacture ra ft Table 6: EMS requirements for insulation products Supply chain processes Principal Polymer production. Phenolic resin or equivalent Any quarried or mined mineral over 20% of input Wool Scouring Recycled content by default Recycled timber by default.25 0 To calculate the Insulation Index. each insulation product must be certified in accordance with Levels 1. all other timber from one of the recognised timber certification schemes in Table 1. By-product manufacture by default 1 or 2 main inputs with significant production or extraction impacts should be identified Page 230 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Material Foam Insulation Key Process Insulation manufacture Products using > 50% recycled content except those using timber Timber-based insulation materials including those using recycled timber Other renewable-based insulation materials using agricultural by-products (e.g. i. Polystyrene. At least 80% of the thermal insulation used in the building elements identified in Item 1 must be responsibly sourced. the sum of these values is divided by the sum of the volume weighted thermal resistance values (an example calculation is provided in the additional information section).Responsible Sourcing 1. Second credit .e. e.g. Table 3 below shows the Key Processes and Supply Chain processes required for common insulation products. straw) Any other product Product manufacture D Stone wool. as outlined in Mat 5. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - The volume weighted thermal resistance for each insulation material is then multiplied by the relevant Green Guide point(s) from the following table: Green Guide Rating A+ A B C D E Points/element 3 2 1 0.2 .5 0.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 6 .

1-4 Design Stage Marked-up design plan/elevations and/or a copy of the specification confirming: The location of insulating materials. BREEAM allocates an ‘A+’ Refurbishment rating.Insulation Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Where no similar insulation can be found assessors should seek guidance from BRE on the appropriate rating. buildings Awarding Both credits can be awarded independently of each other . D ra ft AND Post Construction Stage Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: • Element in-situ (where possible) Page 231 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. and vice-versa. existing in-situ and materials insulating materials are not assessed. The Green Guide rating and element number for the assessed insulation specifications.2 .BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 6 . Schedule of Evidence Required Req. A copy of the output from the Insulation Index Calculator Tool. Element consisting of more than one insulation Finding exact Green Guide Ratings Where more than one insulation type is present for a given element. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. Manufacturer’s technical details written design team confirmation of any confirming: changes to the materials specification. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings.e. area and conductivity for each insulation should be entered into the tool and an average is calculated (by area). it is credits not a requirement of the second credit that the first is achieved.i. where relevant. • Thickness and thermal conductivity of the insulating materials specified. The area (m 2) and thickness (m) or volume (m 3) of insulation specified. As built drawings and. For each element that is reused in-situ. the rating. If no new insulating products reused in-situ are being specified as part of the refurbishment both credits can be awarded. For the purpose of responsible sourcing.

Thermal conductivity = 0.Insulation Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.027 W/mK Green Guide rating = B (1 point) Area weighted thermal resistance: ((210*0.022) = 955 Green Guide rating correction: 955 * 0.2 . Thermal insulation thickness = 120mm.120)/0. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 5 Evidence (as outlined in Mat 5) Evidence (as outlined Mat 5) confirming confirming compliance for the insulating compliance.027) = 933 Green Guide rating correction: 933 * 1.022 W/mK Green Guide rating = C (0. Additional information Relevant definitions Insulation Index: A measure of performance used in BREEAM that seeks to assess the thermal properties of insulation products used in the building relevant to the embodied impact of that insulating material.027) = 933 Green Guide rating correction: 933 * 3.5 = 477 Page 232 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Thermal conductivity = 0.0 = 2799 Type 4 Ground Floor Area = 210m 2.0 = 3912 Type 3 Roof Area = 210m 2. whether the BREEAM credit is achieved.120)/0.100)/0. materials.0 = 933 Total area weighted thermal resistance = 1956+955+933+933 = 4777 Green Guide rating correction = 3912 + 477 + 2799 +933 = 8121 D ra ft Type 2 Building Services Volume of insulation used = 21m 3.023 W/mK Green Guide rating = A (2 points) Area weighted thermal resistance: ((450*0. Thermal conductivity = 0.5 points) Area weighted thermal resistance: (21/0.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 6 . Thermal insulation thickness = 120mm.027 W/mK Green Guide rating = A+ (3 points) Area weighted thermal resistance: ((210*0.023) = 1956 Green Guide rating correction: 1956* 2. Thermal insulation thickness = 100mm. Insulation Index Calculator Tool: A spreadsheet tool used by the BREEAM assessor to determine the Insulation Index and therefore. Example calculation The Insulation Index is calculated for a building using the following types of insulation as follows: Type 1 Walls Area = 450m 2. Thermal conductivity = 0.

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 6 . D Page 233 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.7 (credit not achieved). References 1.2 .Insulation Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Insulation Index: Green Guide Rating Correction / Total Area weighted thermal resistance = 8121/4777 = 1. See BREEAM credits Mat 1 and Mat 5.

but not be limited to: a. corridor and kitchen areas. or prevention from. This must include. buildings D ra ft Page 234 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.Insulation Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Protection against. delivery. Protection from the effects of high pedestrian traffic in main entrances. therefore minimising the frequency of use of replacement materials. stairs. b. Internal and external areas of the building where vehicular. Suitable durability and protection measures or design features have been specified to prevent damage to the vulnerable parts of these building areas from such traffic. 2. Refurbishment Where the assessment is of a refurbished building on an existing site then the requirements apply to the areas that form a part of the works or hard landscape for that building. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To recognise and encourage adequate protection of exposed parts of the building and landscape. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where protection is given to vulnerable parts of the building such as areas exposed to high pedestrian traffic. public areas and thoroughfares (corridors. lifts. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. c.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 6 . vehicular and trolley movements.2 . Protection against any internal vehicular/trolley movement within 1m of the internal building fabric in storage. trolley and pedestrian movement occur have been identified. doors etc). any potential vehicular collision where vehicular parking and manoeuvring occurs within 1m of the external building façade for all car parking areas and within 2m for all delivery areas. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to the assessment of new-build projects.

in particular for any goods delivery areas. 2 Design drawings and/or specification confirming: • The durability measures specified. up to 2m high • Corridor walls specified to Severe Duty (SD) as per BS 5234-2.e. Additional information Relevant definitions None. public areas etc) Any vehicle impact protection measures specified must be positioned at an adequate distance from the building to protect the fabric from impact from any vehicle with a measurable overhang of the body from the wheel track. Vehicle Impact Protection Public / Common Areas Req. 1&2 Design Stage Design drawings marked up to illustrate: • Vulnerable areas/parts of the building. • Protection rails to walls of corridors • Kick plates/impact protection (from trolleys etc) on doors • Hard-wearing and easily washable floor finishes in heavily used circulation areas (i.2 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft Schedule of evidence required Post Construction Stage Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: • Vulnerable areas of the building • The durability measures in-situ. . i. where the specification of external robust wall construction is specified to comply with the credit. main entrance.e.Insulation Suitable durability measures Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. specifying bollards or protection rails. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Suitable durability and protection measures to vulnerable parts of the building can include: • Bollards/barriers/raised kerbs to delivery and vehicle drop-off areas • Robust external wall construction. additional protection must be provided to ensure against potential damage to the robust façade from vehicle movement. In vehicle movement areas only. corridors.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 6 . D Page 235 of 337 DRAFT v0. Consideration should be given to materials specification in public/common areas (especially public waiting areas and toilet areas) to provide protection against potential malicious or physical abuse in as far as it is possible.

Insulation Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.2 . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - References • BS 5234-2: Partitions (including matching linings) – “Specification for performance requirements for strength and robustness including methods of test”.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 6 . D Page 236 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. BSI1992.

Insulation Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.2 . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Waste Section D Page 237 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 6 .

2 .BREEAM : Education : 2008 Materials Mat 6 .Insulation Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Waste credits Credit Common Credit to all schemes Specific HE criteria or altered requirements to a common credit HE specific credit Requires specific feedback (please see credit below for more info) Wst 1 – Construction Site Waste Management Wst 2 – Recycled Aggregates Wst 3 – Storage of Recyclable Waste Wst 4 – Compactor / Baler Wst 5 – Composting P P P P D Page 238 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft P DRAFT v0.

Where there is a Site Waste Management Plan (SWMP) that contains: a.2 .5 <4.6 9. The target benchmark for resource efficiency i. Procedures for minimising hazardous waste ra ft 6.9 <9.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Waste Wst 1 . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To promote resource efficiency via the effective and appropriate management of construction site waste.e.5 4.2 One credit Two credits Three credits 3 D BREEAM credits * Volume (m ) is actual volume of waste (not bulk volume) 2.Construction Site Waste Management Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.16. Where evidence provided demonstrates that a significant majority of nonhazardous construction waste generated by the development will be diverted from landfill and reused or recycled.6.6 . Credit criteria Credits 3 Up to three credits are available where evidence provided demonstrates that the amount of non-hazardous construction waste (m 3/100m 2 or tonnes/100m 2) generated on site by the development is the same as or better than good or best practice levels. Where non-hazardous construction waste generated by the building’s construction phase (excluding demolition and excavation waste) meets or exceeds the following resource efficiency benchmarks: Amount of waste generated per 100m2 (gross internal floor area) m3 tonnes 13.2 – 12. 1 Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: Up to three credits are available 1. Procedures and commitments for minimising non-hazardous waste in line with the benchmark c. m 3 of waste per 100m 2 or tonnes of waste per 100m 2 b.7 .0 .8.7 Page 239 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.

90% by weight or 80% by volume of non-hazardous demolition waste has been diverted from landfill. Salvaged/reclaimed for reuse d. For demolition projects. 3. Waste materials will be sorted into separate key waste groups (according to the waste streams generated by the scope of the works) either onsite or offsite through a licensed contractor for recovery. measuring and reporting hazardous and nonhazardous site waste e.2 . Procedures for sorting. in addition to the above requirement for construction-related waste. In addition to the above. c. in the case of demolition. if not. either on site or through a licensed external contractor f. Potential applications and any related issues for the reuse and recycling of the key refurbishment and demolition materials. Returned to the supplier via a ‘take-back’ scheme e. Procedures for monitoring. One credit is available (New build. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - d. Where there is a Site Waste Management Plan (SWMP) complying with the above requirements. Exemplary level requirements The following outlines the exemplary level requirements to achieve an innovation credit for this BREEAM issue. must comply with the following: a. Completed a pre-demolition/pre-refurbishment audit of the existing building to determine if. Reused on other sites c. where demolition forms a part of the principal contractor’s works contract. to maximise the recovery of material from demolition or refurbishment for subsequent high-grade/value applications. D ra ft Page 240 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Demolition & refurbishment projects 1. Recovered from site by an approved waste management contractor and recycled.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Waste Wst 1 .Construction Site Waste Management Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. The audit must be referenced in the SWMP and cover: b. The name or job title of the individual responsible for implementing the above. Identification of the key refurbishment/demolition materials. Where at least 75% by weight or 65% by volume of non-hazardous construction waste generated by the project has been diverted from landfill and either: a. refurbishment is feasible and. reusing and recycling construction waste into defined waste groups (see additional guidance section). 4. Refurbishment and Fit Out only projects): 1. 2. Reused on site (in-situ or for new applications) b. sites with existing buildings that will be refurbished or demolished.

Salvaged/reclaimed for reuse d. sufficient documentary evidence must be produced which demonstrates that segregation of materials is carried out to the agreed levels and that materials are reused/recycled as appropriate. Limited site Where space on site is too limited to allow waste materials to be space for segregated. SWMP Since April 2008 any construction project in England costing over £300k requires a Site Waste Management Plan. regardless of value or locality. Where this is the case.2 . Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Waste Wst 1 . 2. Similarly. a waste contractor may be used to separate and process segregation recyclable materials off site. 3. Where at least 90% by weight (80% by volume) of non-hazardous construction waste and 95% of demolition waste by weight (85% by volume) (if applicable) generated by the build has been diverted from landfill and either: a. Recovered from site by an approved waste management contractor and recycled. To achieve any of the construction site waste management credits the assessed development.appropriate methodology. including ‘A report on the Demolition Protocol’ (see references). credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 1. must have a SWMP compliant with best practice (see relevant definitions in additional guidance section). At the time of writing BRE are currently refurbishment developing a tool as part of the SMARTWaste system for carrying out audit such audits. where only the extension is being assessed. Reused on site (in-situ or for new applications) b. and the ICE has produced guidance on pre-demolition audits. D ra ft Page 241 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. manufacturers’ take-back and storage schemes could also be used. All key waste groups are identified for diversion from landfill at pre-construction stage SWMP. buildings For assessments of extensions to existing buildings.Construction Site Waste Management Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Returned to the supplier via a ‘take-back’ scheme e. it is the extension only that must comply. Where non-hazardous construction waste generated by the building’s development meets or exceeds the resource efficiency benchmark required to achieve three credits (as outlined above). Reused on other sites c. Extensions to If the building is part refurbishment part new-build extension then the existing whole building must be used to determine compliance with this issue. PreA pre-demolition/pre-refurbishment audit should be carried out using an demolition/pre.

• An outline of the detailed requirements that will be included in that specification clause. Post Construction Stage All Credits and Exemplary level A copy of the SWMP summary datasheets or equivalent monitoring records/report confirming: • The total waste arising for the development. Where relevant. OR A letter from the client or their representative containing: • Confirmation that the specification will contain a clause on site waste management requirements. a copy of the pre. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Schedule of evidence required Req. Additional information Relevant definitions Significant Majority: Defined as meeting at least the percentages required within the Credit Compliance section of this manual D Page 242 of 337 DRAFT v0.• Comparison of the total waste arising demolition/pre-refurbishment audit.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Waste Wst 1 . the amount and proportion of waste arising that was A copy of the specification clause that: reused. recycled and landfilled • Requires the principal contractor • Custody/application/destination of to produce a SWMP in line with reused/recycled materials.Construction Site Waste Management Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. the requirements • Contains the detailed requirements with respect to resource efficiency benchmarks and target(s) and procedures to be included in the SWMP • Where relevant. against the benchmark • Quantities of waste by groupings OR • Where required.2 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft . All Design Stage A copy of the compliant Site Waste Management Plan containing the appropriate benchmarks. requires the principal contractor to carry out a pre-demolition/pre-refurbishment audit. commitments and procedures.

designers and principal contractors assess the use. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Site Waste Management Plan (SWMP): SWMP aims to promote resource efficiency and to prevent illegal waste activities. lubricating oil Bitumen. d. cardboard. paving slabs. coal tars. polythene sheets Softwood. vegetation Hydraulic oil.Construction Site Waste Management Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. mineral wool. boards products such as plywood. concrete rubble. follow guidance from: • DEFRA (Department of Environment. sanitaryware Page 243 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. fridges. Food and Rural Affairs) • BRE (Building Research Establishment) • Envirowise • WRAP (Waste & Resources Action Programme) Table 7: Construction waste groups Codes: (European Waste Catalogue) 170102 Key Group Bricks Bricks Examples 170101 170604 Concrete Pipes. precast and in situ Insulation 15018 170201 Packaging Timber 1602 Electrical and electronic equipment Canteen/office Oils Asphalt and tar 1703 170103 Tiles and ceramics D ra ft Glass fibre. ceramic. asphalt Ceramic tiles. foamed plastic Paint pots. engine oil. develop and implement procedures to sort and reuse/recycle construction waste on and off site (as applicable).2 .BREEAM : Education : 2008 Waste Wst 1 . airconditioning units. pallets. hardwood. Resource efficiency includes minimising waste at source and ensuring that clients. design out waste b. canteen waste. medium density fibreboard (MDF) Electrical & electronic TVs. reuse and recycling of materials and products on and off the site. cable drums. kerb stones. clay roof tiles. chipboard. reduce waste generated on site c. Best Practice SWMP: Best practice (site waste management) is a combination of commitments to: a. wrapping bands. lamps equipment Office waste.

desks. The tool includes online waste D ra ft Page 244 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. thinners. glass 1704 170802 Metals Radiators. This tool includes an integrated waste measurement tool (a revised SMARTStart) which is aligned to defined waste groups. vinyl flooring non-packaging 170203 Plastics Floor coverings (soft) Furniture Liquids 200307 Tables. SMARTWaste Plan will manage all aspects of creating SWMPs and measuring waste generated on projects. cement. sand. frames. plaster. implementing and reviewing a SWMP SMARTWaste Plan is a free web-based tool for preparing. cladding. gravel. sheet Gypsum Plasterboard. The benchmarks used apply to actual volume. cables.uk Tools for preparing. implementing and reviewing a SWMP.Construction Site Waste Management Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. treatments timber 1705 Soils Hazardous Architectural Features Soils. clays. sheet Carpets. sofas Non-hazardous paints. For more information on these benchmarks and to break them down by waste type. render. Templates are available to meet the BREEAM credits and can also be downloaded. natural stone Defined in Environment Agency technical guidance (www. fireplaces Efforts should be made to categorise waste into the above categories wherever possible Mixed/ other BREEAM construction waste benchmarks The benchmarks used have been derived from BRE's SMARTWaste system and through a DEFRA-funded project for predicting construction waste and will be updated annually for the purposes of BREEAM. mortar Pipes.gov.co.2 . The benchmarks are based on real-life data and have been subject to a number of statistical and logical tests. fibre cement sheets. wires. reclaimed bricks. Compliance with the benchmarks can be demonstrated using either volume of weight of construction waste. and standard conversion factors have been used for tonnages from the Environment Agency.environmentagency.smartwaste. bars. chairs.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Waste Wst 1 . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 1705 Inert Mixed rubble/excavation material. please go to www.uk/subjects/waste) Roof tiles.

www.2 .uk/waste_management_regulations/waste_management_regulations_ scotland/index.gov.gov.bremap. BREMAP is a geographical information system of waste management facilities.bremap.gov. Both WRAP and Envirowise can provide advice and guidance on SWMPs: www.org.uk 8.aggregain.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Waste Wst 1 .uk 4. DEFRA provides information and associated guidance on the Site Waste Management Plan Regulations 2008: www.uk 6. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - measurement.uk/subjects/waste/ and www.envirowise.wrap.uk 3.org.co.uk References 1. Waste Management Regulations Scotland: www.org. See www. A carbon calculator and economic assessment of waste will also be added.uk/constructionwaste 5.org. commissioned by London Remade prepared by EnviroCentre Ltd.co.netregs.ice.defra.gov.environment-agency.Construction Site Waste Management Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. “ A Report on the Demolition Protocol”. (www. For help in finding local waste management companies and opportunities to reuse and recycle materials try BREMAP free of charge at: www.uk 7.uk/construction and www. For information and further advice on Site Waste Management Plans and to freely download BRE’s new SMARTWaste Plan tool visit: www. Environment Agency guidance on waste: www. industry waste benchmarks and links to BREMAP.remade.html D Page 245 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.co.uk) 2.smartwaste.

Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates the significant use of recycled or secondary aggregates in ‘high-grade’ building aggregate uses. Potentially the case in most refurbishments. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. demolition and excavation waste (CD&E) – this includes road planings OR c. Obtained from waste processing site(s) within a 30km radius of the site. buildings D ra ft Page 246 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.Recycled aggregates Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To recognise and encourage the use of recycled and secondary aggregates in construction. Where the amount of recycled and secondary aggregate specified is over 25% (by weight or volume) of the total high-grade aggregate uses for the building.2 . Refurbishment This credit can be awarded automatically where no new aggregate is being used.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Waste Wst 2 . the source will be principally from construction. Secondary aggregates obtained from a non-construction post-consumer or postindustrial by-product source (see compliance notes). Such aggregates can be EITHER: a. thereby reducing the demand for virgin material. Obtained on site OR b. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1.

1 Design Stage A copy of the relevant specification or contract clause confirming: Recycled and secondary aggregate use requirements for the project. Third party documentation as follows: Delivery notes for all recycled and secondary aggregates confirming: • Source of recycled/secondary aggregate. • Total recycled and secondary aggregates used. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Secondary aggregates Recognised non-construction post-consumer or post-industrial byproducts include: • China clay waste • Slate overburden • Pulverised Fuel Ash (PFA) • Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag (GGBFS) • Air-cooled blast furnace slag • Steel slag • Furnace bottom ash (FBA) • Incinerator bottom ash • Foundry sands • Recycled glass • Recycled plastic • Tyres • Spent oil shale • Colliery spoil Schedule of evidence required Req. Post Construction Stage Structural engineers calculations demonstrating the weight/volume of: • Total high grade aggregate used.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Waste Wst 2 . D A letter from the design team or main contractor confirming: The source of recycled/secondary aggregates The amount and quality required can be obtained from this source.Recycled aggregates Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. AND/OR A letter or email from the aggregate/ concrete supplier confirming that: • The aggregate supplied and used was from a recycled/secondary source • Source of recycled/secondary aggregate. ra ft Page 247 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.2 .

aggregain. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Additional information Relevant definitions High Grade aggregate uses are considered to be: Bound • Structural frame.Recycled aggregates Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. depending on their source.salvomie. Secondary aggregates: By-products of industrial processes that can be processed to produce secondary aggregates. e. AggRegain website (managed by WRAP) has many case studies. References 1. Recycled aggregates: are those derived from reprocessing materials previously used in construction. Secondary Aggregates are sub-divided into manufactured and natural.uk 2. • Floor slabs including ground floor slabs. Post-consumer waste stream: Waste material generated by households or by commercial. This includes returns of material from the distribution chain.org. crushed concrete or masonry from construction and demolition waste material.org.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Waste Wst 2 . binder. Unbound • Asphalt-based or similar road surfaces • Granular fill and capping • Pipe bedding • Sub bases/building foundations • Gravel landscaping. Excluded is reutilisation of materials such as rework. This practice is now common place on construction sites due to landfill costs. and surface courses for paved areas and roads.uk D ra ft Page 248 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.uk and www.co. • Bitumen or hydraulically bound base. BREMAP and Salvo Materials Information Exchange can help identify sources of recycled and secondary aggregates: www.bremap.2 .g. regrind or scrap generated in a process and capable of being reclaimed within the same process that generated it. Pre-consumer waste stream : Waste material generated during manufacturing processes. Crushed masonry used as fill material for general landscaping is not considered to be high grade. which can no longer be used for its intended purpose. industrial and institutional facilities in their role as end-users of the product. guidance and specifications for using recycled and secondary aggregates: www.

credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 3.minres.co.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Waste Wst 2 .Recycled aggregates Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.g.uk D Page 249 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. MINRES website has technical information and case studies relating to the use of recycled and secondary aggregates in a number of high value applications e..2 . bricks. and can also help users to locate sources of secondary aggregates: www. concrete etc.

so that such waste is diverted from landfill or incineration.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Waste Wst 3 Storage of Recyclable Waste Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. Whilst a fixed area cannot always be given. Extensions to Where there are facilities within the existing building. the following must be complied with as a minimum: a. dedicated space is provided for the storage of the building’s recyclable waste streams. 2.2 . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To recognise the provision of dedicated storage facilities for a building’s operational-related recyclable waste streams. D ra ft Page 250 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. In a location with good vehicular access to facilitate collections. An additional 2m 2 per 1000m 2 of net floor area where catering is provided (up to an additional minimum of 10m 2 5000m 2). Credit criteria Credits 1 Where a central. At least 2m 2 per 1000m 2 of net floor area for buildings <5000m 2 b. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. The scope of these facilities must be adequate buildings to cater for the total volume of predicted waste from the new and existing buildings. Clearly labelled for recycling b. The size of the space allocated must be adequate to store the likely volume of recyclable materials generated by the building’s occupants/operation. Placed within accessible reach of the building (see compliance notes) c. compliant with the following: a. these can be used existing to assess compliance. A minimum of 10m 2 for buildings 5000 m 2 c. A dedicated storage space to cater for recyclable materials generated by the building during occupation.

it may not be possible to meet a 20m requirement.2 . The area for recyclable materials storage must be provided in addition to areas and facilities provided for dealing with general waste and other waste management facilities. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Multiple building assessments Where the assessment applies to a number of buildings then a dedicated centralised storage space should be provided on site and this should be sized to accommodate the likely amount of recyclable materials for all buildings. Additional information Relevant definitions None.g. are not sufficient to obtain this credit. Individual recycling bins located at convenient locations throughout the building are necessary to maximise recycling rates. Schedule of evidence required Post Construction Stage Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: • The location.g. site restrictions or tenancy arrangements. depending on the size of the building. These on their own. Typically ‘accessible reach’ is defined in BREEAM as within 20m of a building entrance. The following footprint dimensions can act as a guide when determining size and accessibility requirements for the recyclable storage space: ra ft . swimming pool or sports hall. however. Page 251 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. e. In some circumstances. vehicular gate heights/widths and manoeuvring and loading space must be sized correctly to ensure ease of access for vehicles collecting recyclable materials.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Waste Wst 3 Storage of Recyclable Waste Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. can be excluded. compactors and balers. Where the facilities are situated internally. size and capacity of the storage provision • Labelling of the dedicated facilities. If it is the opinion of the assessor that it is not feasible to meet this 20m requirement then they can use their judgement to determine if the facility is in an easily accessible location for building occupants and vehicle collection and to state their reasons in the assessment report. All D Design Stage Marked-up building/site plan and/or copy of the specification confirming: The location of the dedicated recyclable storage area Storage area for general waste The area (m 2) of the storage space(s) Description of the labelling. Building areas that do not generate any operational waste. Accessible reach of the building Individual Recycling Bins Internal storage areas General waste Req. e.

2 .8m. 2nd Ed.2m x 0.0m length or 8m 2 area for the storage and access of such containers Wheeled bins: 360 litre = 0.4m x 1. length = 7.35m width 3. D Page 252 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.4m. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Compactor dimensions: about the size of one car parking bay. 4.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Waste Wst 3 Storage of Recyclable Waste • • • • • Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.1m Consideration must also be given to any other types of vehicle requiring access to this area.4m Skip: The footprint of an 8 and 12 cubic yard skip measures 3.86m x 0. Adler.98m Roll-on-roll-off containers: allow a minimum of 6. “Metric handbook – Planning and design data”. Architectural Press.8 x 2. lorries for roll on/off containers..1m x 2.0m width and 4. References 1. e.1m o Skip lorry: length = 7m Height = 3. therefore allow a minimum of 2. Therefore gate height/widths should not be smaller than these measurements: o Dustcart: medium capacity.28m x 0.62 / 660L= 1. Vehicle access: The following are dimensions for lorry types that are typically used to collect waste.7m / 1100L = 1.4m Height = 4m width 3. 1999.g.

Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. Credit aim To recognise and encourage the provision of facilities which enable efficient and hygienic waste sorting and storage. the vehicle access credit can be assessed on the basis of the provision of adequate space for a smaller portable compactor or baler. A static waste compactor or baler is installed and situated in a service area or dedicated waste management space. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. 3. Schedule of evidence required D ra ft Page 253 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. At least one water outlet is provided for each waste sorting and/or storing facility. large number of deliveries to the building.2 . buildings Limited space or For developments that have limited space for static installations. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Waste Wst 4 Compactor / Baler Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O Comment [VC29]: This credit will only go in those assessments where there are retail units or it is envisaged a frequent. 2. The recyclable waste storage requirements of BREEAM credit WST 3 have been met. Credit criteria Credits Where evidence provided demonstrates that either an industrial waste compactor or baler is installed for compacting/baling waste materials generated on site and 1 A water outlet is provided for cleaning The development achieves the BREEAM credit for storage of recyclable waste.

recycling and disposal. References None.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Waste Wst 4 Compactor / Baler Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. The provision of adequate recycling and waste management facilities helps to ensure that this objective can be achieved. As defined in the schedule of evidence for BREEAM credit WST 3. compacting waste at source will reduce the number of trips required for the collection and delivery of the waste and therefore result in reduced fuel consumption and vehicle emissions.2 . D ra ft Page 254 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. whether for recycling or landfill. 3 Additional information Relevant definitions Waste compactor or baler: A machine that is designed to compress waste streams in order to improve storage and transport efficiency. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Req. Furthermore. Reduced vehicle movements will also provided social and health & wellbeing benefits to the surrounding community and economic benefits to the building occupier. The requirement to achieve the credit for storage of recyclable materials is set in order to encourage the minimisation of the assessed development’s waste streams by encouraging a more integrated approach to the issue of waste management. size and capacity of confirming the recyclable storage provision (as • The type of compactor/baler specified. 1-2 Design Stage Post Construction Stage Marked-up design plan and/or a copy of Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: the specification confirming: Provision of waste compactor/baler • The installation of the Location and size of space for waste compactor/baler (or space for compactor/baler installation for speculative Water outlet developments) • Installation of a water outlet Manufacturer/supplier literature • The location. Compacting dry waste can significantly reduce the volume of waste sent to landfill. required for compliance with WST 3) As defined in the schedule of evidence for BREEAM credit WST 3.

1 OR Where space or access is limited. At least one water outlet is provided for cleaning in and around the facility. 2. At least one water outlet is provided for cleaning in and around the facility. There is adequate space for storing segregated food waste and composted organic material. A vessel or an anaerobic digestion system is installed on site for composting suitable food waste resulting from the building’s daily operation and use.2 . catering facilities. there is a dedicated space for compostable food waste to be stored prior to removal and composting at an alternative site. ra ft Page 255 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. D 3. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new-build projects. e.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Wst 5 .g. Where there are space or access limitations on site. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O Comment [VC30]: This credit will be included only in those assessments where there is the likelihood of generation of organic waste. There is a dedicated segregated space for storing compostable food waste prior to collection and delivery to an alternative composting / anaerobic digestion facility. b. the following demonstrates compliance: a. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. and adequate storage for such waste generated by the building’s users and operation. Credit criteria Credits Where evidence provided demonstrates there is a vessel on sit e for composting food waste.Composting Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. OR 1. Credit aim To encourage the provision of facilities that help facilitate the reduction in volume of compostable organic waste going directly to landfill during the building’s operation.

Composting Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. The procedure and frequency for collecting the compostable material. 1-4 Design Stage Marked-up design plan and/or a copy of the specification confirming (as appropriate): Specification of composting vessel / anaerobic digestion system Location and size of space for vessel / anaerobic digestion system and storage of waste/compost Water outlet. Schedule of evidence required Req. D Page 256 of 337 DRAFT v0. Post Construction Stage Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: • The installation of the vessel/ anaerobic digestion system • The provision of adequate storage space/facilities • Installation of a water outlet If appropriate. References None. the installation is adequate for the size of development. Relevant definitions None. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Refurbishment Extensions to existing buildings Storage Capacity There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. within reason. No requirements are set on the type of vessel / anaerobic digestion system or storage capacity required as this will be determined by the end user and predicted volumes of organic compostable waste. There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings.2 Additional information ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft . a letter from the occupier or service provider confirming: Location of the off-site facility where compostable material will be delivered. bearing in mind the likely quantity of organic waste that will be produced by the development. The assessor should be satisfied that.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Energy Wst 5 .

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology Section D Page 257 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.2 .

2 .BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use and Ecology credits Credit Credit common to all schemes Specific HE criteria or altered requirements to a common credit HE specific credit Requires specific feedback (please see comments in credit below) LE 1 – Reuse of land LE 2 – Contaminated land LE 3 – Ecological value of site and protection of ecological features LE 4 – Mitigating ecological impact LE 5 – Enhancing site ecology LE 6 – Long term impact on biodiversity LE7 – Consultation with students and staff LE8 – Local wildlife partnerships P P P P P P P D Page 258 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft P P DRAFT v0.

works temporary offices/parking. D ra ft Page 259 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Temporary Undeveloped areas of the site to be used for temporary works (e. commercial or domestic purposes in the last 50 years.g. material/machinery storage) must be considered as development on undeveloped land and therefore included in the calculations unless they have been defined as ‘land of low ecological value’ (Ecological Value and Protection credit. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence is provided to demonstrate that the majority of the footprint of the proposed development falls within the boundary of previously developed land. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To encourage the reuse of land that has been previously developed and discourage the use of previously undeveloped land for building. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1.2 . hard landscaping. 75% of the total proposed development footprint buildings (refurbished plus new build and/or hard landscaping and/or infrastructure) must comply with the requirement. Extensions to Where a refurbishment includes new buildings. the credit can be awarded by default where no new building work or infrastructure is being constructed as part of the refurbishment. At least 75% of the proposed development’s footprint is on an area of land which has previously been developed for use by industrial. Refurbishment In the case of refurbishment.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE1 – Reuse of land Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new build projects. The land on which at least 75% of the new building will be sited must meet the definition of previously developed. or existing infrastructure. Infill New buildings developed within the boundary of existing sites do not development automatically comply with the requirements. LE3).

plans. and where such reinstatement will not encroach on land of high ecological value as defined in Ecological Value of Land and Protection of Ecological Features credit (credit number LE3). • Location and footprint (m2) of • Where alteration has occurred the % proposed development and must be re-calculated using ‘as built’ temporary works.2 . b. D Previously Developed Land: For the purposes of this credit. report or site Assessor’s building/site inspection or as photographs confirming: built drawings confirming: • Previous land use. BREEAM uses the definition from Planning Policy Statement 3 which defines previously developed land as that which is or was occupied by a permanent structure. • The footprint or orientation of the developed area has not altered from • Area (m 2) of previous land use. Relevant definitions Proposed Development: Is defined as the area of any building. Land that has been developed for minerals extraction or waste disposal by landfill purposes where provision for restoration has been made through development control procedures. ra ft Additional information Page 260 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. 1 Design Stage Post Construction Stage Existing site plan. hard landscaping. A university sports field can be counted as previously developed land only if an equivalent area of sports field is reinstated within one year of the completed construction works. The definition includes: a. evidence. that confirmed in the design stage Proposed site plan showing. the credit may only be awarded on this basis if the site is deemed to be “contaminated” as defined in BREEAM credit LE2. car park and access roads that fall within the boundary of the proposed site. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Developed more than 50 years ago University sports fields Where a site has been previously developed (more than 50 years ago) but is now considered undeveloped.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE1 – Reuse of land Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Schedule of evidence required Req. Defence buildings The definition excludes: a. Land that is or has been occupied by agricultural or forestry buildings. including the curtilage of the developed land and any associated fixed surface infrastructure.

d.scotland.gov.2 . Available from the Government’s Planning Portal website: www.gov. Land in built-up areas such as parks.uk/Publications/2003/02/16499/18894 3. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - c. recreation grounds and allotments which. Scotland 2. Planning Policy Guidance (PPG) 3: Housing. Designing for Sport on School Sites. References England and Wales 1.org/designing_for_sport_on_school_sites.sportengland. although may feature paths.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE1 – Reuse of land Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Available from the Scottish Government’s website: http://www. Land that was previously developed but where the remains of the permanent structure or fixed surface structure have blended into the landscape in the process of time (to the extent that it can reasonably be considered as part of the natural surroundings).uk. Available from: http://www. have not been previously developed. pavilions and other buildings.planningportal.pdf D Page 261 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. Scottish Planning Policy Guidance (SPPG) 3: Housing.

the options for remediating sources of pollution which present an unacceptable risk to the site. Credit criteria Credits Where evidence is provided to demonstrate that the land used for the new development has. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new build projects. been defined as contaminated and adequate remedial steps have been taken to decontaminate the site prior to construction. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. risk assessment and appraisal identifying: a. The client or contractor confirms that remediation of the site will be carried out in accordance with the remediation strategy and its implementation plan.2 . The credit is not achievable for instances where historical remediation and development of the site has occurred outside the scope of the current development proposals. Prior Decontamination The credit can only be awarded where remediation has taken place to enable current development of the site for the assessed building. The site is deemed to be significantly contaminated as confirmed by a contaminated land specialist’s site investigation. the contaminant sources/types c. or part of a larger phased development that includes the assessed building (see below). the degree of contamination b. prior to development. 1 Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. D ra ft Page 262 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing buildings above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. 2.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE2 – Contaminated land Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To encourage positive action to use contaminated land that otherwise would not have been remediated and developed.

• Description of relevant pollution linkages addressed*. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Large sites split into smaller plots Health and Safety-related decontamination Asbestos Where a large site has been decontaminated and is then packaged up into smaller plots of land for individual buildings (possibly as part of a phased development strategy). Schedule of evidence required Req. Contaminated land that has been decontaminated solely for health and safety reasons (rather than for the specific purpose of redevelopment) does not comply. • The degree. undertake necessary remediation works to mitigate the risks identified in the specialist report. 2 If a contractor has not yet been appointed. type and sources of site contamination. this cannot be classified as contaminated land. Where the only decontamination required is for the removal of asbestos within an existing building fabric.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE2 – Contaminated land Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. a letter from the client. D A letter from the main contractor or remediation contractor confirming: • The remediation strategy for the site. the credit can be awarded regardless of the plot location of the assessed building. A copy of the verification report (or relevant sections of the report) confirming: • Description of remedial works undertaken. This is on the condition that the whole site could not have been developed without remediation work taking place.2 . • Summary details of the implementation plan. ra ft Existing site plan(s) showing: • Location of areas contaminated and to be remediated in relation to any proposed development. Page 263 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. where asbestos is found to be present in the ground this will be classed as contamination for the purposes of assessing this credit. or * This may not be applicable where the their representative confirming: contaminant is a non-native invasive plant • That the appointed contractor will species. However. 1 Design Stage Post Construction Stage A copy of the specialist’s land The evidence required at the post contamination report confirming: construction stage is the same as for a design stage assessment. • The options for remediating the site.

liquid or gaseous material in. For the purposes of BREEAM this currently includes Japanese Knotweed and Giant Hogweed only. CLR 7: Assessment of risks to human health from land contamination. remedy or mitigate the risk caused by contaminated land to human health or the environment.uk) D 1. or on the ground to be covered by the building.environment-agency. ODPM.uk): a. a.gov.gov. including. minimise. good practice guidance. development of the site is not possible. environmentally or ecologically. Non-native invasive plant species: Are non-indigenous species that adversely affect the habitats they invade economically. d. Remedial methods for contaminated groundwater. which is classed as a hazard and therefore presents an unacceptable risk to human health and the environment. Remediation: Activity undertaken to prevent. d. Process-based remediation of land contamination. Approved Document C: “ Site Preparation and Resistance to contaminants and moisture”.2 . Significant contamination: For the purposes of this credit. CLR 8: Potential contaminants for the assessment of land. CLR 10: The Contaminated Land Exposure Assessment (CLEA) model: technical basis and algorithms. b. CLEA Overview Documents (These and other documents relating to CLEA are available from the Environment Agency’s website: www. Further advice and technical publications are available for download from the Environment Agency’s website: www. an overview of the development of Soil Guideline Values and related research. c. significant contamination is contamination compliant with the above and that. c. CLR 9: Contaminants in soil: collation of toxicological data and intake values for humans.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE2 – Contaminated land Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 3. The definition also includes land significantly infested by non-native invasive plant species (see below). credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Additional information Relevant definitions Contaminant : Is defined as any solid. ra ft References Page 264 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.uk. Further information on the control and disposal and how this fits into the legislative framework relating to such species can be obtained from DEFRA.communities. 2. Verification of treatment performance – How sure can you be? Issues for the selection of remedial strategies.gov. 2004 edition.environment-agency. Pollution Linkages: A relevant pollutant linkage is one that has been identified during the risk assessment stage as representing unacceptable risks to human health or the environment. (http://www. without remediation. b.

“Environment Agency Guidance on Requirements for Land Contamination Reports”.sepa. 5.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE2 – Contaminated land Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.org. 2005.uk D Page 265 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. Environment Agency. Scottish Environment Protection Agency (SEPA) www.2 . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 4.

or.2 . Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that the site’s construction zone is defined as land of low ecological value and all existing features of ecological value will be fully protected from damage during site preparation and construction works. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. • Hedges and natural areas requiring protection must either have barriers erected and be protected.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE3 – Ecological value of site AND Protection of ecological features Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. are protected by barriers.In all cases. All existing features of ecological value surrounding the construction zone and site boundary area are adequately protected from damage during clearance. when remote from site works or storage areas. silting or erosion). clearing of the site or erection of temporary site facilities). 2. • Watercourses and wetland areas are to be protected by cut-off ditches and site drainage to prevent run-off to natural watercourses (as this may cause pollution. site preparation and construction activities as listed below: • Trees of over 100 mm trunk diameter. be protected with a prohibition of construction activity in their vicinity. Minimum distance between tree trunk and barriers must be either the distance of branch spread or half tree height. D ra ft Page 266 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To encourage development on land that already has limited value to wildlife and to protect existing ecological features from substantial damage during site preparation and completion of construction works. the contractor is required to construct ecological protection prior to any preliminary site construction or preparation works (e. Barriers must prohibit construction works in the area between itself and the tree trunk. Land within the construction zone is defined as ‘land of low ecological value’ using either: a) BREEAM checklist A4 OR b) A suitably qualified ecologist who has identified the land as being of ‘low ecological value’ within an ecological assessment report. • In all cases trees must be protected from direct impact and from severance or asphyxiation of the roots. and/or of significant ecological value.g. whichever is the greater. 3. based on a site survey.

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE3 – Ecological value of site AND Protection of ecological features

Minimum BREEAM Standards
Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O -

Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new build projects. Refurbishment A refurbishment of a building (with no new construction), must protect any existing ecological features of value. Protection includes clear exclusion procedures for construction traffic/personnel and material storage, as well as physical barriers. Extensions to Where a refurbishment includes new building work or infrastructure, the existing land on which the new build area and its associated infrastructure (e.g. buildings roads, pavements, car parks etc) will be situated, must comply with the criteria. Where the construction zone is defined as ‘land of low ecological value’ No features of and where the surrounding site contains no features of ecological ecological value, this credit can be awarded. value The suitably qualified ecologist must base their findings on data Suitably collected from a site visit conducted at appropriate time(s) of the year, qualified ecologist report when different plant and animal species are evident. The content of the Ecology Report is to be representative of the existing site’s ecology prior to the commencement of initial site preparation works (i.e. before RIBA stage K, Operations On Site). Where the ecologist has made no on-site visit, the credit cannot be awarded. See additional guidance for definition of a suitably qualified ecologist. Features of If a suitably qualified ecologist has confirmed that a feature has little or little or no no ecological value, or where a tree is deemed to create a significant ecological danger to the public or occupants by a statutory body or qualified value arboriculturalist, then that feature may be exempt from the protection of ecological features requirement of this credit. Removal of If features of ecological value have been removed as part of site features of clearance then the development cannot achieve this credit, even if they ecological are to be replaced as part of a new landscaping strategy. value Site clearance For sites that have been cleared more than five years before prior to assessment, the ecological value of the site would be its current purchase of the ecological value, on the basis that in the intervening five years, site ecological features would have started to re-establish themselves and therefore act as an indicator of the site’s ecological value. For sites that have been cleared less than five years before assessment, a suitably qualified ecologist should make an estimation of the site’s ecological value immediately prior to clearance on the basis of available desktop information (including aerial photography) and the landscape type/area surrounding the site.

D

ra ft

Page 267 of 337
©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

DRAFT v0.2

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE3 – Ecological value of site AND Protection of ecological features

Minimum BREEAM Standards
Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O -

Schedule of evidence required
Req. First Credit 1&2 A completed copy of checklist A4 The evidence required at the post signed and dated by the client, their construction stage is the same as for a representative or a design team design stage assessment. member e.g. architect. AND One of the following: A plan and/or site photographs of the existing site highlighting any ecological features OR A copy of the ecologist’s report containing: • Confirmation that the land within the construction zone is of low ecological value. • A description of any ecological features within the site or on the site boundary. • Date(s) of site survey(s). A completed, signed copy of sections A and B of checklist A6 ‘Guidance for relating ecology reports to BREEAM’ to confirm the ecologist’s professional status OR Design Stage Post Construction Stage

A copy of the ecologist’s report containing the information in sections A and B from the above.

D
Page 268 of 337 DRAFT v0.2

©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

ra ft

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE3 – Ecological value of site AND Protection of ecological features

Minimum BREEAM Standards
Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O -

2&3

A copy of the relevant section of the contract specification confirming: • Requirement to protect all identified features of ecological value. • Scope of protection measures required. • Protection measures implemented prior to commencement of site activities.

Assessor site inspection report OR ecologist’s report confirming: • The boundary of the site and the construction zone has not been altered. • Where applicable, all existing ecological features still remain.

Additional information
Relevant definitions Construction zone: For the purpose of this BREEAM credit the construction zone is defined as any land on the site which is being developed (and therefore disturbed) for buildings, hard standing, landscaping, site access, plus a 3m boundary in either direction around these areas. It also includes any areas used for temporary site storage and buildings. If it is not known exactly where buildings, hard standing, site access and temporary storage will be located it must be assumed that the construction zone is the entire site. Suitably qualified ecologist (SQE) : An individual achieving all the following items can be considered to be “suitably qualified” for the purposes of a BREEAM assessment:

3. Is covered by a professional code of conduct and subject to peer review. Peer review: Is defined as the process employed by a professional body to demonstrate that potential or current full members maintain a standard of knowledge and experience required to ensure compliance with a code of conduct and professional ethics. Full members of the following organisations, who meet the above requirements, are deemed suitably qualified ecologists for the purposes of BREEAM: • Association of Wildlife Trust Consultancies (AWTC) • Chartered Institution of Water and Environmental Management (CIWEM) • Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management (IEEM) • Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment (IEMA)

D

2. Is a practising ecologist, with a minimum of three years relevant experience (within the last five years). Such experience must clearly demonstrate a practical understanding of factors affecting ecology in relation to construction and the built environment; including, acting in an advisory capacity to provide recommendations for ecological protection, enhancement and mitigation measures. Examples of relevant experience are: ecological impact assessments; Phase 1 and 2 habitat surveys and habitat restoration.

ra ft

1. Holds a degree or equivalent qualification (e.g. N/SVQ level 5) in ecology or a related subject.

Page 269 of 337
©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

DRAFT v0.2

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE3 – Ecological value of site AND Protection of ecological features •

Minimum BREEAM Standards
Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O -

Landscape Institute (LI)

Where a suitably qualified ecologist is verifying an Ecology Report produced by another ecologist who does not meet the SQE requirements, they must, as a minimum, have read and reviewed the report and confirm in writing that they have found it to: a. represent sound industry practice b. report and recommend correctly, truthfully and objectively c. be appropriate given the local site conditions and scope of works proposed d. avoid invalid, biased and exaggerated statements. Additionally, written confirmation from the third party verifier that they comply with the definition of a Suitably Qualified Ecologist is required.

References
1. British Standard BS5837 “ Trees in relation to construction”, BSI, 2005. 2. “The Hedgerows Regulations 1997”, Office of Public Sector. 3. Environmental good practice on site (CIRIA C502): “Guidance on how to avoid causing environmental damage and the financial penalties that can follow”, CIRIA, 1999. 4. Environmental good practice on site (CIRIA C503): “Practical advice on how to carry out construction works without harming the environment”, CIRIA, 1999.

6. “RSPB Good Practice Guide for Prospective Developments – General Principles”, RSPB, 1997: www.rspb.org.uk.

8. Pollution Prevention Guideline (PPG) 6: “Working at construction and demolition sites”, Environment Agency.

D

7. Pollution Prevention Guideline (PPG) 5: “Works in, near, or liable to affect watercourses”, Environment Agency.

ra ft

5. Working with wildlife site guide (CIRIA C567): “Guidance to understand and implement good practice in relation to wildlife on development and construction projects”, CIRIA, 2005.

Page 270 of 337
©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

DRAFT v0.2

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE4 – Mitigating ecological impact

Minimum BREEAM Standards
Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG 1 E 1 O 1

Credit aim
To minimise the impact of a building development on existing site ecology.

Credit criteria
Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that the change in the site’s existing ecological value, as a result of development, is minimal. Where evidence provided demonstrates that there is no negative change in the site’s existing ecological value as a result of development.

2

Compliance requirements
The following demonstrates compliance: 1. Where the change in ecological value of the site is less than zero and equal to or greater than minus nine plant species i.e. a minimal change (one credit). 2. Where the change in ecological value of the site is equal to or greater than zero plant species i.e. no negative change (two credits). The change in ecological value of the site is calculated by EITHER of the following: 3. Determine the following information and input this data in to Ecology calculator 1 within the spreadsheet tool: a. Plot type(s) and areas (m 2) that define the landscape of the assessed site, in its existing pre-developed state and proposed state (see additional guidance). OR

1. Where a suitably qualified ecologist has been appointed and, based on a site survey, they confirm the following and the assessor or ecologist inputs this data in to the Ecology calculator 2: a. Actual plot/habitat types that define the landscape of the assessed site in its existing pre-developed state and proposed state b. Area (m 2) of each plot/habitat type c. Number of plant species found within each plot type

D

ra ft

Page 271 of 337
©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

DRAFT v0.2

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE4 – Mitigating ecological impact

Minimum BREEAM Standards
Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG 1 E 1 O 1

Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new build projects. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined Extensions to above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. existing Refer also to the note below on infill developments. buildings Completing Ecology Calculator 1 First, define the landscape type (based on the typology of the surrounding sites, table 1). This category is unlikely to change through the development, although it may in some cases, e.g. when a disused site is developed as part of a master plan for a large multi-use or multibuilding development/regeneration project. Then, define and calculate the area (m 2) of each vegetation-plot type (table 2) and building or hard landscaped area, both before and after development, for the site. Once the data is entered, the Ecology Calculator 1 will indicate the indicative change in ecological value. The result must be used to award the credits. Number of plant BREEAM measures ecological value using number of plant species. species The plant species figures for each land type are programmed into the Ecology Calculator tool 1. These figures are based on national figures from the Countryside Survey prepared for the Digest of Environmental Statistics (see table 3). Wildlife garden In the ‘change of ecological value’ table (table 3), ‘garden planting planting (typical)’ and ‘wildlife garden planting’ will always record a score of zero, unless a suitably qualified ecologist has been appointed: whereby they will make the distinction between ‘typical’ and ‘wildlife’ garden planting species and record ‘actual’ species numbers. Derelict Sites The ecological value of derelict sites is time dependent (table 3); a linear scale has been used to determine intermediate values between zero ecological value at 1 year from dereliction/demolition to a value at 30 years based on marginal upland figures. This presents a worst case figure which can be amended on the advice of a suitably qualified ecologist. Assessment of a Where the assessment is of a single building that forms part of a larger single site development and the landscaping and ecological features form a development on common part of the whole site, for the purpose of assessing this credit a larger site the plot types and areas for the entire site must be used. Infill developments on existing occupied site Where a development is an infill (or new building) on an existing occupied site, then the construction zone for the new building would be the area of site assessed for the purposes of this credit.

D

ra ft

Page 272 of 337
©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd

DRAFT v0.2

maps and aerial photographs confirming: • Landscape and vegetation plot types • Area (m 2) of vegetation plot types AND A completed copy of Ecology Calculator 1. A copy of the suitably qualified ecologist’s report confirming prior to and after the development: • Landscape and vegetation plot types • Area (m 2) of vegetation plot types AND Post Construction Stage The evidence required at the post construction stage is the same as for a design stage assessment.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE4 – Mitigating ecological impact Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Plus: Assessor’s/ecologist’s building/site inspection confirming: • Post construction vegetation plot types and areas are in accordance with design stage evidence. Schedule of evidence required Req. signed copy of checklist A6 – Relating ecology reports to BREEAM OR a copy of the ecology report containing the information outlined in checklist A6. First & Second Credit A completed.2 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft 1.2 &4 . 1. The contribution of species from a Green roof can only be incorporated where a suitably qualified ecologist has been appointed. credits to achieve rating P G VG 1 E 1 O 1 Site clearance prior to purchase of the site Green Roofs Refer to the compliance note in LE3 on this issue. if required.2 &3 Design Stage Existing and proposed site plans and. AND A completed copy of Ecology Calculator 2. D Page 273 of 337 DRAFT v0.

as well as re-sown roadside verges. Land currently or previously occupied by buildings. allotments. and parkland. Parklands can be characterised as being accessible to the public and will usually be fairly intensively managed spaces. Typical vegetation of overgrown lowland field boundaries. D ra ft Page 274 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. The bulk of agriculturally improved grasslands. includes cereal and vegetable crops. or villages. and areas of managed green spaces. ditches and roadside verges. which will include. Land dominated by cereals and other arable crops.2 . such as gardens. hard standing. Land generally above a height suitable for mechanised farming and frequently dominated by semi-natural vegetation. but also includes mown areas of improved grasslands for recreational and amenity purposes. consisting of a matrix of grassland (grazed or mown) with scattered trees at various densities and areas of dense planting. Areas which are on the periphery of the uplands. towns. intensive pasture and silage crops. Upland Building & Derelict Land Urban Mosaic Table 9: Vegetation Plot Types Crops/weeds Tall grassland/herb Fertile grass Mostly highly disturbed vegetation of arable fields and their boundaries. forestry and semi-natural vegetation. buildings. credits to achieve rating P G VG 1 E 1 O 1 Additional information Relevant Definitions Construction zone: As defined for credit LE3 – Ecological Value of site AND Protection of ecological features Suitably qualified ecologist (SQE): As defined for credit LE3 – Ecological Value of site AND Protection of ecological features Table 8: General Landscape Types Pastoral Arable Marginal Upland Mainly grasslands.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE4 – Mitigating ecological impact Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. This landscape type is to be used only when no other landscape type in the table is more appropriate / predominates. pockets of disused land and scrub. as well as intensively managed grasslands. and which are dominated by mixtures of low intensity agriculture. A complex mix of habitats located within cities.

Mostly heather moorland.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE4 – Mitigating ecological impact Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG 1 E 1 O 1 Infertile grass Lowland wooded Upland wooded A diverse group of semi-improved and semi-natural grasslands. Moorland grass/mosaic Heath/bog Wildlife garden planting D Page 275 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. bracken and wooded streamsides.2 . includes acidic to basic. A varied group of acidic vegetation types usually associated with upland woods. Includes wooded vegetation of hedges and broadleaved woods in the lowlands. often found on stream sides and roadside verges. including: semi-natural woodland. Garden planting that uses native species and/or those that have a known attraction or benefit to local fauna. Typically grazed moorland vegetation. blanket bog and montane heath. and species-rich but very localised flushes. wet to dry grasslands. based on the advice of a suitably qualified ecologist. and tall-herb vegetation mainly present in the lowlands. but also lowland heath and raised bog. including extensive upland acidic and peaty grassland. conifer plantations.

6 17. as not all vegetation plot types are found in all landscaped types.8 20.7 11.0 has been met can actual species values be used.0 0 0 - 15.Insufficient data to produce national averages.2 .1 12.6 11.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE4 – Mitigating ecological impact Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.4 12.8 0 0 0 0 21.1 15.5 12.6 13.3 0 0 0 0 15.3 15.8 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6. ra ft 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Page 276 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.9 0 0 - 8.3 4.0 12.1 0 0 0 0 D .7 17.3 0 0 - 20.0 20.6 17.3 21.8 13.6 6.6 12.4 21. * Only where the rule concerning wildlife garden planting in table 2.1 13.4 14.8 11.7 2.0 0 0 - 0 0 - 17.5 15. credits to achieve rating P G VG 1 E 1 O 1 Table 10: Number of plant species by plot for different landscape types Landscape Types Existing Building/Hard Landscaped Areas Derelict Land <1 Years Derelict Land < 10 Years Derelict Land < 20 Years Derelict Land <= 30 Years Types of Plot Crop Weeds Tall Grassland/Herb Fertile Grassland Infertile Grassland Lowland Wooded Upland Wooded Moorland Grass/Mosaic Heath/Bog Hard Landscaping Buildings Garden Planting (typical) Wildlife Garden Planting* Arable Pastural Marginal Upland Upland Urban Mosaic 5.3 21.

1375m 2 of building = 0 species. The ecological value of the existing site is calculated as follows. 140 m 2 has remained as urban mosaic-infertile grassland = 17.70 species c. c.51 species Therefore. b.19 = 1.19 species The ecological impact is the difference between the two ecological values: Change in ecological value: 1. The ecological value of the site is expressed as an area-weighted average of plant species for the site’s landscape type. 1.0).70 = 1. b. Calculate the ecological value of the proposed site: The 2065m 2 post-construction site consists of the following types of land: a. Calculate the ecological value of a previously developed existing site: A 2065m 2 existing site consists of the following types of land: a.infertile grassland = 17.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE4 – Mitigating ecological impact Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.6 species x (200m 2/2065m 2)} = 1.70 = . Hard landscaping: {(0 species x (1865m 2/2065m 2)} = 0 species b.2 . 550m 2 of hard landscaping = 0 species c. This enables BREEAM to use this as an indicator of the proposed development’s impact on the site’s existing ecological value.6 species (Table 3.19 – 1.70 species 2. d. • Number of species on plot type x plot type area as % of total area. 200m 2 urban mosaic . Ecological value of the existing site = 0 + 1.0. Building: {(0 species x (1375m 2/2065m 2)} = 0 species Hard landscaping: {(0 species x (550m 2/2065m 2)} = 0 species Urban mosaic-infertile grassland: {(17. urban mosaic-infertile grassland: {(17.19 species Ecological value of the proposed site = 0 + 0 + 1. Therefore.6 species x (140m 2/2065m 2)} = 1. for each plot type. D ra ft Page 277 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. A simple example of the calculation is outlined below. for our example site: a. for this example 1 credit is achieved. credits to achieve rating P G VG 1 E 1 O 1 Calculating the change and increase in ecological value BREEAM calculates the change in ecological value by comparing the diversity (number and area) of plant species on the site pre and post construction.6 species The ecological value of the proposed site is as follows: a. 1865 m 2 hard landscaping = 0 species b.

http://www.defra.gov. credits to achieve rating P G VG 1 E 1 O 1 References • Figures are based on data from the Countryside Survey which can be accessed through the Digest of Environmental Statistics: d.org.2 .countrysidesurvey.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE4 – Mitigating ecological impact Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.uk/environment/statistics/wildlife/wdcs.uk/archiveCS2000/ D Page 278 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.htm e. http://www.

The first credit is achieved. D 1. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To recognise and encourage actions taken to maintain and enhance the ecological value of the site as a result of development. and implemented the professional’s recommendations for general enhancement and protection of site ecology. b. 1 2 3 Compliance requirements First credit 2. The report is based on a site visit/survey by the SQE prior to the commencement of initial site preparation works. or will be. A suitably qualified ecologist (SQE) has been appointed to report on enhancing and protecting the ecology of the site. implemented. Where there is a positive increase in the ecological value of the site of 6 species or greater.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE5 – Enhancing site ecology Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. and the suitably qualified ecologist confirms that this will result in an increase in ecological value of the site up to (but not including) 6 species. Credit criteria Credits Where the design team (or client) has appointed a suitably qualified ecologist to advise and report on enhancing and protecting the ecological value of the site. a. The general recommendations of the Ecology Report for enhancement and protection of site ecology have been.2 . The SQE provides an Ecology Report with appropriate recommendations for protection and enhancement of the site’s ecology. ra ft The following demonstrates compliance: Page 279 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Second credit 1. The recommendations of the Ecology Report for enhancement and protection of site ecology have been implemented. Where there is a positive increase in the ecological value of the site of up to (but not including) 6 species. 2.

on which their report is based. Only native floral/plant species and those with a known attraction or benefit to local fauna can be considered for the purpose of increasing the number of species on site. Compliance notes New Build Refurbishment Extensions to existing buildings Timing of Ecologist Report General recommendations Guidance for ecologists and assessors Native species These ‘general’ recommendations may include ecological recommendations as detailed in the definitions. D ra ft There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new build projects. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 3. section D for assistance in assessing and interpreting the requirements of this credit. It is recommended that the suitably qualified ecologist is appointed to carry out site surveys of existing site ecology. at the feasibility stage (RIBA Stage B or equivalent) in order to facilitate and maximise potential ecological enhancement. The recommendations of the Ecology Report for enhancement and protection of site ecology have been implemented. or to provide verification where the report is prepared by others. 3. There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. as well as general enhancement. using actual species numbers.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE5 – Enhancing site ecology Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 2. The increase in plant species has been calculated using Ecology calculator 2. The first credit is achieved. and go beyond. and the suitably qualified ecologist confirms that this will result in an increase in ecological value of the site of 6 species or greater. Please refer to Checklist A6 – Relating ecology reports to BREEAM. ‘General’ recommendations for enhancing and protecting the ecological value of the site are to include. using actual species numbers. There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. compliance requirements for all current EU and UK legislation relating to protected species and habitats. Third credit 1.2 . Page 280 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. The increase in plant species has been calculated using Ecology calculator 2.

credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - No ecological survey completed or construction works have commenced Where it is not possible to determine ‘actual’ number of species per vegetation plot type. because construction works have already commenced.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE5 – Enhancing site ecology Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. member confirming: • That the specification will require the This must be within 18 months from main contractor to implement the completion of the development. Second & Third Credit 2 D ra ft Page 281 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Design Stage Post Construction Stage Proposed site plan highlighting Assessor site inspection report and implementation of the ecologist photographic evidence confirming that enhancement recommendations. the second and third credits cannot be achieved. First Credit 1 A copy of the ecologist’s report The evidence required at the post construction stage is the same as for a containing: design stage assessment. the ecologist’s recommendations have been implemented. Schedule of evidence required Req. • Details and scope of the site survey. or specification requiring the main contractor where features are being added at a to implement the SQE’s later date in an appropriate planting recommendations for protection and season: enhancement • A copy of the contract/specification OR or a letter from the main contractor confirming when the planting will be A letter from the client or design team complete. ecologist’s recommendations. • Information as outlined in checklist A6 – Relating ecology reports to BREEAM. AND For large mixed-use/multi-building One of the following: developments.2 . where the whole site has not been completed and ecological A copy of the relevant section of the enhancements have not been added. either because an on-site ecological survey has not been conducted. OR A copy of the ecologist’s report containing a completed. or. signed copy of checklist A6.

signed copy of checklist A6. community orchards etc. which may include: • The planting of native species or those with a known attraction or benefit to local wildlife • The adoption of horticultural good practice (e.org. www. compliance with the first credit. or low. confirming Evidence (as outlined above) confirming compliance with the first credit.uk 2.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE5 – Enhancing site ecology Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. A copy of the SQE’s report containing the information outlined in checklist A6 – Relating ecology reports to BREEAM. D ra ft Page 282 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.g. IEEM: The Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management. design and maintenance of SUDs and Green Roofs.org 3.awtc.net. bat and/or insect boxes at appropriate locations on the site • Development of a full Biodiversity Management Plan including avoiding clearance/works at key times of the year (e. use of residual pesticides) • The installation of bird.2 .ciwem. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 1-3 Evidence as outlined above. AWTC: The Association of Wildlife Trust Consultancies.co.uk 4. Additional information Relevant Definitions Suitably qualified ecologist (SQE): As defined for BREEAM credit LE3. www. CIWEM: Chartered Institution of Water and Environmental Management. References 1. OR A copy of the SQE’s report containing a completed.g. Only native floral species or those with a known attraction or benefit to local wildlife can be considered for the purpose of enhancing the ecological value of the site. Ecological recommendations are defined as measures adopted to enhance the ecology of the site.iema. www. breeding seasons) • The proper integration. IEMA: The Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment www.ieem. AND A completed copy of Ecology Calculator 2. no.

2 .BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE5 – Enhancing site ecology Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 5. LI .org D Page 283 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.Landscape Institute www.landscapeinstitute.

The contractor trains the site workforce on how to protect site ecology during the project. and surrounding area’s. 2. A landscape and habitat management plan. The client has committed to achieving the mandatory requirements listed below and at least four of the additional requirements. existing or enhanced habitats c. is produced covering at least the first five years after project completion. Training should be based on the findings and D ra ft Page 284 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Credit criteria Credits 1 The client has committed to achieving the mandatory requirements listed below and at least two of the additional requirements. biodiversity. 2. This is to be handed over to the building occupants and includes: a. A suitably qualified ecologist (SQE) has been appointed prior to commencement of activities on site. Management of any protected features on site b. Specific training should be carried out for all the site workforce to ensure they are aware of how to avoid damaging site ecology. 2 Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: Mandatory Requirements 1. A reference to the current or future site level or local Biodiversity Action Plan. The contractor nominates a ‘Biodiversity Champion’ with the authority to influence site activities and ensure that detrimental impacts on site biodiversity are minimised in line with the recommendations of a suitably qualified ecologist.2 .BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE6 – Long term impact on biodiversity Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Additional Requirements 1. The suitably qualified ecologist confirms that all relevant UK and EU legislation relating to protection and enhancement of ecology has been complied with during the design and construction process. 3. appropriate to the site. Management of any new. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To minimise the long term impact of the development on the site’s.

Local Biodiversity Action Plan (LBAP).BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE6 – Long term impact on biodiversity Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - recommendations for protection of ecological features highlighted within a report prepared by a suitably qualified ecologist. Biodiversity A Biodiversity Champion does not have to be an ecologist or ecological Champion expert but must have sufficient authority and time on site to influence activities and ensure that they have minimal detrimental impact on biodiversity. Where a new ecologically valuable habitat. seed germination. Confirmation is required from a suitably qualified ecologist that all possible requirements/enhancements have been achieved before the credit can be awarded (i. breeding birds. SSSIs). This includes habitat that supports nationally. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new build projects. This additional requirement will be achieved where a clear plan has been produced detailing how activities will be timed to avoid any impact on site biodiversity in line with the recommendations of a suitably qualified ecologist. site preparation.e. or will be. including any habitat listed in the UK Biodiversity Action Plan (UK BAP). and landscaping have been. or those within non-statutory sites identified in local plans. flowering plants. scheduled at an appropriate time of year to minimise disturbance to wildlife. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. if no suitably qualified ecologist has been appointed then this credit cannot be awarded). or are counter to the conservation requirements. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to the assessment of refurbished buildings (unless the building is listed – see below). ground works. The requirement commits the contractor to make such records available where publicly requested. 3. for example. appropriate to the local area. The contractor records actions taken to protect biodiversity and monitor their effectiveness throughout key stages of construction. is created. 4. 5. D ra ft Page 285 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. buildings Refurbishment The refurbishment of a listed building may be exempt from the credit of listed requirements if they conflict with the need to maintain the building’s buildings listed features. regionally or locally important biodiversity. the contractor programmes site works to minimise disturbance to wildlife.2 . and/or which is nationally. Where flora and/or fauna habitats exist on site. For example.g. those protected within statutory sites (e. Timing of works may have a significant impact on. regionally or locally important itself. amphibians etc. Actions such as phased clearance of vegetation may help to mitigate ecological impacts.

Where the optional items and the mandatory item 3. It is likely that their recommendations will draw on the Local Biodiversity Action Plan (LBAP) where one exists. Note that in such cases. Meet mandatory reqs. mandatory item (1) and additional requirement (4) is likely to be applicable in relation to any ecological enhancements (e. in writing. it is still necessary to employ a suitably qualified ecologist to achieve this credit. green roofs. Meet mandatory reqs. The steps taken in the above requirements will depend on the nature of the site. all credits can be awarded. the design stage to help identify species of local biodiversity importance on site. e. applicable items No. This is likely to be the case in the majority of assessments in central town/city areas which have a high proportion of surrounding and existing development and no existing external landscaped areas within the boundary of the assessed site. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Local biodiversity expertise The site and surrounding areas Local biodiversity expertise should be sought at.g. The ecologist must confirm that all the mandatory items (1). (2) and (3) have been achieved and provide guidance on how to achieve optional item (4). This may not be favourable to biodiversity on site. Where the SQE confirms that not all additional items are applicable to the development.g. for example it is a city centre refurbishment on a confined site with no external areas. etc. urban sites.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE6 – Long term impact on biodiversity Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Where a site is deemed to have no ecological value. It is likely that either all. and may reduce scope for building occupants’ involvement and opportunities for change. Mandatory items 1 and 2 must be met in all instances. and the surrounding areas. by the appointed suitably qualified ecologist not to be applicable. bird boxes. plus 2 applicable items plus all applicable items plus 3 applicable items plus all applicable items Page 286 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. plus all applicable items Meet mandatory reqs. of the optional items will apply. of BREEAM credits Sites of no ecological value 1 item 2 items 3 items 4 items One credit Two credits One credit Two credits One credit Two credits One credit Two credits D Ground maintenance & management plan In educational buildings the management plan must include guidelines for ground maintenance. Meet mandatory reqs. then the credits can be awarded accordingly: No.2 . plus applicable item Meet mandatory reqs. are deemed. or none. or before. ra ft Requirements Not all additional items are applicable Meet mandatory reqs. Without this there may be a tendency for grounds maintenance staff to pursue a largely unchanging maintenance routine.) adopted in order to achieve the Enhancing Site Ecology credit (LE5). the management plan.

AND A completed. a letter from the client confirming: • A commitment to produce a management plan • The scope of the management plan ra ft Page 287 of 337 DRAFT v0. 1&2 Design Stage Post Construction Stage Mandatory Requirements A letter from the SQE confirming: The SQE report or letter confirming: • That they were appointed prior to • That all relevant UK and EU legislation relating to protection and commencement of activities on site. A copy of the site management plan. signed copy of checklist A6 – Relating ecology reports to BREEAM OR A copy of ecology report containing the information outlined in checklist A6. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Schedule of evidence required Req.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE6 – Long term impact on biodiversity Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. OR A copy of the specification requiring the development of plan and outlining the scope of its content. OR 3 D Where the timing of assessment does not permit either of the above. enhancement of ecology has been • All relevant UK and EU legislations complied with. A copy of the site’s landscape and habitat management plan. will be complied with.2 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd .

confirming the existence of the proposed habitat. this should be confirmed in the log book.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE6 – Long term impact on biodiversity Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. • Their on site role and responsibilities. 2 Training schedule or letter of A record of training undertaken by the confirmation from the contractor site workforce confirming: committing to provide relevant training. a copy of the specification clause outlining the contractor’s monitoring and reporting requirements. • Who delivered & developed the training OR • The scope of the training delivered.2 . highlighting: • Records of monitoring and actions taken to protect biodiversity. a copy of the specification clause requiring the training of the site’s workforce. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Additional Requirements A copy of the relevant sections of the site 1 A letter from the contractor confirming: • The appointment of the biodiversity log book. ra ft A letter from the contractor confirming: • Monitoring and reporting requirements for the development. highlighting: • Details of any action/events taken by champion and their job title. • The records will be publicly available if and when requested. OR Where not yet appointed. the biodiversity champion. If no actions required/taken. • Records and outcome of any requests to view such information. 3 OR 4 A copy of the proposed site plan Assessor’s (or SQE’s) site inspection highlighting the new ecologically report and photographic evidence valuable habitat. a copy of the specification clause requiring the appointment of a biodiversity champion. A SQE’s report or letter confirming that the habitat supports the relevant biodiversity action plan(s) D Where not yet appointed. A copy of the relevant sections of the site log book. Where not yet appointed. Page 288 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.

ukbap. Steps to produce a site level BAP are outlined in the UK Business and Biodiversity Resource Centre website. The UKBAP website www. disturbance. animal. Biodiversity Action Plan: A plan which sets specific. fungi. Earthwatch Europe: www.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE6 – Long term impact on biodiversity Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.businessandbiodiversity.2 .ukbap.businessandbiodiversity.org under ‘your sector’ References 1. Construction Industry Key Performance Indicators: www.org 2. algae. OR A copy of the relevant section of the main contract confirming: • The programme of site works will minimise disturbance to wildlife in accordance with SQE’s recommendations.kpizone.com D ra ft Page 289 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. achievable. It includes all species.org. A copy of the contractor’s programme of works. realistic and time bound conservation targets for species and habitats. main Additional information Relevant definitions Suitably qualified ecologist (SQE): As defined for credit LE3 – Ecological Value of site AND Protection of ecological features Biodiversity: Is defined as the variety of life on earth. UK BAP: www. measurable. or a copy of their The SQE’s report or letter confirming: • Wildlife on site that needs to be report confirming: accounted for in programming works. plants. • Site works executed in a manner that minimised disturbance to wildlife in • Actions required with respect to accordance with their programming site works to minimise recommendations. hosted by Earthwatch Institute Europe http://www. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 5 A letter from the SQE.org supports the implementation of the UK Biodiversity Action Plan (UK BAP) on behalf of the UK Biodiversity Partnership and the UK Government. bacteria and the habitats that they depend upon.uk 3.

2nd edition. 6.uk/duty/index. The Scottish Government.biodiversityscotland.opsi. Natural Environmental and Rural Communities Act.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE6 – Long term impact on biodiversity Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. “Action for Scotland Biodiversity”. D Page 290 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.htm 7.gov. Delivering the Scottish Biodiversity Duty: www. landscape design and management of school grounds”. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 4. 2006: www.gov. Scottish Biodiversity Group. 1999. DfEE. “A Handbook of Good Practice for Public Bodies Dealing with Best Value and Biodiversity in Scotland”. Building Bulletin 71 “The outdoor classroom: educational use.2 .uk 5. 8. 2004.

and two with students. 4. The findings of the workshops must influence the design and therefore must have been held before key and final design decisions were made. • D • ra ft Page 291 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. (ii) their ideas for the outdoor areas’ design and (iii) where the design team kept students and staff informed of how their ideas were built into the design. Compliance notes New Build For new developments where there are no identifiable staff or students. b) How the outdoor areas could best be designed to provide a range of social spaces appropriate to students’ and other users’ needs. Credit criteria Credits Where evidence provided demonstrates that the design team consulted with staff and students. 1 Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: • The design team have identified staff and student requirements for the outdoor areas.2 . consultation with relevant people/groups from the local catchment area and other institutions within the region must be carried out in place of the above. The consultation included holding a number of workshops for separate groups of students and staff (or other comparable method) in order to determine: a) How the outdoor areas could best be designed to facilitate on campus education and raise environmental awareness. to determine (i) their educational and social requirements for the outdoor areas. The design team have kept students and staff informed of how their ideas are being taken into account in the design of the school grounds. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To encourage the design team to include students and staff in the design of the school grounds. At least four workshops were held: two workshops with staff (including both teaching staff and ground maintenance supervisors).BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE7 – Consultation with students and staff Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. and consulted and gathered their ideas for the outdoor areas’ design.

based on the results from the consultation process. including visitors. Consideration should be given to how the space can facilitate learning in the range of subjects and promote environmental awareness among users. at the stage of interim • That the staff and students were kept informed of how their ideas were assessment. newsletters. Design Stage A copy of the design team’s consultation schedule with students and staff confirming: • The workshop schedules & framework. Discussion at consultation workshops could be aided by using 1:500 scale plans of the site. Post Construction Stage A copy of the minutes and actions from consultation workshops. There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. Consultation should consider the range of needs for both social and educational use of the outdoor space. • Proposed site plan highlighting any design solutions based on consultation. presentations confirming: Where. Schedule of evidence required Req. A range of sizes and types of space should be designed to facilitate different types of social interaction. • Number and dates of workshops held/proposed. Additional information Relevant definitions None. Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: • Any facilities designed and constructed within the institution’s outdoor areas. • A list of actual/proposed attendees for each workshop. Records such as circulars. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Refurbishment Extensions to existing buildings Consultation There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. held: • Minutes and actions from the workshop(s). the workshops have been taken into account in the design.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE7 – Consultation with students and staff Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.2 . 1-4. Small Working Groups D ra ft Page 292 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. All views raised in the workshops should be recorded. • Format and reporting method for keeping students and staff informed.

encouraging feelings of ownership. but would play a key role in the ongoing use. which includes both staff and students. management and development of the outdoor areas. Members of the group would not only take part in consultation. References • Building Bulletin 71 “The outdoor classroom: educational use. DfEE. landscape design and management of school grounds”.2 . D Page 293 of 337 ©BRE Global 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology LE7 – Consultation with students and staff Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - It is often appropriate for the design team to suggest that the university sets up a small working group. 1999. 2nd edition.

Provided advice to ensure the design is in keeping with the local environment. the local wildlife trust). buildings Further This credit is not assessed for this building type. maintain and develop the outdoor space in the longer term. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. b. A partnership has been set up by the design team with a local group that has wildlife expertise (e.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Credit aim To encourage the design team to form a partnership with a local group that has wildlife expertise. or activities relating the ecology in the outdoor areas. Provided advice early in the design process regarding protecting and/or providing habitat for species of local importance on the site. local wildlife trust or similar local body) and the group has: a. D ra ft Page 294 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.g. In particular this should draw on their local knowledge of any features or species of ecological interest on or near the site. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that the design team set up a partnership with a local group that has wildlife expertise (e. Provided or will continue to provide ongoing support and advice to the university to help them manage. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new build projects. c.2 . Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. in order to benefit from their local knowledge and ongoing support.g. Education Colleges Ongoing This could take the form of meetings several times a year with a support and staff/student working party to help them plan conservation/ecological advice enhancement work.

References 1.org ra ft Page 295 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. • A copy of correspondence highlighting advice supplied by the wildlife group to the design team. • Details and remit of the wildlife group. Wildlife Trusts: www. Earthwatch Institute (Europe): www. The design team should find out about wildlife projects that these groups have been involved locally in order to make a decision on their suitability before entering into discussions about setting up a partnership.businessandbiodiversity. Alternative groups may also be appropriate.wildlifetrusts. Schedule of evidence required Req. • Details of meetings and actions to date. This must include a timescale for future meetings/events.org 3.ukbap. Post Construction Stage A letter of confirmation from the design team or wildlife group detailing: • Meetings and actions carried out. Additional information Relevant definitions Local Biodiversity Action Plan (LBAP): A suitable starting point for discussion with the local wildlife group would be to ask for advice on how to take account of the Local Biodiversity Action Plan (LBAP) in the school ground’s design.org. UK Biodiversity Action Plan: www. • Scope and framework around which the group has been or will be providing ongoing support to the university. • A description of the process for ongoing support that the group commit to give to the partnership.uk D 2. 1 Design Stage A letter of confirmation from the design team or wildlife group confirming: • Scope of the partnership.2 .BREEAM : Education : 2008 Local Wildlife Trust The local wildlife trust would be a suitable body to set up a partnership with.

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Section D Page 296 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.2 .

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution credits Credit Credit common to all schemes Specific HE criteria or altered requirements to a common credit HE specific credit Requires specific feedback (please see comments in credit below) Pol 1 – Refrigerant GWP – Building services Pol 2 – Preventing refrigerant leaks Pol 3 – Refrigerant GWP – Cold storage Pol 4 – NOx emissions of heating source Pol 5 – Flood risk Pol 6 – Minimising watercourse pollution Pol 7 – Reduction of night time pollution Pol 8 – Noise pollution P P P P P P P P D Page 297 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0.2 .

refrigerant Refrigerant charge less than 5kg Multiple split units The credit can be awarded where the total refrigerant charge used in the building services is less than 5kg. If the total collective refrigerant charge in such systems is greater than 5kg. The building has no refrigerants OR 2. The refrigerants used within the building services have a GWP less than 5. Solid The credit can be awarded by default where a solid refrigerant is used. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates the use of refrigerants with a global warming potential (GWP) of less than 5 or where there are no refrigerants specified for use in building services. In the case of multiple split units.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 1 – Refrigerant GWP Building services Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. If the extension is served by independent services. existing then these services must be assessed against the requirements buildings regardless of whether the existing building forms a part of the assessment or not.2 . then the refrigerant(s) must comply with the BREEAM requirements. through-the-wall or other packaged units. Extensions to If the extended and existing building share the same building services. the credit can be awarded where the total collective refrigerant charge is less than 5kg. only these need be assessed against the compliance requirements. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new build projects. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To reduce the contribution to climate change from refrigerants with a high global warming potential. D ra ft Page 298 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.

These alternatives include revisiting the design and the room conditions specification to see if the cooling equipment is necessary.The refrigerant type specified • GWP of each refrigerant. OR AND • A letter from the design Manufacturer’s information confirming: team/developer confirming: . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Office server and comms rooms Refrigerants used in services for typical office server and comms rooms cannot be excluded from the assessment. the credit cannot be awarded on a default basis. acceptable limits detailed in ASHRAE guidance (Thermal Guidelines for Data Processing Environments. Manufacturer’s information confirming: Page 299 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. 1&2 Design Stage Post Construction Stage A copy of the specification clause Assessor’s building/site inspection and as confirming either: built drawings confirming: • Absence of refrigerant in the • Presence or absence of any development OR refrigeration plant. written confirmation from the design team confirming: • Type of refrigerant(s) used. ASHRAE. remained unchanged. • Type(s) of refrigerant to be used. the equipment may not be able to achieve this credit as smaller systems often require refrigerants with a GWP > 5. Where air conditioning equipment is provided. whilst a manufacturer or supplier may specify a narrow temperature band for server equipment. Where GWP data for the specified refrigerant is not available. Refrigerants specified in plant used for integral cold storage purposes should not be assessed under this credit.2 .BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 1 – Refrigerant GWP Building services Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. In addition. 2004) may allow a greater temperature range without adverse effect and thus the cooling equipment may not be necessary. D ra ft OR AND Where a change has occurred. There is a separate credit for such systems. In this instance the credit cannot be awarded by default as there are alternatives for designers to consider. Cold stores GWP data not available Schedule of evidence required Req.

fluorine. These refrigerants contain minimal amounts of chlorine.2 .0). fluorine and carbon. the primary greenhouse gas. Because they do not use a chlorine atom (which is used in most refrigerants) they are known to be one of the least damaging to our ozone. These refrigerants carry high amounts of chlorine so they are known for being the most hazardous to the ozone layer. • Hydrogenated Chlorofluorocarbon Refrigerants (HCFCs) are made up of hydrogen. Additional information Global Warming Potential: GWP is defined as the potential for global warming that a chemical has relative to 1 unit of carbon dioxide. The ODP of the refrigerants is not assessed under this credit and there is no link between GWP and ODP. fluorine. and carbon. and carbon.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 1 – Refrigerant GWP Building services Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. • Chlorofluorocarbon Refrigerants (CFCs) contain chlorine. they are not as detrimental to the environment as some other refrigerants. D Page 300 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. chlorine. In determining the GWP of the blowing agent. Refrigerant : there are three main make-ups of refrigerants: • Hydrogenated Fluorocarbon Refrigerants (HFCs) are made up of hydrogen. the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) methodology using a 100-year Integrated Time Horizon (or ITH) should be applied. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - • GWP of each refrigerant. Ozone Depleting Potential: ODP is the ratio of the relative amount of degradation to the ozone layer caused by a particular substance relative to the calculated depletion for the reference gas CFC 11 (ODP = 1.

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 1 – Refrigerant GWP Building services Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. provided health and safety issues are fully addressed. Many are not currently used as such and some have been phased out and withdrawn from the market. Page 301 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Phase out programmes have been agreed resulting in these substances no longer being used as refrigerants in all new build and most existing situations. These are now widely available and are valid alternatives to HFCs in all buildings. • • • Whilst it is currently still legal to have an existing system that uses refrigerants with an ozone depleting potential. Hydrocarbons and ammonia-based refrigerants have low or zero GWP and are therefore preferred long-term options. • D All CFC/HCFC refrigerants (marked *) have an ODP > 0 and as such are illegal for new installations. Existing equipment may continue to use them at present. and it will be illegal to top up with recycled/recovered HCFCs from 2015. Table 11 Refrigerant GWP Refrigerant type R11 (CFC-11) * R12 (CFC-12) * R113 (CFC-113) * R114 (CFC-114) * R115 (CFC-115)* R125 (HFC-125) Halon-1211 Halon-1301 Halon-2402 Ammonia R22 (HCFC-22) * R123 (HCFC-123) * R134a(HFC-134a) R124 (HCFC-124) * R141b (HCFC-141b) * R142b (HCFC-142b) * GWP 4000 8500 5000 9300 9300 3200 N/A 5600 N/A 0 1700 93 1300 480 630 2000 Refrigerant type R32 (HCFC-32) * R407C (HFC-407) R152a (HFC-152a) R404A (HFC blend) R410A (HFC blend) R413A (HFC blend) R417A (HFC blend) R500 (CFC/HFC) * R502 (HCFC/CFC) * R507 (HFC azeotrope) R290 (HC290 propane) R600 (HC600 butane) R600a (HC600a isobutane) R290/R170(HC290/HC170) R1270 (HC1270 propene) R143a (HFC-143a) GWP 580 1600 140 3800 1900 1770 1950 6300 5600 3800 3 3 3 3 3 4400 N/A Indicates that there is insufficient data available to give a GWP value. it is now illegal to top up with CFCs (either new or recycled refrigerant). ra ft Global warming potential (GWP) values are based on best available data at the time of writing and are based on a 100-year time horizon. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Table of refrigerants and their Global Warming Potentials: table 1.0 includes available substances which are capable of acting as refrigerants. The industry’s favoured replacements are currently HFCs which are often potent global warming contributors.2 . The use of CFCs and HCFCs as refrigerants has been addressed under the Montreal protocols. It will be illegal to top up with new HCFCs from 2010. Other published data may be based on different time horizons.

Professional and practical guidance on substances that deplete the ozone layer”. CIBSE. Institute of Refrigeration: www. BSI. “Code of practice for the minimisation of refrigerant emissions from refrigerating systems.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 1 – Refrigerant GWP Building services Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Institute of Refrigeration”. Guidance note 1 “New CFC’s. 1995. 5.ior. 4. BS EN378-1:2000 “Refrigerating systems and heat pumps – Safety and environmental requirements – Part 1: Basic requirements. 2000. 3.2 . classification and selection criteria”.uk 6. “Thermal Guidelines for Data Processing Environments”. definitions. ASHRAE.uk/environment/climatechange/uk/fgas/pdf/fluorgasreg-guidance. Institute of Refrigeration. F-gas regulations: http://www.pdf D Page 302 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. 2004.defra. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - References 1. 2000. HFC’s and halons.org. 2.gov. HCFCs.

Refrigerant recovery system 1. 2. Automatic pump-down to either a separate storage tank or into the heat exchanger is acceptable but only where automatic isolation valves are fitted to contain the refrigerant once fully pumped down.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 2 – Preventing refrigerant leaks Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. and a refrigerant leak detection system is installed covering high-risk parts of the plant.2 . For the majority of cases only systems in mechanically ventilated/moderately air tight plant rooms (or enclosures) comply. An automatic permanent refrigerant leak detection system is specified. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To reduce the emissions of refrigerants to the atmosphere arising from leakages in cooling plant. The building has no refrigerants OR Refrigerant leak detection 1. Systems using refrigerants are contained in a moderately air tight enclosure (or a mechanically ventilated plant room). The alarm threshold that triggers automatic pump down is set to a maximum of 2000ppm (0. 3. which is NOT based on the principle of detecting or measuring the concentration of refrigerant in air. OR 2. The automatic shutdown and pump down of refrigerant occurs on the detection of high concentrations of refrigerant in the plant room/enclosure.2%). The credit cannot be awarded for manual systems. but lower levels can be set. D ra ft Page 303 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Credit criteria Credits Where evidence provided demonstrates that refrigerant leaks can be detected AND that the provision of automatic refrigerant pump down is made to a heat exchanger (or dedicated storage tanks) with isolation valves. Or where there are no refrigerants specified for the development. 1 Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1.

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 2 – Preventing refrigerant leaks Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Page 304 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. the refrigerant recovery system credit can be awarded by default. development. does not comply with the requirements of this credit. The credit can be awarded by default where the total refrigerant charge used in the building is less than 5kg. Solid refrigerant CO2 as a refrigerant Total refrigerant charge less than 5 kg Multiple split systems The credit can be awarded by default where a solid refrigerant is used. the existing plant must be buildings assessed against the requirements of this credit. i.e.e. the credit can be awarded by default. where the refrigerant charge in each unit is less than 5kg but the total refrigerant charge in the building is greater than 5kg. D High-risk parts of refrigeration plant typically include the pipe work and compressor. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new build projects. If the extension is served by independent services. ra ft For installations of small multiple hermetic systems only. even if the ozone depleting potential (ODP) of the refrigerant is zero and the global warming potential (GWP) is less than 5. including manual storage cylinders on site. only these need be assessed against the compliance requirements. 1 Design Stage Post Construction Stage A copy of the specification clause or Assessor’s building/site inspection and design plan confirming: photographic evidence confirming: • Absence of refrigerants in the • Absence of refrigeration plant.2 . Type of This credit is applied in instances where any type of refrigerant is refrigerant present. This is on the basis that the risk of a large refrigerant leak is minimised and individual leaks from each system will be small i. When CO2 is used as a refrigerant. The provision of any manual system. <5kg. Evaporator or condenser coils can be omitted from the coverage of the system. High-risk parts Manual refrigerant recovery system Schedule of evidence required Req. Where an existing building is being extended and it has existing Extensions to building services plant and systems that will be common to both the existing new extension and existing building.

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 2 – Preventing refrigerant leaks Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Compounds which do not contain chlorine. The use of the dye should be approved by the compressor manufacturer. cannot be D ra ft Page 305 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. • Indicator dyes: these consist of fluorescent or coloured dyes added to the refrigerant to show leakage sites. Please see below for further guidance on the coverage of refrigerant leak detection systems. Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: • Installation of leak detection system(s) • Installation of automatic refrigerant recovery equipment • Pre-set threshold level for automatic pump down.g. • Scope of the system(s) • Where relevant. or in potentially explosive atmospheres.2 . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 2&3 A copy of the specification clause or letter from the M&E engineer confirming: • Type of leak detection system(s). or an alternative type of leak detection specified. Various sensor types are available including infra-red. • Corona discharge detectors are not suitable where flammable refrigerants are used. Additional information Relevant definitions Moderately airtight enclosure: this can be defined as an enclosure that does not produce a draught or significant fresh air ingress that would dilute any leaked refrigerant gas (dilution may prevent detection). Leak detection systems/devices • Handheld detectors (which include semi-conductor and corona discharge types) do not comply with BREEAM requirements. in which case either an alternative type of equipment should be used. e. • Halide torch detectors: this type of detection is only appropriate for chlorine-based substances such as CFCs and HCFCs. semi-conductor or electro-chemical. scope and operation of automatic refrigerant recovery equipment • Details of the plant room enclosure where the refrigeration plant is installed • Alarm threshold for triggering automatic pump down. Refrigerant Leak Detection: a permanently installed multi-point sensing system. and should not be used in areas where naked flames are prohibited. Refrigerant Recovery: The process of removing refrigerant from a system and storing it in an airtight container. Some compressor manufacturers do not approve the use of indicator dyes. 4. containment strategy for such equipment. HFCs. this may be aspirated or have multiple sensor heads linked to a central alarm unit or BMS.5&6 A copy of the specification clause or letter from the M&E engineer confirming: • Type.

this requires systems to be shut down for a period of time (usually overnight or longer). References 1. Guidance Note 01 – “ New CFC’s. GPG 178 “Cutting the Cost of Refrigerant Leakage”. dry nitrogen gas for a period of time and then identify whether or not the pressure drops during this time. 2000. CIBSE. There are natural fluctuations to the pressure of the refrigerant due to changes in volume and temperature of the system. 1995. or multiple types of.e. CFC. Carbon Trust. British Standards Institute. such as pressurising the system with a high pressure. BSEN 378 1-4 “Refrigerating Systems and Heat Pumps – Safety and Environmental Requirement. British Standards Institution”. Low pressure and high pressure switches. Professional and practical guidance on substances that deplete the ozone layer”. “Code of practice for the minimisation of refrigerant emissions from refrigerating systems”. Standing hold test: systems based on monitoring pressure drops within the pipe work are not necessarily compliant with the BREEAM requirements. which are standard equipment on refrigerant plant. Not only is it an offence to discharge them to the environment. refrigerant.2 . etc. However. i. Under the United Kingdom 1990 Environmental Protection Act unwanted refrigerant and refrigerating system oil are classified as either controlled or hazardous waste. Electronic leak detectors: these must be designed to detect a certain type of. HCFC’s. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - • • • detected by this method.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 2 – Preventing refrigerant leaks Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. ra ft Page 306 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Other methods exist. Refrigerant pump down The specification of automatic refrigerant pump down can further limit potential losses and damage to the environment and have subsequent economic benefits to the building owner. HFC’s and halons. D 2. are therefore not sufficient to award the credit. 2000. storage. transfer of ownership and ultimate disposal. HCFC. the assessor should confirm that the refrigerant is chlorine based. Institute of Refrigeration. Article 16 of EC regulation 2037/2000 specifies that used CFCs and HCFCs must be recovered for destruction or recycling/reclamation. 3. 1997. 4. but there are procedures regarding transport. HFC. When awarding this credit in instances where these detectors are in use. and to the ambient temperature of the surroundings. Systems NOT based on the principle of detecting or measuring the concentration of refrigerant in air: Such systems (for example based on sensing the presence of refrigerant vapour in liquid-carrying pipes) are now commercially available.

refrigerant pipework and ductwork etc c. Fixed cold or chilled storage cabinets d. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new build projects. Cold store services including: Chilled water pipework.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 3 – Refrigerant GWP Cold storage Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 2. Fixed cold drink coolers. b. All refrigerant types used in cold storage systems have a global warming potential (GWP) of less than 5. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To reduce the contribution to climate change from refrigerants with a high global warming potential. Cold storage enclosures. Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. including where specified: a. D ra ft Page 307 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. The requirement applies to refrigerants used in systems integral to the building. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. then this credit does not need to be assessed. buildings No cold For developments where the tenant or end use function is known and storage cold storage is not required. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates the use of refrigerants within cold storage systems with a global warming potential (GWP) of less than 5. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects.2 .

D Page 308 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. • GWP of each refrigerant. A copy of the specification clause confirming either: OR • Type(s) of refrigerant to be used. Additional information Relevant definitions Please refer to BREEAM credit Pol 1. 1&2 Design Stage Post Construction Stage A marked-up design plan highlighting A letter from the design team/developer the cold storage areas/plant in the confirming: building.2 . Please refer to BREEAM credit Pol 1. • The refrigerant type specified remained unchanged. AND Manufacturer’s information confirming: • GWP of each refrigerant.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 3 – Refrigerant GWP Cold storage Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. References 1. Where a change occurred. written confirmation from the design team AND confirming: Manufacturer’s information confirming: • Type of refrigerant(s) used. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Schedule of evidence required Req.

then the NO x emission level for the existing system must be assessed against the requirements of this credit. 2. manufacturer’s details are also required to demonstrate that the plant installed to meet the buildings water heating demand has dry NO x emission levels as defined in the Credit Criteria. The emissions should be estimated under normal operating conditions (not standby).BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 4 – NOx emissions from heating source Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.2 . Credit criteria Credits 1 2 Where evidence provided demonstrates that the dry NOx emissions from delivered space heating energy are !100 mg/kWh (at 0% excess O2). in addition to the above requirements. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To encourage the supply of heat from a system that minimises NO x emissions. To award the third credit. and therefore reduces pollution of the local environment. Refurbishment If the heating demand for the refurbished building is being met by an existing system. Extensions to existing buildings The rule above for refurbishment projects also applies to new build extensions to existing buildings. Where evidence provided demonstrates that the dry NOx emissions from delivered space heating energy are !70 mg/kWh (at 0% excess O2). 3 Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new build projects. Where manufacturer’s details demonstrate that the plant installed to meet the building’s space heating demand has dry NOx emission levels as defined in the Credit Criteria (above). D ra ft Page 309 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Where evidence provided demonstrates that the dry NOx emissions from delivered space heating energy are !40 mg/kWh (at 0% excess O2) and emissions from delivered water heating energy are 100 mg/kWh or less (at 0% excess O2).

the assessor may correct these using the correction factors provided in the Additional information section. Where some of the building’s space heating is fuelled by electricity from the National Grid. Heat recovery can be considered as having zero NOx emissions for the purpose of this credit. Whilst Biomass systems are recognised as low carbon systems. the energy saved by using certain types of heat pumps is recognised in BREEAM credit Ene 1 and the reduced emissions are recognised under BREEAM credit Ene 5. however small the incidence is on the overall consumption. Where data is provided in different units.2 . Figures used for calculations of the percentage of total heat demand must be based on the output from an approved energy modelling software. District heating systems that incinerate waste usually have NO x emission rates higher than the levels set to achieve any BREEAM credits. the credits will not be achievable as power stations emit NOx at an average rate of approximately 1200 mg/kWh. they can produce a significant amount of NOX and so may not achieve this credit. District heating Combined Heat & Power Biomass More than one heating system D Heat recovery ra ft Page 310 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. however they can score highly in the Energy section of BREEAM. Refer to the additional guidance section for guidance on calculating NOx emission levels where heat is provided by more than one system. This source of heating can therefore be counted as having zero NO x emissions. 1 credit can be awarded regardless of the primary fuel used. the manufacturer/supplier should be asked to convert this to comply with the BREEAM requirements. This figure is a UK average and therefore also applies to areas with a higher proportion of renewable sources like Scotland. Alternatively. Heat pumps powered by grid electricity indirectly produce emission rates higher than those required by BREEAM and are therefore typically unable to achieve any credits under Pol 4.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 4 – NOx emissions from heating source Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. or at a level of excess oxygen greater than zero. wind etc. there are no resulting emissions. However. NOx data provided in different units Grid electricity Electricity from a renewable source Heat pumps Where electricity used by the heating system is sourced from a zero emission renewable source such as PVs. Refer to the additional guidance section for guidance on calculating NOx emission levels from CHP. Biomass systems are also recognised as reducing the impact of fossil fuel depletion by employing a renewable combustion fuel source. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Highly insulated building Where the heating load for a highly insulated/exemplar environmental building is less than or equal to 7% of the heat load for a Building Regulations-compliant building of the same size and type.

Dry NOx Levels: the NOx emissions (mg/kWh) resulting from the combustion of a fuel at 0% excess oxygen levels. and allocating the remaining NO x to the heat output. For each system specified.2 . If more than one system is providing heat. water heating plant. The following formula should be used to determine this: D ra ft Page 311 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. design team calculations confirming: • The average NOx emission rate. Schedule of evidence required Req. NOx reacts with heat and sunlight to produce ozone that can cause serious respiratory problems. It also reacts with water to produce acid rain which has a detrimental effect on ecosystems. NOx emissions: are pollutant gases produced by the combustion of fossil fuels. • Type of heating system(s) installed. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Green Tariff Commitments to use a Green tariff to supply electricity to heat the building or power heat pumps are not recognised in this credit due to the uncertainty that this electricity will be zero emission. The NO x emissions are allocated to heat and electricity in line with the respective power outputs. • No changes to the specification. 2 Information as outlined above. a letter. Only the heat-related component is then compared with the credit scale. Calculating NOx emission levels from Combined Heat & Power (CHP) systems Where CHP systems are present or specified. This is done using a NOx emission rate for the electrical output equivalent to the current rate for grid electricity. but for the water heating plant.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 4 – NOx emissions from heating source Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. but for the Information as outlined above. 1 Design Stage Post Construction Stage A copy of the specification clause Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: confirming: • Heating system(s) installed. Additional information Relevant definitions Approved energy modelling software: Refer to BREEAM credit Ene 1 for a definition. only the heat-related emissions are considered for this credit. email OR or literature from the manufacturer(s) A letter from the design team or main confirming: contractor confirming: • Dry NOx emissions rate in mg/kWh.

mg/m 3 or wet NOx.e. This figure should be obtained from the installer/supplier of the system. an average NO x emission rate should be used based on the ratio of power outputs from each source. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - X = (A . Where this is not possible the assessor may use the following conversion factors to convert figures in ppm.2 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd . i. it should be assumed to be zero.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 4 – NOx emissions from heating source Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.857 in order to gain emissions in mg/kWh. the NO x emitted by the CHP system per unit of electricity generated.B) / C Where: X = NOx emissions per unit of heat supplied (mg/kWh heat) A = NOx emissions per unit of electricity generated (mg/kWhelec) i. mg/MJ. • Figures in mg/m 3 should be multiplied by 0. B = NOx emissions per unit of electricity supplied from the grid (mg/kWh elec) this should be assumed to be 1200mg/kWh elec C = Heat to Electricity Ratio of the CHP scheme.e. D ra ft Page 312 of 337 DRAFT v0. This is likely to be the case where a CHP system has been sized on the base power demand rather than the heat demand and therefore a secondary heating system is required. Where X is calculated to be negative. The following formula can be used: Average NOx Emission Rate = (N1 x (H1/HT)) + (N2 x (H2/HT)) …… + (Nn x (Hn/HT)) Where: N1 = NOx emissions rate for source 1 N2 = NOx emissions rate for source 2 Nn = NOx emissions rate for source n HT = Total heat output from all sources H1 = Heat output from source 1 H2 = Heat output from source 2 Hn = Heat output from source n Conversion factors Manufacturers should be asked to supply dry NOx emissions data in mg/kWh. This could have the effect of lowering the number of credits achieved. The above methodology determines the net NOx emissions from CHP-generated electricity compared with central generation of electricity and allocates this amount to the heat production. Where heat is provided by more than one system. A conversion may also be necessary for data not calculated at 0% excess oxygen (see below). multiply the emissions of each boiler by the percentage of heat demand it supplies and total these values. It should be noted that these conversion factors assume worst case efficiencies and are likely to give conservative answers.

40 x 3.naei. However if wet NOX figures are supplied. This can be done by multiplying the wet NO X figure by 1. Defra. the following conversion factors can be used for the most frequently used rates supplied by manufacturers: % Excess O2 3% 6% 15% Conversion factor Conversion (c) x 1. page 42. the more “diluted” the NOx.6 MJ). It is therefore important to convert any emission rate back to 0% excess oxygen. “Nitrogen Dioxide in the United Kingdom”. section 3. these should be converted to dry NOx. Page 313 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.2 2. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Figures in parts per million (ppm) should be multiplied by 1.uk D ra ft Where x = % excess O2 (NOT excess air) and 20.6.76 in order to obtain mg/kWh.2 . table 14. Department of the Environment for Northern Ireland. A conversion may also be necessary for data not calculated at 0% excess oxygen.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 4 – NOx emissions from heating source • Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.17 x 1. This Issue’s criteria are based on dry NOx values – almost all manufacturers will quote emissions in dry NOx. Welsh Office. (see below) Figures in mg/MJ should be divided by 3.org.6 in order to show emissions in mg/kWh (1 kWh = 3. 3.9/(20. The greater the amount of excess oxygen in the flue gases at the time of measurement. • • Excess Oxygen Correction: If a NOx emission rate is quoted by the manufacturer in mg/m3 or ppm. Department of the Environment. A1:1995. A2:1996. then it should be established at what % excess oxygen this emission was measured. (1990). Scottish Development Department. British Standards EN 297:1994.9 is the percentage of O2 in the air. Summary report also available on the National Atmospheric Emissions Inventory website at www.. “The United Kingdom’s Programme and National Plan for Reducing Emissions of Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) from Existing Large Combustion Plants”.54 c = 20. For the purpose of BREEAM. A3:1996. A5:1998 and A6:2003 “Gasfired central heating boilers”.75. A conversion may also be necessary for data not calculated at 0% excess oxygen (below).9 – x) References 1. 2004.

A site specific Flood Risk Assessment (FRA) confirms to the satisfaction of the local authority and statutory body that the development is appropriately flood resilient and resistant from all sources of flooding AND D 1. Where evidence provided demonstrates that the assessed development is located in a zone defined as having a medium or high annual probability of flooding AND the ground level of the building. Where the assessed development is situated in a flood zone that is defined as having a low annual probability of flooding. Credit criteria Credits 2 Where evidence provided demonstrates that the assessed development is located in a zone defined as having a low annual probability of flooding.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 5 – Flood risk Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. car parking and access is above the design flood level for the site’s location. 1 One further credit is awarded as follows.2 . or to take measures to reduce the impact of flooding on buildings in areas with a medium or high risk of flooding. Where evidence provided demonstrates that surface water run-off attenuation measures are specified to minimise the risk of localised flooding. One credit 1. Where the assessed development is situated in a flood zone that is defined as having a medium or high annual probability of flooding AND 2. A site specific Flood Risk Assessment (FRA) confirms that there is a low risk of flooding from all sources. 1 Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: Two credits 2. resulting from a loss of flood storage on site due to development. ra ft Page 314 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To encourage development in low flood risk areas.

2004).2 . In such instances. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 3. as a minimum. 2. The BREEAM credit for locating in a flood zone of ‘medium or high annual probability’ cannot be awarded where the building is located in the functional flood plain. foul or surface water sewers. Page 315 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. or for at least a 1 year and 100 year return period event with a 6 hour duration. Please refer to the Additional Information section. 1. are designed (or zoned) so they are at least 600mm above the design flood level of the flood zone in which the assessed development is located (see note 6 & 7). Sources of flooding If the development is in Zone 1. This should comply with the Interim Code of Practice for Sustainable Drainage systems (SUDS) (CIRIA. a Flood Risk Assessment must have been carried out and any identified opportunities to reduce surface water run-off as a result of the refurbishment works must be implemented.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 5 – Flood risk Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. PPS25[9] defines the functional flood plain as a ‘zone [that] comprises land where water has to flow or be stored in times of flood’. please refer to the BREEAM office for guidance on assessing this BREEAM issue. The capacity of the attenuation measures must include an allowance for climate change. Refurbishment Refurbishment projects. the FRA must demonstrate that there is low risk of flooding from the following sources: • Fluvial (rivers) • Tidal • Surface water: sheet run-off from adjacent land (urban or rural) • Groundwater: most common in low-lying areas underlain by permeable rock (aquifers) • Sewers: combined. The ground level of the building. are likely to achieve the credit for attenuation of surface water run-off. If the building assessed is or has been defined as ‘water-compatible development’. Where attenuation measures are specified to ensure that the peak rate of run-off from the site to the watercourses (natural or municipal) is no greater for the developed site than it was for the pre-development site. Functional Floodplain D ra ft Extensions to existing buildings Definition of flood zones There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. One additional credit. where no new building or hard landscaping areas are developed. and access to it and the site. this should be made in accordance with current best practice [refer to reference 1] Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new build projects.

as a result of the existing defences. The relevant agency confirms that. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Environment Agency flood maps The Environment Agency flood map and associated information is intended for guidance. the risk of a flood event occurring is reduced to low or medium (as appropriate to the credit levels set in BREEAM).2 . or have been. Pre-existing flood defences D Page 316 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. In addition the EA map only covers the likelihood of flooding from the rivers or sea and not all sources of flooding (listed above). If firm confirmation is not provided then the credit cannot be awarded 3. The development is located on a previously developed land (as defined by the criteria in BREEAM credit LE1 Re-use of land) and the appropriate statutory body confirm that. In an area protected by existing flood defences (designed to withstand a certain magnitude of flooding) the appropriate number of credits can be awarded where the defences reduce the risk to ‘low’ or ‘medium’ and the following conditions are met: 1. constructed to minimise the risk of flooding to the site and its locality purely for the purpose of the development and/or its wider master plan 2. EA flood maps cannot therefore be used as evidence to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit. The development is not located in an area where new flood defences have to be. and cannot provide details for individual properties. A statutory body’s local/regional office may be able to provide more information on existing defences in the area in which the assessed development is located. as a result of such defences. the risk of a flood event occurring is reduced to low or medium risk.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 5 – Flood risk Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.

historical.. and access to it. To ensure effective operation of the water run-off attenuation measures. radioactive materials. The assessor is not required to perform any calculation as this should be provided by the design team to demonstrate that they have sized the attenuation facilities to store the relevant volume of storm water necessary to achieve the credit.2 . There are many defences. motorway. any areas used to store sensitive. microbiological facilities.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 5 – Flood risk Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. the credit can still be awarded. libraries. the foreshore. areas of the car park and site access may be allowed to flood and therefore fall below the 600mm threshold. etc. If all run-off is discharged directly from the site to either the sea. Where the development has been permitted and the ground levels of the topography/infrastructure immediately adjacent to the site fall below the 600mm threshold. As much of the external site area as possible (or as required by an appropriate statutory body) should be designed at or above the threshold. It can be assumed that embankments will remain in place for the lifetime of the development.e.g. unless the assessor or project team have reason to believe otherwise. server rooms. e. should be kept above the 600mm threshold. assurance must be sought that the wall is likely to remain for the design life of the building. In such cases the credit is still achievable provided safe access to the site and the ground floor of the building can be maintained (i.g. Third-party defences Discharge to the sea or estuaries D Effectiveness of the water runoff attenuation measures Calculating peak rate of run-off ra ft Page 317 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. walls etc. they are 600mm above the design flood level) to ensure the building/site does not become an ‘island’ in the event of a flood. provided there are no other practical solutions for access to the site above this level and the assessed building. owned by third parties. meets the credit requirements. railway embankments. hazardous. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 600mm threshold It is accepted that. for buildings located in a medium flood zone. For walls. the facilities must discharge half their volume within 24-48 hours (unless advised otherwise by a statutory body) of the storm event in readiness for any subsequent storm inflow. In higher education buildings. which due to their location act as a flood defence by default e. estuaries covered by a shoreline management plan or designated wildlife/SSSI areas (as part of habitat management) then the credit can be awarded without the need to specify additional attenuation measures. References [14] and [15] contain guidance on calculating the peak flow rate and determining the design flooding frequency. valuable and perishable materials.

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 5 – Flood risk Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - More stringent requirements Where the local authority (or other statutory body) requires a greater attenuation than the percentages above. then the higher requirements must be met in order to achieve the credit.2 . and/or a more onerous design flooding frequency than that recommended in BS EN752-4. Recommendations from an appropriate statutory body D Page 318 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. None of the credits can be awarded where the assessed development has proceeded against the recommendation of the statutory body on the basis that the flooding implications are too great.

• Safe access and escape routes ‘As built’ site plans/sections. Where changes have occurred. copies of as-built designs and calculations must be provided. Site plans/sections confirming: • The design flood level for the site • The design ground level(s) for all developed areas of the site. D ra ft Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: • Installation of water run-off attenuation measures • No changes to the evidence provided at the interim ‘design’ assessment stage. Page 319 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. A letter from the design team or main contractor confirming: • No changes to the specification. no further evidence is needed. 2 3 Additional SUDS Credit 1&2 Site plans and a copy of the specification or consultants report confirming: • Type and storage volume (l) of the water run-off attenuation measures • Total area of hard surfaces (m 2) • Peak flow rate (l/s) for the design storm event • Additional allowance for climate change designed in to the system. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Schedule of evidence required Req.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 5 – Flood risk Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Where appropriate. Formal written correspondence from the design team confirming: • The FRA has not changed or required updating in the intervening period.2 . A copy of the Flood Risk Assessment. correspondence from the appropriate statutory body confirming: • Reduced annual probability of flooding due to existing flood defences. assessment confirming: • Flood zone or annual probability of flooding in the site location. Design Stage Post Construction Stage First & Second Credit 1 A copy of a flood map or flood risk As design stage.

Flood risk: the combination of the flood probability and the magnitude of the potential consequences of the flood event. are designed. basins. Appropriate statutory body: this refers to either the Environment Agency in England and Wales.2 . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Additional information Relevant definitions Appropriate Consultant: a consultant with qualifications and experience relevant to the calculation of surface water run-off and design SUDS and flood prevention measures. reservoirs or on the flood plain during a flood event. For example. Design flood event: an historic or notional flood event of a given annual flood probability. It can be divided into sub-catchments. the Scottish Environment Protection Agency in Scotland or the local authorities and internal drainage boards. Flood zone: see table below for definition of flood zones. or by its level or flow hydrograph. if any. The design flood level for a site can be determined through either known historical data or modelled for the specific site. Catchment: the area contributing surface water flow to a point on a drainage or water course. and to assess the impact that any changes or development on the site will have on flood risk on the site and elsewhere. if any. are designed. a 100-year flood has a 1% chance of occurring in any given year. Flood storage: The temporary storage of excess run-off or river flow in ponds.gov. Flood probability: The estimated probability of a flood of given magnitude occurring or being exceeded in any specified time period. this must be a specialist hydrological engineer. Design storm event: historic or notional weather conditions of a given annual probability. against which the suitability of a proposed development is assessed and mitigation measures.uk.communities. the Rivers Agency in Northern Ireland. A Flood Risk Assessment should be prepared according to good practice guidance as outlined in Development and Flood Risk: A practice guide companion to PPS 25. against which the suitability of a proposed development is assessed and mitigation measures. D ra ft Page 320 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Where complex flooding calculations and prevention measures are required. Flood risk assessment: a study to assess the risk of a site flooding.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 5 – Flood risk Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. Design flood level: the maximum estimated water level during the design storm event. Flood event: A flooding incident characterised by its peak level or flow. available from www.

Peak flow rate: the peak rate of discharge of water from hard surfaces. Run-off: this is usually rainwater. considering the entire drainage area as a single unit and estimation of flow at the most downstream point only.uk/suds/icop. Run-off attenuation measures: this covers the range of construction and equipment which can be employed to attenuate run-off from hard surfaces and roofs. Run-off rate: the rate of discharge of water from a surface. ICoP (SUDS) : the Interim Code of Practice for Sustainable Drainage Systems (SUDS) aims to facilitate the implementation of sustainable drainage in developments in England and Wales by providing model maintenance agreements and advice on their use. oversized pipes. delivery/service yards and external hard landscaping. holding ponds. but can also be groundwater or overspill from sewers and other sources. D ra ft Page 321 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. swales. Hard surfaces: these include roofs. local or centralised soakaways etc. Peak run-off rate (referred to as Qp [m³/sec]): this is the highest rate of flow from a defined catchment area assuming that rainfall is uniformly distributed over the drainage area. car parks. reed beds.2 . where the client has owned/occupied the site for a number of years. Available to download from www.5m wide which have free drainage to soft landscaped areas on both sides may be excluded. Pre-development: the state of the site under assessment immediately prior to purchase of the site by the client/developer (or.ciria.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 5 – Flood risk Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. or one which has remained undisturbed for five years or more. For the purpose of calculating the peak flow rate volume. Natural watercourses: any natural channel that conveys surface water. Sewerage undertaker: this is a water company with statutory responsibility for sewerage and sewerage disposal and also surface water from roofs and yards of premises. pavements. Measures include: underground storage.org. a 60 min duration of the design storm event should be used (unless a different duration is required by a statutory body).htm Infiltration: the passage of water into a permeable surface. Greenfield run-off rate: the rate of run-off that would occur from the site in its undeveloped and therefore undisturbed state. permeable paving. such as soil. It provides a set of agreements between those public organisations with statutory or regulatory responsibilities relating to SUDS. permeable paving. Footpaths less than 1. access roads. green roofs. soakaways and so on. its current state). credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Greenfield: a site which has either never been built on.

Flood zones Flood zones are defined in the relevant planning. the gravel layer might be deeper and the water taken to a soakaway although this is not an option in some areas. is saturated or if the rainfall is particularly intense. • Run-off from roofs directed to a local soakaway or other holding facility such as tanks. in areas where local geological and hydrological conditions allow them to function. • Local or centralised soakaways either as full systems or as ‘overflow’ or ‘holding’ systems. Ireland). Wales and Scotland. Whilst the definitions of flood zones and probabilities of flooding are generally the same throughout the UK. Scotland Little or no risk area As defined for England Page 322 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. historic and natural environment in a sustainable manner. PPS15 (N. Assessments in NI will therefore need to rely on site-specific flood risk assessments. The definitions are outlined in the table below. Surface Water Run-off: water flow over the ground surface to a drainage system. SPP7 (Scotland).BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 5 – Flood risk Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. or other relevant date/surveys. e.2 . • Green roofs. block paved surface on permeable sub-base over gravel bed to store the water and allow it to seep into the soil. • Run-off from roofs collected as a part of a rainwater harvesting system. SUDS .1%) D ra ft Wales Zone A Considered to be at little or no risk Zone B If site levels are greater than the flood levels used to define adjacent extreme flood outline. policy and technical guidance documents for each country in the UK: PPS25 (England). SUDS devices include: • Holding ponds • Swales • Reed beds • Permeable paving . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Shoreline Management Plan: SMPs provide a large-scale assessment of the risks associated with coastal processes and present a policy framework to reduce these risks to people and the developed. TAN15 (Wales). to determine the extent of flood risk for a specific development. swales etc. The Northern Ireland Department of Environment or Rivers Agency may offer further advice or recommendations in this respect (references [20] and [21]). Definition Low annual probability of flooding England Zone 1 Less than 1 in 1000 chance of river and sea flooding (<0. PPS15 does not categorise flood risk zones and there are no similar publicly available flood maps covering Northern Ireland.sustainable drainage systems or sustainable (urban) drainage systems: a sequence of management practices and control structures designed to drain surface water in a more sustainable fashion than some conventional techniques.in areas where local geological and hydrological conditions allow this to function. For less permeable soils.g. and use the same definitions as those outlined for England (table below). Please refer to references [18] and [19] to find indicative flood maps in England. This occurs if the ground is impermeable. ponds. However. there are some differences.

BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 5 – Flood risk Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. C624 “Development and flood risk. 2. Medium to high risk areas Annual probability of watercourse. for the purpose of this issue. D ra ft Page 323 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. References 1. * For the purposes of BREEAM assume upper probability of flooding no greater than that specified for England. 2004.5% – 0. Zone C Equal to or greater* than 0. C623 “Standards for the repair of buildings following flooding”. Zone C1 & C2 * For the purposes of BREEAM assume the same lower and upper probability of flooding as that specified for England.2 .5% (1:200) Flood defences Flood defences do not completely remove the risk of flooding. tidal or coastal flooding). CIRIA. al. Scotland Low to medium risk area Watercourse. it is still preferable to build in areas of low risk than encourage development of new flood defences in areas with a higher risk of flooding purely for the sake of new development.5%). However.1% – 0. Lancaster et. 2005. Building in areas where flood defences are present (and appropriately designed to withstand a certain magnitude of flooding) is therefore preferable to those built in medium/high risk areas without defences.5% (1:1000 – 1:200). CIRIA. tidal or coastal flooding in the range 0.1%) and between a 1 in 200 and 1 in 1000 chance of sea flooding (0.1% (river. Zone 3b The Functional Floodplain Land where water has to flow or be stored in times of flood. tidal or coastal flooding: greater than 0. High annual probability of flooding Zone 3a High Probability 1 in 100 or greater chance of river flooding(>1%) and a 1 in 200 or greater chance of flooding from the sea (>0. Wales Zone B If site levels are not greater than the flood levels used to define adjacent extreme flood outline. but they do reduce it. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Definition Medium annual probability of flooding England Zone 2 Between 1 in 100 and 1 in 1000 chance of river flooding (1% – 0. guidance for the construction industry”.1%).

4. Scottish Environment Protection Agency: www. 6. 11.gov. Scottish Planning Policy 7: “Planning and flooding”. “Flood estimation for small catchments”. 14. BRESOAK: Soakaway design software (2007) 18. Marshall DCW and Bayliss AC.sepa. Planning Policy Wales Technical Advice Note 15: “Development and flood risk”. Development and Flood Risk: “ A Practice Guide Companion to PPS25 “ . CIRIA.uk/subjects/flood/ 19. 7. 15. Scotland. layout and calculation”. C523 “Sustainable urban drainage systems – best practice manual for England. CIRIA. BS EN 752: 2008. 2000. BRE Press. Rivers Agency: www. Institute of hydrology.2 . 2007.environmentagency.org. figures for UK rainfall): www. “ Drain and sewer systems outside buildings”. ra ft Page 324 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. The Met Office (incl. Centre for ecology and hydrology”. CLG.gov.124. 17.gov. British Standard Institute. Department of the Environment. 1991. “Gravity drainage inside buildings – Part 3: Roof drainage.doeni.met-office. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 3. “Soakaway design”. BRE Good Repair Guide 11. CIRIA. BRE Digest 365. Scottish Executive. 2007. CLG .gov. 2004. Welsh Assembly Government. 10. 2006. “ Repairing Flood Damage” Part 1-4. DOE.uk/ 22. 8. 9. IOH Report No. 1997. BRE. 5.A Consultation Paper. 2008. 2006. Planning Policy Statement 15: “Planning and flood risk”. C697 ”The SUDS Manual”.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 5 – Flood risk Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. 1994. 2001. The Environment Agency Flood Information: http://www. National Environmental Research Council. 2004. BS EN 12056-3: 2000. Wallingford. Planning Policy Statement 25: “Development and Flood Risk”. 12. Northern Ireland: www. British Standard Institute. 2004. 13.riversagencyni.uk/flooding/mapping 20.uk D 16. “Flood estimation handbook. Wales and Northern Ireland”.uk/ 21. “Interim Code of Practice for Sustainable Drainage Systems (SUDS) ”. 1999.

heavy metals. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To reduce the potential for silt. Specification of Sustainable Drainage Systems (SUDs) or source control systems such as permeable surfaces or infiltration trenches where run-off drains are in areas with a relatively low risk source of watercourse pollution. where there is a high risk of contamination or spillage of substances such as petrol and oil (see compliance notes for a list of areas). buildings D 4. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects.2 . 3. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new build projects. chemicals or oil pollution to natural watercourses from surface water run-off from buildings and hard surfaces. 2.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 6 – Minimising watercourse pollution Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. ra ft Page 325 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Extensions to Please refer to the compliance note below regarding ‘infill building on existing an existing site’. All water pollution prevention systems have been designed and detailed in accordance with the recommendations of Pollution Prevention Guideline 3 and where applicable the SUDS manual. A comprehensive and up-to-date drainage plan of the site will be made available for the building/site occupiers. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that effective on site treatment such as Sustainable Drainage Systems (SUDs) or oil separators have been specified in areas that are or could be a source of watercourse pollution. Specification of oil/petrol separators (or equivalent system) in surface water drainage systems. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1.

Refrigerants are not assessed under this credit.e. Where it can be demonstrated that there are no external areas that present a pollution risk.2 . Refer to PPG3 for additional guidance [3]. where the risk of contamination is infrequent and potential spills will be small. then this will meet the requirements of this credit for car parks and access roads. The following site areas (where present) require oil separators in surface water drainage systems: • Car parks larger than 800m 2 or with 50 or more parking spaces • Smaller car parks discharging to a sensitive environment • Areas where goods vehicles are parked or manoeuvred • Vehicle maintenance areas • Roads • Industrial sites where oil is stored or used • Refuelling facilities In some instances. manoeuvring or servicing facilities (including individual parking spaces).e. Where the assessment is of an individual building on an existing site. SUDS and oil interception Infill building on existing site Suitable level of treatment Rainwater runoff Underground/ covered areas No areas at risk from pollution Permeable paving system D Roof plant ra ft Page 326 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. drainage onto or from the proposed development. delivery and storage facilities or plant areas. Roof top plant space must be considered where there is a risk from substances such as petrol or oil. as well as any areas external to the construction zone that are affected by the new works i. Where it can be demonstrated that a permeable paving system designed to retain silts and degrade oils has been used. infill development. parking. then this credit can be awarded by default. car parks. the requirements apply to areas within the construction zone that present a risk of pollution. oil interceptors may not be required if appropriately designed Sustainable Urban Drainage systems are specified.g. Where it can be demonstrated that there will be no drainage or wash down facilities that may lead water from inside the underground or covered area to natural watercourses. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Areas that are a source of pollution Areas where oil separators are required For the purpose of this credit an area that presents a risk of watercourse pollution includes vehicle manoeuvring areas. external waste storage space or other hard standing areas AND there is no plant supported on the roof. i. delivery. as the only risk of pollution is to air and not the watercourse. This credit is not intended to cover the treatment of rainwater run-off except where there is a risk of significant pollution arising.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 6 – Minimising watercourse pollution Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. waste disposal facilities. e. then such areas comply with the requirements by default. In all cases the assessor should determine the operational use of the site in order to determine if the proposed surface water run-off strategy is suitable.

soakaways may be shallow and broad – as in a blanket under permeable paving. building’s O&M manual/file. A letter from the design team confirming: A letter from the design team or main contractor confirming: • All water pollution prevention systems designed in accordance with • Installation of systems in accordance with compliant design. Schedule of evidence required Req. 3&4 Additional information Relevant definitions Appropriate statutory body: This refers to either the Environment Agency in England & Wales. compliance with PPG3 and the SUDS manual Assessor’s building/site inspection and • A copy of the drainage plan will be photographic evidence confirming: produced and handed over to the • Existence of the drainage plan in the building occupier. As a general point. or deeper structures. a reputable drainage company should be used. Low risk areas: Low risk areas can be defined as areas where the risk of contamination or spillage of substances such as petrol and oil is reduced. roofs and small car parks may be considered as low risk areas. Soakaways: A sub-surface structure designed to promote the infiltration of surface water in to the ground. If there is no in-house expertise to do this. PPG3 and the SUDS manual (where appropriate) • No changes to the evidence provided at the interim ‘design’ stage • Outlining indicative examples of assessment. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Drainage plan A comprehensive and up-to-date drainage plan of the site. For the purpose of this credit.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 6 – Minimising watercourse pollution Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. system(s). point source soakaways should be avoided for road and car-park drainage. the Environment and Heritage Service (EHS) in Northern Ireland or the Scottish Environment Protection Agency in Scotland. which accurately identifies all drains. must be produced and handed over to the new occupier. but shallow structures providing infiltration in an extensive way D ra ft Page 327 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.2 . A copy of the specification or design plan confirming: • Type of pollution control systems specified. Deeper. 1&2 Design Stage Post Construction Stage Marked-up proposed site plan Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: highlighting: • Installation of pollution control • Low and high risk areas of the site.

met-office.gov. Figures for UK rainfall are available from the Met Office www. “Groundwater Protection Policy”. Environment Agency/SEPA/Environment & Heritage Service.uk 8. BS EN 752-4 “Drain and sewer systems outside buildings – Hydraulic design and environmental considerations”. Environment Agency/SEPA/Environment & Heritage Service. They are suitable for dealing with discharges where a lower quality requirement applies and/or for trapping large spillages. BS EN 12056-3 “ Gravity drainage inside buildings – Roof drainage. Pollution Prevention Guideline (PPG) 1 “General guide to the prevention of pollution”. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - (infiltration trenches and permeable paving) do not need oil separators. D ra ft References Page 328 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Pollution Prevention Guideline (PPG) 3 “Use and design of oil separators in surface water drainage systems”.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 6 – Minimising watercourse pollution Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. “Pollution Prevention Pays“. See reference[4] for further guidance. 7. 4. 2006. Flows above this rate are allowed to bypass the separator. 2. 5. 6. Class 2 Separators: These are designed to achieve a concentration of less than 100mg/l oil under standard test conditions. • Reference [1] contains more detailed guidance on the selection and sizing of an appropriate type of separator. Types of Oil Separator • Class 1 Separators: These are designed to achieve a concentration of less than 5mg/l oil under standard test conditions. British Standards Institute. 2007.2 . 2004. These separators are used when it is an acceptable risk not to provide full treatment for high flows. 3. They should be used when the separator is required to remove very small oil droplets. Bypass separators fully treat all flows generated by rainfall rates of up to 5mm/hr. BRE Digest 365: “Soakaway design”. 2000.1998. such as those arising from car park run-off. which is normally equivalent to the flow generated by a rainfall intensity of 50mm/hr. layout and calculation”. Both classes can be produced as ‘full retention’ or ‘by pass’ separators: • • Full retention separators treat the flow that can be delivered by the drainage system. 1. Environment Agency. British Standards Institute. Environment Agency/SEPA/Environment & Heritage Service. BRE 2003.

2 .BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 6 – Minimising watercourse pollution Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 9. D Page 329 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. CIRIA 2007. C697 “The SUDS Manual”.

If safety or security lighting is provided and will be used between 2300hrs and 0700hrs. All external lighting (except for safety and security lighting) can be automatically switched off between 2300hrs and 0700hrs. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To ensure that external lighting is concentrated in the appropriate areas and that upward lighting is minimised. Page 330 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. this part of the lighting system complies with the lower levels of lighting recommended during these hours in Table 1 of the ILE’s Guidance notes. This can be achieved by providing a timer for all external lighting set to the appropriate hours. D 3. Illuminated advertisements. reducing unnecessary light pollution.2 . ra ft 2. 2005. Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new build projects. Refurbishment For refurbishment projects.Buildings located in Scotland must also refer to the Compliance Notes below for additional requirements). 2005. Credit criteria Credits 1 Where evidence provided demonstrates that the external lighting design is in compliance with the guidance in the Institution of Lighting Engineers (ILE) Guidance notes for the reduction of obtrusive light. The external lighting strategy has been designed in compliance with Table 1 (and its accompanying notes) of the ILE Guidance notes for the reduction of obtrusive light. 4. must be designed in compliance with ILE Technical Report 5 – The Brightness of Illuminated Advertisements. for example by using an automatic switch to reduce the lighting levels at 2300 or earlier. where specified. Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. energy consumption and nuisance to neighbouring properties. (see additional information below . in addition to any new external lighting specified. any existing lighting that will remain post development must be assessed against the requirements of this credit.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 7 – Reduction of night time light pollution Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.

If the new and existing building is being assessed as one. signage and all lighting that is not required for safety or security. Entire new development Individual building on existing site No external lighting Buildings located in Scotland Safety lights Floodlighting. must be assessed. In addition to the requirements above. then the rule for refurbishments (above) applies to the existing building. and where those requirements requirements and the BREEAM requirements are not complementary. D ra ft Page 331 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. Where the assessment is of an entire new development. can be excluded from the assessment of this credit.2 . This can be demonstrated via completion of the checklists in Annexes B and C of this document by a relevant member of the design team. This will normally include floodlighting.e. Specific Any light fittings in the areas outlined above that are specified to comply security with specific security requirements/standards.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 7 – Reduction of night time light pollution Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.e. i. Where the assessment is of an individual building on an existing site then only those areas affected by the works i. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Extensions to existing buildings If the scope of the assessment covers the new extension only. for lighting 24-hour operating buildings. within the construction zone. during which signage lighting all non-essential external lighting is switched off. then it is only new lighting specified as part of that extended works that must be assessed against the requirements of this credit. the system is able to automatically switch between 2300 to the lower levels of lighting recommended in the ILE Guidance notes and 0700 for lighting during these hours (or provide these lower levels at all times). If there is no external lighting on or around the assessed development the credit can be awarded by default. the criteria apply site-wide. Essential Where essential lighting is provided between 2300 and 0700. In these circumstances the assessor must obtain evidence confirming that such requirements are applicable to the assessed development. The guidance notes recommend the setting of a curfew. Flush stud lights used for safety purposes in vehicle manoeuvring areas may be excluded from the assessment. building’s located in Scotland must comply with the light pollution requirements in the guidance note “ Controlling Light Pollution and Reducing Lighting Energy Consumption”[5].

2005 are available free of charge from the ILE website www. Additional information Relevant definitions The ILE Guidance notes for the Reduction of Obtrusive Light.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 7 – Reduction of night time light pollution Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. assessment. • Any nearby properties. • External lighting controls A copy of the specification clause requiring.uk. In the case of the external lighting design. 2. Limits to the average upward light ratio of the luminaires. the M&E engineer or lighting designer must provided indicative examples of where and how the strategy complies with the requirements. or external lighting design A letter from the design team or main contractor confirming: confirming: • The external lighting design in • Installation of systems in accordance with compliant design. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Schedule of evidence required Req. if provided. D Construction zone: For the purpose of this credit the construction zone is defined as the site which is being developed for the BREEAM assessed building and its external site areas i. Limiting illuminance at the windows of nearby properties for which light trespass might be an issue. have been angled to limit spill light to be externally lit potentially obtrusive directions.org. • Illuminated advertisements designed in compliance with ILE Technical Report 5 (if relevant). ra ft Page 332 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0.2 .e. Table 1 of ILE guidance Table 1 of the ILE guidance and its accompanying notes outlines four sets of recommendations: 1. the scope of the new works. compliance with Table 1 of the ILE Guidance notes • No changes to the evidence provided at the interim ‘design’ stage • Controls for all external lighting. 1-3 Design Stage Post Construction Stage A marked-up copy of the site plan Assessor’s building/site inspection and photographic evidence confirming: showing: • Areas of the building and site that will • Cut-off luminaires. to restrict sky glow.ile.

Institution of Lighting Engineers (ILE). 5: “The Brightness of Illuminated Advertisements”.uk) 2.org. 2001. 2003. 5. Limiting the average luminance of the building. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - 3. “Guide on the Limitation of the effects of obtrusive light from outdoor lighting installation”. References 1.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Pollution Pol 7 – Reduction of night time light pollution Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.org. 4. 2007.2 . 3. “Night blight!”. A calculation of illuminance (b) or intensity (c) is not required if all luminaires are cut-off types and angled so that light in potentially obtrusive directions is blocked. Campaign to Protect Rural England (CPRE). Limiting the intensity of each light source in potentially obtrusive directions beyond the site boundaries. Institution of Lighting Engineers (ILE).uk/campaigns/landscape/light-pollution) 4. Technical Report No. if it is floodlit. D Page 333 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. (www. Guidance Note “Controlling Light Pollution and Reducing Lighting Energy Consumption”. In each case the limiting values depend on the location of the site of the building (for example rural.ile. GN01 “Guidance notes for the reduction of obtrusive light”.cpre. urban or city centre). International Commission on Illumination (CIE). Scottish Executive. 2005 (www. Third Ed.

d. Where there are or will be no noise-sensitive areas or buildings in the locality of the assessed development. or at a location where background conditions can be argued to be similar. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Credit aim To reduce the likelihood of noise from the new development affecting nearby noise-sensitive buildings. 3. There are. Where the rating level of the noise source(s) from the site/building is greater than the background noise level. the credit can be awarded. Existing background noise levels at the nearest or most exposed noise-sensitive development to the proposed development. D ra ft Page 334 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. The primary professional body for acoustics in the UK is the Institute of Acoustics. or will be. The rating noise level resulting from the proposed noise-source. measures have been installed to attenuate the noise at its source to a level where it will comply with requirement 3. existing noise-sensitive areas or buildings within 800m radius of the assessed development. 2. 1 Compliance requirements The following demonstrates compliance: 1. A noise impact assessment in compliance with BS 4142:1997 has been carried out and the following noise levels measured/determined: c. This can be based upon reference to similar installations or sites. 4.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology Pol 8 – Noise attenuation Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. the credit can be awarded by default. or determined by calculation.2 . The noise impact assessment must be carried out by a suitably qualified acoustic consultant holding a recognised acoustic qualification and membership of an appropriate professional body. Where the rating level of the noise source(s) from the site/building is equivalent to or less than the background noise level. Credit criteria Credits Where evidence provided demonstrates that new sources of noise from the development do not give rise to the likelihood of complaints from existing noisesensitive premises and amenity or wildlife areas that are within the locality of the site.

Assessed building is defined as noise sensitive Scope of the noise impact assessment Standard not appropriate / not applicable If the assessed building is itself defined as a noise sensitive building then a noise impact assessment must be carried out regardless of the assessed buildings locality to other noise sensitive areas or buildings. their assessment of the likelihood of complaint from noise impact can be accepted for the purpose of assessing this credit. A copy of the acoustician’s report. The acoustician’s professional status. A copy of the acoustician’s report with measurements based on installed and and operating plant. Page 335 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd DRAFT v0. additional process-related noise does not have to be considered.2 . Extensions to There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined existing above specific to the assessment of extensions to existing buildings. Where a suitably qualified acoustician confirms that BS4142:1997 is not an appropriate standard of assessment for the proposed building/site. 1 Design Stage Site plan highlighting: • All existing and proposed noisesensitive buildings local to. For the purposes of BREEAM the noise impact assessment relates only to building services plant. the site boundary • Proposed sources of noise from the new development • Distance (m) from these buildings to the assessed development. and within. and within. then the development noise assessment must be carried out to ensure noise from the assessed building will not create a future problem. Refurbishment There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to refurbishment projects. OR qualifications 2&3 D ra ft Post Construction Stage Assessor’s building/site inspection report and photographic evidence confirming: • All noise-sensitive buildings local to. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - Compliance notes New Build There are no additional or different requirements to those outlined above specific to new build projects. Stand-by generating plant should also not be included. mixed-use where noise sensitive buildings exist or will be developed. the site boundary • Proposed noise sources within the development • Distances (m) from these buildings to the assessed development. buildings Part of a larger If the development forms part of a larger mixed-use development. Schedule of evidence required Req.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology Pol 8 – Noise attenuation Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min.

attenuation measures recommended by an appointed suitably qualified acoustician will be installed.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology Pol 8 – Noise attenuation Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. health centres. • Schools. doctor’s surgeries etc.2 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft A formal letter from the client or design team confirming that: • If relevant. historic landscapes. OR A formal letter from the client or design team confirming that they will appoint an acoustician to carry out a noise assessment in compliance with BS 4142:1997 Assessor’s building/site inspection report Acoustician’s report with and photographic evidence confirming: recommendations for noise attenuation measures. including: • Residential areas • Hospitals. . care homes. colleges and other teaching establishments. parks and gardens. • Located in an area of Outstanding natural beauty or near a Site of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI). • Libraries • Places of worship • Wildlife areas. credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - A copy of the specification clause requiring: • A noise assessment in compliance with BS 4142:1997 by a suitably qualified acoustician. AND OR A marked-up design plan highlighting the specification of the acoustician’s A formal letter from the acoustician attenuation measures confirming that all specified attenuation measures have been installed to the OR required standard. D Page 336 of 337 DRAFT v0. 4 Additional information Relevant definitions Noise sensitive area: landscapes or buildings where the occupiers are likely to be sensitive to noise created by the new plant installed in the assessed building. • The existence of the specified noise attenuation measures.

1997.2 . credits to achieve rating P G VG E O - • Any other development that can be considered noise sensitive.BREEAM : Education : 2008 Land Use & Ecology Pol 8 – Noise attenuation Minimum BREEAM Standards Rating Level Min. British Standards Institute. BS4142 “Method for Rating industrial noise affecting mixed residential and industrial areas”. D Page 337 of 337 ©BRE Global Ltd 2008 The BREEAM name and logo are registered trademarks of the Building Research Establishment Ltd ra ft DRAFT v0. References 1.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful